1. law, govt and politics
2. government
3. courts and judiciary

2013-2014
OREGON FFA
CAREER DEVELOPMENT EVENTS MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
STATE CDE COMMITTEE BYLAWS
STATE CDE COMMITTEE REPRESENTATIVES
GUIDELINES FOR HOSTING A DISTRICT
OR SECTIONAL CAREER LEADERSHIP EVENT
SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION
General Information and Eligibility
Religious Accommodations
Protest Procedures for FFA Events
SECTION II - CAREER DEVELOPMENT EVENTS
Ag Communications
Ag Issues
Ag Sales
Agricultural Mechanics
Agriscience Fair
Beginning Parliamentary Procedures
Beginning Prepared Public Speaking
Chapter Scrapbook Event
Chapter Secretary's Book Event
Chapter Technology Scrapbook
Chapter Treasurer's Book Event
Coop Quiz
Creed Speaking
Crops
Dairy Cattle Evaluation
Dairy Foods
Environmental and Natural Resources
Extemporaneous Public Speaking
Farm Business Management
Floriculture
Food Science and Technology
Forestry
Horse Selection and Evaluation
Job Interview
Livestock Evaluation
Marketing Plan
Meats Evaluation & Technology
Nursery-Landscape
Parliamentary Procedure
Portfolio (Beginning & Advanced)
Poultry Evaluation
Prepared Public Speaking
Soil Judging
Sophomore Prepared Public Speaking
Tractor Operators Contest
Veterinary Science
1
INTRODUCTION
This State Career Development Events Manual for the Oregon FFA Association contains the official rules and
regulations for most State FFA CDE’s and Activities.
All State FFA Career Development Events are educational activities organized by the Oregon FFA Association
under the advisement of the State CDE Committee. They are designed to complement classroom instruction by
giving students an opportunity to apply classroom knowledge in a competitive situation. Each CDE has been
specifically developed to test skills and knowledge of students in a particular area of agriculture.
The CDE rules in this manual are subject to change by the State FFA CDE Committee. Rules of National FFA
Career Development Events are revised every three years but will not necessarily result in changes in state rules.
Revised CDE rules will be forwarded to all Oregon Agricultural Science and Technology Instructors along with a
table of contents which will reflect the latest revision date for each section or CDE.
Revisions will become effective the September 30 after the revision was made.
Please direct all questions and/or concerns to:
Lee Letsch
Oregon FFA Association
Phone: (541) 737.2395
[email protected]
There have been lots of questions regarding how the Oregon FFA CDE Committee operates. You can find a
complete copy of the bylaws and goals, as well as all the State CDE events at oregonffa.com website. This
letter is a brief summary of how the committee works and operates.
The Oregon State FFA CDE Committee is NOT a grievance committee. It is responsible for rules, revisions and
proposals concerning state career developing events, and functions under the Oregon Board of Directors
approved bylaws
The committee is composed of twelve agricultural teachers, one representative selected from each district in the
state. The members of the committee are responsible for reporting back to their respective districts on CDE
changes, revisions and other pertinent information regarding state CDE’s. The committee meets three times a
year: State Convention, Summer Conference and State Fair. It is encouraged that committee members have at
least three years of Ag. Educator/FFA Advisor experience in Oregon, and be rotated on a three year basis.
Advisors wishing to revise or update state CDE rules and/or procedures need to bring their WRITTEN proposal to
the CDE meeting. It takes two readings with majority vote before a proposal can be adopted. All CDE’s rules,
regulations and information for the upcoming year will be posted on the web site by September 30. No changes
will be made after this date.
2
OREGON FFA STATE CDE COMMITTEE BYLAWS
(Authorized by the State FFA Executive Committee, July 11-12, 1990)
NAME
The name of the committee shall be the Oregon FFA State CDE Committee. It is a committee authorized by the
State FFA Executive Committee, July 11-12, 1990. The committee will function under State FFA Executive
Committee approved bylaws that will provide for annual replacement of a portion of the committee. A regular
report will be made by the Executive Secretary to the State Executive Committee at the completion of any
changes made by the CDE Committee.
PURPOSE
The purpose of the committee shall be consistent with the constitution and bylaws of the National FFA and
Oregon FFA Association. The committee shall cooperate with the Oregon State FFA Executive Committee and
State FFA Board of Directors in accomplishing the following purposes.
1.
Review and revise state CDE rules, content, scheduling and procedures.
2.
Promote industry input and involvement with state CDE’s.
3.
Committee will not function in a grievance or protest vote capacity.
4.
Establish criteria for establishing new or eliminating existing CDE’s.
ORGANIZATION
Membership: The membership of the state CDE committee will be made up of the following:
1.
A local FFA chapter advisor other than the district advisor from each FFA district (12) will be elected by the
advisors from the district represented.
2.
The executive secretary or an appointed individual will serve as an ex-officio member.
4.
District representatives are recommended to have a minimum of three years as an Ag Educator/FFA
Advisor in Oregon to be eligible for committee.
5.
In the event a representative can't fulfill term, the district selects a replacement to fulfill that term. The
representative appointed could then be reappointed for their full term.
6.
Terms start at the conclusion of the Annual State FFA Convention.
7.
All district representatives will be current secondary Ag educators.
OFFICERS
1.
An annual election will be held at the State Convention to elect chairmen and other officers as deemed
necessary to serve a one year term.
GOALS
The committee will:
1.
Be responsible for all revisions, rules and proposals concerning state career development events.
2.
Review and revise events on a rotation basis or as deemed appropriate by a majority vote of committee.
3.
Facilitate in-service activities to promote CDE involvement.
4.
Establish criteria to determine the individual state CDE validity and practicality.
5.
Establish criteria for sanctioning state CDE’s.
3
6.
Actively encourage industry, advisor, alumni, and member input.
PROCEDURE
1.
Committee will meet at least three times a year. The times will be at the State Convention, the Summer
Ag Conference, and the State Fair.
2.
Special meetings will be called by the chairman or the State FFA Executive Secretary.
3.
All proposals must be submitted in writing and presented to the committee.
a. Before a proposal can be formally discussed by the committee it must be put in the form of a
motion by a committee member.
b. No action can be taken on the first reading of a proposal.
c. Action may be taken at the meeting following the initial reading.
d. A proposal not acted upon within one year of initial reading must be resubmitted.
4.
Committee will operate under Robert's Rules of Order with each committee member present casting one
vote.
5.
All State CDE Committee minutes will be circulated.
6.
Electronic votes may be used in emergency situations.
4
OREGON FFA ASSOCIATION
STATE CDE COMMITTEE DISTRICT REPRESENTATIVES
Blue Mountain
Leah Smith, Hermiston FFA
Capital
Scott Towery, Silverton HS
Central Oregon
Lance Hill, Redmond FFA
Eastern Oregon
Toby Koehn, Cove
Lower Willamette
Ryan Rowley, Sheridan FFA
Mt. Hood
***Trisha Dunn, Sandy HS
Northwest
Allison Meadows, Sherwood HS
Snake River
Southern Oregon
*Rachel Kostman, Phoenix HS
Strawberry Mountain
Bibiana Gifft, Crane HS
Umpqua
Kate Crawford, Oakland HS
Upper Willamette
Dave Bonebrake, Scio
Ex-Officio
Oregon FFA State Staff
Lee Letsch – (541) 737-2395
email: [email protected]
*committee chair
*** secretary
5
GUIDELINES FOR HOSTING A DISTRICT OR SECTIONAL
CAREER DEVELOPMENT EVENT
THE DISTRICT ADVISOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION, ASSIGNMENTS AND
ADMINISTRATION OF DISTRICT AND SECTIONAL EVENTS
GENERAL GUIDELINES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Timely correspondence and notification before CDE including rules, map, time and date.
Obtain the awards and sponsor presenters.
Secure qualified judges.
Provide the judges with rules and score sheets in advance of the CDE.
Arrange for and reserve facilities.
Set-up the meeting room and/or CDE area.
Refreshments where appropriate.
SPECIFIC CDE GUIDELINES
BEGINNING PUBLIC SPEAKING
1.
Arrange for five qualified and experienced judges.
2.
Arrange for one timer.
3.
Provide score sheets as found in the Oregon CDE Manual.
4.
Arrange the CDE room.
5.
Arrange for a scoring room for the judges.
CREED SPEAKING
1.
Arrange for judges.
2.
Arrange for a prompter.
3.
Arrange for questioner judges.
4.
Provide score sheets as found in the Oregon CDE Manual.
5.
Arrange for a scoring room for the judges.
6.
Provide multiple copies of the Creed for scorekeepers score for content accuracy
EXTEMPORANEOUS PUBLIC SPEAKING
1.
Make arrangements for topics to be utilized by the contestants.
2.
Arrange for five qualified and experienced judges.
3.
Arrange for one timer and one proctor.
4.
Provide score sheets as found in the Oregon CDE Manual.
5.
Arrange the CDE room.
6.
Arrange for a preparation room for contestants to prepare speeches.
7.
Arrange for a scoring room for the judges.
8.
Arrange for a timer and Provide stopwatch
PARLIAMENTARY PROCEDURE
1.
Arrange for five experienced judges and assistants.
2.
Arrange for a timer.
3.
Provide score sheets as found in the Oregon CDE Manual.
4.
Arrange and set-up the CDE room, chairs, tables, name cards for teams, and a podium for the chairman.
5.
Arrange for a scoring room for the judges.
6.
Arrange for "topics for discussion" to be prepared prior to CDE.
PUBLIC SPEAKING
1.
Arrange for five qualified and experienced judges.
2.
Arrange for a timer and Provide stopwatch.
3.
Provide score sheets as found in the Oregon CDE Manual.
4.
Arrange the CDE room.
6
5.
Arrange for a scoring room for the judges.
JOB INTERVIEW
1.
Arrange for judges. Recommended at least 3 judges in the interview room
2.
Provide score sheets as found in the Oregon CDE Manual
3.
Arrange the CDE room
4.
Provide an application
5.
Arrange for a timer
6.
Arrange for a scoring room for the judges
SOILS
1.
Arrange a large meeting place, usually a fairgrounds, where we can accommodate all of the students for
registration, lunch, awards, in a location that is both protected from the weather and has plenty of parking.
2.
Arrange separate location for scoring. A heated room where we can set up 4 long tables, put 4 chairs
around each, and has electricity available for running a computer. Doesn't necessarily have to be at the
fairgrounds.
3.
Arrange to locate a site for CDE pits. One location where we have 4 different soils - 1 for practice, 3 for
CDE - is ideal. Instructor should take the lead in locating possibilities. Sometimes it works to have the
practice pit at the fairgrounds where we register, than simply travel to the CDE site for the other 3. Soil &
Water Conservation Districts are normally willing to help with locating pits.
4.
Arrange a backhoe to dig pits. Local instructor should take the lead on this. Need to arrange for
contributed services. We don't have a budget to pay for it. Need to schedule a date to dig - usually
Thursday or Friday of the week just before the CDE. If it looks like it will rain, then we need to either cover
the pits or put pallets down in them so that students are not walking in knee deep water.
5.
Arrange transportation to CDE pits. If all 3 are at one location, then it's not much of a problem. Each
school can simply drive their students out, and then we assemble them on site, divide them into 3 big
groups, and rotate around. If CDE pits are far enough apart that we need to transport between, then we
really need to have enough big busses to do that. It's much more awkward trying to use schools' mini
busses and vans, especially when many of them have their overnight gear in them as well.
6.
Arrange official judges. Usually professional soil scientists from NRCS, BLM, USFS, DSL, OSU, others.
7.
Arrange scorers. We need 12 people - adults, not students - who can sit at the scoring tables and grade
scorecards from about 10:30 until 1:30. The local instructor should take the lead - parents, alumni, local
agency or farm service supporters, etc. We'll provide the help needed to get everything set up in the
computer scoring program, enter all of the CDE data, and run the program to create the outputs with all the
results.
8.
Sometimes the local host chapter chooses to make and sell either sack lunches or a BBQ of some kind.
Not mandatory, but if they wish to do this as a fund raiser, we attempt to get a count of how many
participating schools plan to buy a lunch. (let me know if you want to do this part)
SOPHOMORE PUBLIC SPEAKING
1.
Arrange for five qualified and experienced judges.
2.
Arrange for a timer and Provide stopwatch.
3.
Provide score sheets as found in the Oregon CDE Manual.
4.
Arrange the CDE room.
5.
Arrange for a scoring room for the judges.
NURSERY-LANDSCAPE
1.
Use this as a guide line to help you put together a local CDE.
2.
Attend other Oregon & Washington Nursery Career Development Events.
3.
Ask for help!! (Other FFA Advisors, Community Colleges, State FFA Office, Retired FFA Advisors and
Collegiate FFA)
4.
Start planning early months in advance.
5.
Judges should be qualified industry professional or all questions should be double checked by a
second industry professional or subject expert.
6.
Scoring should be done with a calculator and / or computer and each score will be cross checked.
7
SECTION I
GENERAL INFORMATION AND ELIGIBILITY
REGISTRATION
1. A team consists of up to 5 (five) members with the top three (3) scores of that team being tallied for the
team score, unless otherwise specified. A chapter may enter two teams in any or all of the state CDE’s
for which they qualify and pay the entry fees (unless otherwise specified in the rules). A $12 registration
fee is required of all team CDE’s which is submitted on/or before January 31, or $30 for all those
submitted after the January 31 due date. (Excluding Ag Sales and Soils) The fee for second team is
$12. All Registration fees are non-refundable. Registration must be received 1 month prior to the
CDE in order for a team to be eligible. Teams registering by phone will be charged the CDE fee
even if they do not participate.
2. Registration fees for Agricultural Mechanics, Floriculture, Dairy Foods, and Food Science & Technology
and Meats Evaluation are $25 per team as these CDE’s have additional fees.
3. Each chapter entering a team or individual is asked to certify, and have available, at least one advisor or
approved adult to assist in the CDE in which the team or individual will participate.
GENERAL RULES
1. Each chartered FFA chapter in good standing with the State Association is eligible to enter a maximum
of two (2) five (5) member teams (NO ALTERNATES) (unless otherwise specified in specific CDE
information) in each state career development event. Each advisor must designate one team as the "A"
team, the other designated as the "B" team. The "B" team members are only eligible for individual
awards.
2. If five (5) or more "B" teams are pre-registered for a state CDE, then the "B" teams will compete against
each other for "B" team banners.
3. A beginning member will defined as a 7th, 8th, 9th, or 1st year 10th grader until they have competed in a
sectional or state CDE in the CDE of which is in question. CDE’s that have beginning divisions are
Livestock Evaluation, Beginning Parli Pro, and Beginning Public Speaking.
4. District, Sectional & State levels of Creed Speaking, Beginning Public Speaking, Sophomore Public
Speaking, Advanced Prepared Public Speaking, Extemporaneous Public Speaking, Beginning
Parliamentary Procedure, and Advanced Parliamentary Procedure events will be open to the public.
5. Job Interview Documents, Advanced Public Speaking Manuscripts, Marketing Plans, Sophomore Public
Speaking Manuscripts, and Beginning Public Speaking Manuscripts must be uploaded to the FFA
website two weeks prior to the Friday of State Convention for manuscript scoring. Those missing the
deadline will be penalized according the rules of the CDE. All paperwork received more than 1 hour late
will receive a 0. All Paperwork for the CDE’s listed above will only be scored once and that score will
follow the participant throughout the state CDE.
6. Copies of contestants Job Interview Documents, Marketing Plans, Ag Issues Portfolio’s, Public Speaking
Manuscripts (Beginning, Sophomore, and Advanced) must be received by the State CDE Coordinator by
2pm on Friday of State Convention. Those missing the deadline will be penalized according the rules of
the CDE. All paperwork received more than 1 hour late will receive a 0.
7. Contestants will report to the CDE event site in question well in advance of the CDE start time. Late
teams will not be allowed to participate.
8. All classes will be identified by number and/or name.
9. All state level tests will come from the last three years of national tests (unless otherwise specified in the
rules).
8
10. Teams should be divided into groups so that no two contestants from a chapter will be in the same group
and, when grouped, shall remain with that group.
11. Any communication between contestants during a CDE will be sufficient cause to eliminate the team(s)
or individual involved from the CDE.
12. Any assistance given to a team member from any source during a CDE will be sufficient cause to
eliminate the team and individual from the CDE.
13. Contestants are urged to bring and use clipboards during judging CDE’s to facilitate the holding of
placing and grading cards. The clipboards are to be clean and free of markings. A few sheets of blank
paper will also be permitted for taking notes and recording the contestant placing; however, these sheets
will not be allowed when giving reasons.
14. District contests shall be held under the jurisdiction of the district advisor. The district advisor is
responsible for the organization, conduct, and selection of impartial judges for the CDE as agreed upon
by the advisors of the district or district council.
15. Sectional contests shall be held under the jurisdiction of the three district advisors. The district advisors
are responsible for organization, conduct, and selection of impartial judges for the contests.
16. The entries in each sectional CDE shall be limited to two representatives from each district, or as
specified by sectional rules, and certified by the district advisor. Three representatives will be allowed to
go to a sectional CDE in leadership events where nine or more chapters compete at the district level.
17. The district advisors of a section will establish a rotation of the coordination and hosting responsibilities
for sectional contests. The hosting responsibilities of the district advisors would include the information
listed previously.
18. Districts may establish additional rules and qualifications for a CDE as long as the district representatives
to the next level of participation meet the qualifications and limitations as outlined in the state CDE rules.
19. The state advisor and/or state executive secretary may make modifications, due to unforeseen
circumstances; to a state career development event with the CDE remaining a state recognized CDE.
Notification of CDE changes will be announced immediately prior to the state CDE or earlier if possible.
20. NO TEAM shall practice with an official CDE judge or superintendent 30 days or less before the State
Career Development event occurs.
21. No corrections and/or changes to student judging cards or scorecards once the card leaves the students
possession will be allowed.
ELIGIBILITY OF STATE CONTESTANTS
1. The student contestant must be a bona fide dues paying FFA member in good standing with the local
chapter, state association and the National Organization at the time of his or her participation.
2. The student contestant, at the time of his or her participation, must be: (l) a high school student. A
graduating senior is considered eligible to compete in state and national contests up to and including the
first National FFA Convention following high school graduation. (2) Enrolled in at least one agriculture
education course with a supervised experience program, the objective of which is the establishment in an
agricultural occupation. INCOMING FRESHMEN ARE INELIGIBLE TO PARTICIPATE, EXCEPT IN
STATE LIVESTOCK WHERE THEY COMPETE FOR INDIVIDUAL AWARDS ONLY.
3. If a member has competed in a National Event, they are no longer eligible to compete at the state level in
any event in which they compete at nationals.
4. No student may participate in more than one national FFA team CDE each year. No student may
participate in both the Prepared Public Speaking and Extemporaneous Public Speaking in the same year
9
above the district level. Student contestants may participate in a speaking CDE and team CDE in the
same year. Contestant eligibility in other state contests will be found in the rules of the respective CDE.
See National FFA Career Development Event rules for national CDE eligibility.
5. The chapter FFA advisor must certify that contestants are eligible. IF AN INELIGIBLE STUDENT
PARTICIPATES IN ANY CDE, THE STUDENT AND TEAM, OF WHICH THAT STUDENT IS A
MEMBER, SHALL BE DISQUALIFIED.
SELECTION OF STATE TEAM
The members of a state team must be from the same FFA chapter. Team members must be selected at a state
CDE held since the beginning of the previous school year and they must qualify in the same kind of CDE in
which they are to participate on the national level. In the event a state winning team cannot attend the national
CDE, the second place team is eligible.
SELECTION OF STATE CONTESTANTS (Leadership Contests)
Creed Speaking, Extemporaneous Public Speaking, Job Interview, Parliamentary Procedure, and Prepared
Public Speaking CDE contestants must go through an elimination process starting at the district level. Each
district may submit the top two (2)* contestants to the sectional CDE. Three (3) contestants will be allowed to go
to a sectional CDE in leadership events where six** or more chapters compete at the district level.
The top two (2) sectional CDE winners will compete in the state CDE at the State FFA Convention.
*Unless otherwise specified by sectional rules and certified by district advisor.
The state winners of the Creed, Public Speaking, Parliamentary Procedure, and Extemporaneous Public
Speaking contests will be eligible to enter the sub-regional CDE held during the National FFA Convention.
Sophomore Public Speaking, Beginning Public Speaking and Beginning Parliamentary Procedure Contests are
terminated at the state level.
NOTE: An FFA district may allow two (2)* entries per chapter in the Public Speaking, Extemporaneous Public
Speaking and Creed Speaking CDE if properly approved and included in district and sectional CDE rules. If
such a rule exists, it is possible two (2) contestants from the same chapter could progress through sectional and
the state contests.
*Unless otherwise specified by sectional rules and certified by district advisor.
RESPONSIBILITIES OF OREGON FFA STATE STAFF
The State Staff will:
1. Be in charge of all state CDE arrangements.
2. Enforce all rules and regulations governing the contests.
3. Appoint all necessary superintendents and assistants in each of the CDE divisions.
4. Prepare instructions for the general CDE superintendents of each CDE.
5. Conduct a meeting of the officials of each CDE at a time preceding these events.
RESPONSIBILITIES OF GENERAL CDE SUPERINTENDENTS
The General CDE Superintendent will:
1. Be responsible for the selection of animals, poultry, poultry products, milk quality and dairy foods, meats,
preparation of written tests and other CDE materials and equipment for their respective division, and the
setting up of, and actual operation of the CDE.
2. At the conclusion of each CDE, they will be responsible for taking down, returning or storing all CDE
materials.
3. Have full charge of all activities of their respective CDE during the period of the CDE, and will report any
infraction of the rules to the State FFA Executive Secretary.
4. Inform their assistant superintendents of their duties and responsibilities.
5. Give full instructions to contestants prior to the start of the CDE.
6. Supervise collection and scoring of all completed and/or score sheets of contestants.
7. Provide an opportunity for the official judges to place or score the CDE. Will collect the official judges
completed cards and scores and deliver them to the superintendent in charge of tabulation.
8. Arrange for the official judge to give reasons for the placing of scores when the CDE or a group of classes
is completed and, when possible, allow the teachers and contestants to view the activities.
10
9. Assist the State FFA CDE Coordinator in arranging for award presentations for teams and individual
contestants, and will assist in distributing these awards at the time designated for such presentations.
10. Select some other adult to serve in their place if they cannot be present to perform their assigned duties.
The State FFA CDE Coordinator should be notified and give approval of such substitutions.
OFFICIAL JUDGES
1. Official judges for each state CDE will be selected by the State FFA CDE Coordinator or delegated
representative.
2. The official judges shall make their placing in the same manner as is required of contestants with respect
to handling specimens or animals.
3. The official judges will give their completed official placing and scores to the General CDE Superintendent.
4. Placing by the official judges must be kept confidential until the CDE or group of classes are completed
and public announcements are made.
TABULATION OF RESULTS
1. All completed cards or score sheets will be delivered to the superintendent in charge of tabulation, for
scoring and tabulation, as soon as they become available.
2. Score rooms will be open for all advisors during the running and scoring of the CDE; except those that are
score by the Chico State system and/or are single component events.
3. The superintendent in charge of tabulation will prepare lists of scores showing the consecutive order of
ranking of the teams and individuals in each CDE.
4. Results of contests will be made available only through the State FFA CDE Coordinator.
5. A blank and/or completed copy of all written tests used in the state contests, with the exception of the
Coop Quiz, will be made available to each participating team. Team and individual scores will be released.
STATE CDE AWARDS
Appropriate awards for winning teams and individuals shall be provided by the Oregon FFA Association or
approved sponsors.
11
Religious Accommodation
Oregon FFA Association is dedicated to making a positive difference in the lives of students by developing their
potential for premier leadership, personal growth and career success through agricultural education.
Oregon FFA Association does not discriminate against race, creed, religious preference, disability, gender, or
sexual orientation. Oregon FFA Association provides an environment through which its members have the
opportunity to:











Develop competent and assertive agricultural leadership.
Increase awareness of the global and technological importance of agriculture and its contribution to our
well-being.
Strengthen the confidence of agriculture students in themselves and their work.
Promote the intelligent choice and establishment of an agricultural career.
Encourage achievement in supervised agricultural experience programs.
Encourage wise management of economic, environmental and human resources of the community.
Develop interpersonal skills in teamwork, communications, human relations and social interaction.
Build character and promotes citizenship, volunteerism and patriotism.
Promote cooperation and cooperative attitudes among all people.
Promote healthy lifestyles.
Encourage excellence in scholarship
Oregon FFA Association will provide, if possible and reasonable, religious accommodations to meet the needs
of any member who requests an accommodation within 72 hours after a qualifying state event . If the requested
accommodation cannot be granted an alternative accommodation may be offered at the direction of a committee
of FFA Board of Directors.
12
PROTEST PROCEDURE FOR FFA CAREER DEVELOPMENT EVENTS
1.
A "protest" will be defined as any challenge of the procedure and scoring of a state career development
event.
2.
Protests must be made by the chapter advisor ONLY.
3.
Protests will be made to the head of the state CDE, the superintendent or the adult in charge of scoring.
4.
The protest must be made in written form. It should explain what has happened and what remedy is
expected.
5.
At all state CDE's, only team and individual scores will be returned to advisors. No official scorecard will
be returned to teams.
6.
When time allows review of contestant scores by advisors will be allowed prior to announcement of the
final results. The CDE superintendent or designee will designate the time and location for the review.
This is the opportunity to ask questions or submit protests regarding scoring.
7.
Protests will follow the steps below:
STEP ONE:
Speaking informally with the superintendent concerning the problem.
STEP TWO: A formal protest, made in written form, along with a $50 refundable fee if protest is won,
handed to the CDE superintendent. This will require a meeting of the official judges and the
superintendent.
STEP THREE:
Taking the matter to the State FFA Executive Secretary or State Advisor or
designee. They will help to give any direction to the group on solving the problem.
STEP FOUR: The calling of an emergency State CDE Committee Meeting. Attendees will be advisors
participating in the event, board members, and CDE committee members.
THE RESULTS OF THIS MEETING WILL BE FINAL
8.
Any CDE that is scored by the Chico State system cannot be protested. This means that scores for those
contests will not be reviewed by advisors prior to the announcement of the final results.
13
Request for Special Needs Accommodation for
Oregon FFA Competitive Events and Programs
Deadline: One month prior to event in question
The following information is required if there is a qualified member that plans to participate in a Oregon FFA
competitive event or program and wishes to request an accommodation.
Please complete the following information, print the completed form and secure necessary signatures. Please mail,
scan and email or fax the signed form to Oregon FFA one month prior to the event for participation in awards and
recognition programs at the next national FFA convention. Electronic signatures cannot be accepted.
This information will be kept strictly confidential and will be used only to process services for participants needing
special needs assistance.
Member Information
Member Name: _______________________________________________________________________________
Parent/Guardian Name, if member is under 21 years of age: _______________________________________
Member/Parent or Guardian phone number: _________________________________________________________
Home Address: ________________________________________________________________________
Advisor’s Name: _____________________________ Advisor’s Phone Number: _________________________
Advisor’s Email Address: _____________________________________________________________
Chapter Name: ___________________________________________________________
Chapter Address: ____________________________________________________________________________
Select All Area(s) that apply:
 Agriscience Fair
 CDE
 Proficiency Award (Finalists Only)
Name of Specific Event or Award Area: ___________________________________________
Description of Disability and Accommodations Requested
Specific Disability:
Please describe the limiting nature of the disability and the accommodations requested:
Please list accommodation or accommodations provided at state level selection activity:
________________________
Student Signature/Date
________________________
Advisor Signature/Date
________________________
Parent Signature/Date
________________________
Authorized State Staff/Date
14
SECTION II
AGRICULTURAL COMMUNICATIONS
PURPOSE**
The purpose of the agricultural communications career development event is to provide individuals with practical
communications skills necessary to pursue career opportunities in agricultural communications. Public
communications about agricultural products, practices and policies are essential to the future of agriculture. Students
who are equipped with strong communication skills, have developed teamwork skills and who can use a variety of
media to help the public understand issues related to the industry of agriculture have a bright future in the job
market.
OBJECTIVES
Through this career development event, students will become proficient in the following areas:
1. Learn how to effectively communicate issues and events within the agriculture industry through a variety of
mediums that include, but are not limited to:
a. Press Releases
b.
c. Graphic Design
d. Photo Editing
e. Photo Captioning
2. Develop a sense of teamwork by working with others to create such mediums
ELIGIBILITY
1. The student contestant must be a bona fide dues paying FFA member in good standing with the local
chapter, state association and the National Organization at the time of his or her participation.
2. The student contestant, at the time of his or her participation, must be: (l) a high school student. A graduating
senior is considered eligible to compete in state and national contests up to and including the first National
FFA Convention following high school graduation. (2) Enrolled in at least one agriculture education course
with a supervised experience program, the objective of which is the establishment in an agricultural
occupation. INCOMING FRESHMEN ARE INELIGIBLE TO PARTICIPATE, EXCEPT IN STATE
LIVESTOCK WHERE THEY COMPETE FOR INDIVIDUAL AWARDS ONLY.
3. If a member has competed in a National Event, they are no longer eligible to compete at the state level in any
event in which they compete at nationals.
The winning team in this CDE will be eligible to represent the state in the National Ag Communications Event
held at the time of the National FFA Convention.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. A participant shall be in official FFA dress in each event.
2. The event will include both written as well as oral communications presentations.
3. The event will consist of a four-member team.
EVENT FORMAT
Communications Project Proposal and Presentation
Each team will prepare a communications project proposal for their chapter. The proposal will explain the
communications activities planned to publicize an event/issue. Guidance on the event/issue is presented below.
A. Guidelines for Proposal
The key to producing a good communications project proposal is to select a project that is specific enough that you
will be able to do a good job with it.
15
1. The proposal should be a maximum of 12 double-spaced typed pages on 8.5"X11" white bond paper using 1"
margins and 12-point Time New Roman or Times as the font.
2. Staple the proposal in upper left hand corner. DO NOT bind or place in folders, special binders, or covers.
3. Follow style established in the Associated Press Stylebook and Libel Manual.
4. A cover page should give the title of the communications proposal, state, chapter name, team member
names, and date.
5. The communications project proposal should include the following sections:
a. rationale for selecting the project, including background information that helps provide judges with an
understanding of the project and the situation or locale where it will be implemented.
b. objectives of the project (what is the project to accomplish).
c. audiences to be targeted with this project.
d. key messages or themes to communicate to the audiences.
e. media (brochures, newspapers, signage, radio, etc.) selected to accomplish the project.
f. budget to produce and place communications materials.
g. criteria upon which project will be evaluated (these criteria should result in some
indication of how well the project accomplishes the stated objectives).
B. Topic for communications project proposal and presentation
The communications project proposal and presentation will be based on the same topic. The topic will be chosen by
the chapter from a theme of possible topics provided by National FFA.
C. Communications project presentation
The team will present their communications project to a panel of judges. The presentation should follow the
segments of the proposal but also should include materials prepared during the execution of the proposal (ex.
brochures, newsletters, news releases, photos, graphics, videos, radio tapes, etc.). Each team member must
participate in the presentation. If teams wish to bring equipment they may do so as long as they are able to set up
and tear down their equipment in the time allowed for the presentation.
5 minutes will be allowed for setup, 15 minutes for presentation, 5 minutes maximum for questions, and 5 minutes for
tear down. If the setup time goes over, it will run into their presentation time, but at 15 minutes of presentation time,
the timer will stand up and interrupt to end the presentation. Warnings will be given at 12 and 14 minutes.
TESTS
A. Editing exercise
Because editing is a critical skill for all communicators, each team member will complete an editing exercise. They
will be given a printed document that contains 25 mistakes. In correcting the mistakes, team members will be
required to use correct proofreader’s marks (see Associated Press Stylebook and Libel Manual). Style, grammar,
punctuation and spelling mistakes will be included. Team members will NOT be able to use the style manual or
dictionary during this exercise.
B. Communications quiz
Each team member will complete a quiz that covers basic elements important to the skill areas of journalistic writing
and broadcasting, public relations writing, and graphic design. Five questions will be written for each segment,
which includes broadcast, public relations, news, visuals, and ethics of communication. Team members will NOT be
able to use the style manual or dictionary during this exercise.
Practicum’s
The practicums will consist of four individual events. Each team member will be assigned to one of the following
activities:
1. Organizing and writing a news story;
2. Organizing and writing a press release;
3. Developing and carrying out an electronic media message 4. Preparing a graphic and editing
photos for a news story.
Each team should assign a member to each of these activities before arriving at the national event.
16
All teams will meet in a central location for an orientation and press conference. Teams will be divided so that all
broadcasters sit together, all news writers sit together, all press release writers sit together and all graphic designers
sit together. All team members will be given an orientation at the beginning of the practicums to last no more than 10
minutes.
Following the orientation, the press conference will be held. Each team member will receive a press packet with
background information on the agricultural topic and expert to use during the event. An expert will speak on a timely
agricultural topic for 20 minutes. Students will be provided with paper to take notes if they wish. Students should
bring their own pens or pencils. After the 20-minute presentation, the non-writers will be dismissed to a different
area to complete their assigned tasks. (See detailed descriptions of assignments later in rules.) The news writers
and press release writers will then be involved in a 10-minute question and answer period with the expert (speaker).
Only news writers will be allowed to ask the questions. Each news writer will stand to be recognized before asking a
question. News writers may ask more than one question; however, the expert will attempt to address questions from
as many different contestants as possible. All news writers and press release writers may take notes during the
question and answer period, but only news writers will be allowed to ask questions of the expert. No electronic
devices of any kinds including tape recorders and cell phones, will be allowed during this portion of the event.
Upon completion of the 10-minute question and answer session, the news writers and press release writers will be
dismissed to a computer room to complete their assigned tasks.
Detailed descriptions of each team member's assignment follows.
News writers
Students are to write a news story based on information gathered at the news conference. It should be written for an
agriculture publication (ag producer) audience. The story should have a minimum of 250 words and follow news or
inverted pyramid style. It should have a strong focus and lead (opening paragraph). The story should provide
answers to who, what, when, where and why. Students also should write a headline for their story. Each writer can
use notes from the press conference, the Q&A session, and from information in the press packet. After writers arrive
in their designated room, they will have 60 minutes to complete their task. The release will be word processed by the
student on a computer, printed out and turned in to be scored. Judging based on written communication skills,
accuracy, organization, style, creativity and grammar.
Press release writers
Each press release writer will use the press packet and the information gathered in the press conference to write a
200- to 300-word press release excluding the words in the header. The release should be written as if it were being
distributed by the expert's company or organization. The release will be word processed on a computer, printed out
and turned in to be scored. Once the press release writers arrive in the computer room, they will have 60 minutes to
complete the task.
Electronic Media Specialists
Each electronic media specialist will use the press packet and information that was gathered in the press conference
to develop an electronic media message. The specific medium and details will be announced by National FFA each
November for the next convention on the CDE webpage. Participants will have 60 minutes to complete the
practicum.
The activity may be chosen from the following:
• Digital news broadcast
• Blog
• Social media
• Video
Graphic Designers
Each designer will use the press packet and information that was gathered in the press conference to develop a
graphic design layout. The specific type of layout and details will be announced each November for the next
convention on the CDE webpage. The objective is effective communication or information sharing through visual
tools. Each participant will have 60 minutes to complete the practicum.
The activity may be chosen from the following:
• Magazine page layout
17
• Web page layout
• Electronic publication layout
• Flier/poster
Save the InDesign file as chaptername_layout.indd in the ChapternameGraphics folder on your desktop. Save
often during the practicum.
Equipment:
The following equipment will be provided:

easel monitor for team presentations.

PC computer for each news writer, press release writer and graphic designer.

For graphic designers, CD Containing Graphic CDE Folder and Adobe InDesign, with all materials for the
practicum. and computer desktop publishing software program for graphic chart or table design.
Panels of judges:
Media, producers and other members of the agriculture communications community.
Tie Breakers
A. Team tie breakers will be settled in the following order:
1. Proposal score
2. Practicum scores
3. Presentation score
B. Individuals tie breakers will be settled in the following order:
1. Practicum score
2. Quiz score
3. Editing exercise score
18
Name:_________________________
Chapter:________________________
Communications Project Proposal Scorecard
Possible Points
Rationale
Objectives of project
Target audiences to address
Key messages
Media Selection
Budget
Evaluation
Grammar, punctuation, spelling,
style
Grand Total:
Name:_________________________
Score
25
25
20
15
20
10
15
20
150
Chapter:________________________
Communication Project Presentation Scorecard
Possible Points
Professionalism
Appearance, poise, posture,
attitude/confidence, demeanor,
ethical concerns
Knowledge of Subject
Power of Expression
Directness, sincerity, emphasis
Verbal Skills
Grammar, voice (quality, pitch,
articulation, pronunciation, force)
Questions and Answers
Ability to answer judges’ questions
on the presentation. Responses
indicate originality, familiarity with
subject and ability to think quickly.
Supporting Evidence
Examples that document the
materials used to develop the project.
Creativity & Innovation
Grand Total:
Score
10
20
10
10
50
25
25
150
19
Name:_________________________
Chapter:________________________
News Writer Story Practicum Scorecard
Possible Points
Lead/Focus
Organization, Clarity &
Conciseness
Correct Style (AP)
Accuracy of Information & Quotes
Depth of Coverage/Creativity
Headline
Grammar, Spelling, Punctuation &
Word Choice
Grand Total:
Name:_________________________
Score
20
15
10
20
10
10
15
100
Chapter:________________________
Graphic Designer Practicum Scorecard
Possible Points
Overall aesthetics of design
Technical Skills Specific to
Activity
Use of graphic design principles
Neatness & Creativity
Choice and placement/cropping of
photo (s) and graphic (s)
Writing and editing (specific to
activity)
Grand Total:
Score
20
20
15
15
15
15
100
20
Name:_________________________
Chapter:________________________
Electronic Media Practicum Scorecard
Possible Points
Effective use of Medium
Power of Expression
Technical Skills Specific to
Activity
Clarity of Communication
Organization and format
Creativity
Accuracy of Information
Grand Total:
Name:_________________________
Score
20
15
20
10
10
15
10
100
Chapter:________________________
Press Release Writer Practicum Scorecard
Possible Points
Lead/Focus
Organization, Brevity, Clarity &
Conciseness
Correct Style (AP)
Accuracy of Information & Quotes
Creativity
Header/Headline
Grammar, Spelling, Punctuation &
Word Choice
Company, Organization or Product
Information
Grand Total:
Score
20
15
10
15
5
10
15
10
100
21
SECTION II
AGRICULTURE ISSUES
PURPOSE
The State FFA Agriculture Issues Event is patterned after the National Agriculture Issues event and is designed to
expose a wide variety of students to the selection, research, planning and presentation of an agricultural issue.
OBJECTIVES
1. Students acquire knowledge and skills in community leadership for present and future use.
2. To become knowledgeable of, and familiar with a variety of local, state, national and international issues
facing agriculture.
3. To understand the principles and fundamentals of agricultural issue analysis.
4. To further the awareness of agricultural issues in the local community.
5. To promote integration of agriculture issue analysis in local school academic subject matter areas.
6. To promote career choices by providing an opportunity for individuals to become acquainted with
professionals in the industry.
7. To foster teamwork, leadership and communication skills.
8. The winning team in this activity will be eligible to be certified by the State CDE Committee to represent
the state in the National CDE held at the time of the National FFA Convention.
ELIGIBILITY
1. The student contestant must be a bona fide dues paying FFA member in good standing with the local
chapter, state association and the National Organization at the time of his or her participation.
2. The student contestant, at the time of his or her participation, must be: (l) a high school student. A
graduating senior is considered eligible to compete in state and national contests up to and including the
first National FFA Convention following high school graduation. (2) Enrolled in at least one agriculture
education course with a supervised experience program, the objective of which is the establishment in an
agricultural occupation. INCOMING FRESHMEN ARE INELIGIBLE TO PARTICIPATE, EXCEPT IN
STATE LIVESTOCK WHERE THEY COMPETE FOR INDIVIDUAL AWARDS ONLY.
3. If a member has competed in a National Event, they are no longer eligible to compete at the state level in
any event in which they compete at nationals.
The winning team in this CDE will be eligible to represent the state in the National Ag Issues Event held at the
time of the National FFA Convention.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. EVENT ADJUSTMENTS: The Event Superintendent and Career Development Event Coordinator will
have the right to make any adjustments to the State Event to ensure that an effect and proper event takes
place. Any changes to the events will be discussed at the Coaches Orientation Meeting 30 minutes prior
to the posted start time.
2. TEAMS PER CHAPTER: Limit one team per FFA Chapter. Each team will conduct a presentation on the
issue developed and presented at the local level.
3. TEAM SIZE & PARTICIPATION: Each team will consist of three and a maximum of seven students who
are actively participating, orally presenting and available to answer judges’ questions. A student assisting
22
in the delivery of the presentation in any form (i.e. Computer set up, operation stage set up) will be
counted towards the total number of students and would be expected to stand for questions before the
judges.
4. OFFICIAL DRESS: Presentations may include official FFA attire, costumes, props, skits, and other
creative paraphernalia. At least one student is required to be in OFFICIAL FFA DRESS.
5. PRELIMINARY ROUNDS: Seating of the teams in the preliminary round will be done by the use of the
teams written manuscript/presentation score. The number of teams in each flight will be determined prior
seating. Teams canceling out of the event may require an adjustment of the number of teams in a flight;
and under the direction of the Career Devolvement Event Coordinator. Team order of presentation will be
drawn 30 minutes prior to the posted start time at the coach’s orientation.
6. FINAL ROUND: The final round will either consist of 4 or 6 teams depending upon the number of flights
and total number of teams. This will be done under the direction of the Career Devolvement Event
Coordinator. Team order of presentation will be drawn 30 minutes prior to the posted start time at the
coach’s orientation in the final round.
7. TEAM SET UP: Team set up is the responsibility of the team members only. Advisors / Coaches may
only assist in the set up / start up and takedown of the multimedia projectors, computer, TV, VCR, DVD
and/or other items of high dollar value that the chapter liability may come into play.
8. ROOM LAYOUT: The layout of the room may be moved around to improve the presentations effect.
Once the judges have been seated they may not be move. The presentations will be designed to be
viewed by the judges. The audience at-large will not be of concern to the presenters.
9. TIME LIMITS: Five minutes will be allowed for set up, in the event of equipment failure no time extension
will granted. If set up requires more than 5 minutes the team will then cut into their allotted time for
presentation. The presentation will be a maximum of 15 minutes in length. The presenters will receive a
signal at 10 minutes and at 14 minutes. At 15 minutes, the timekeeper will announce that time is up, and
the presentation will end. A maximum of 5 minutes for questions and answers will be allotted. Questions
and answers will terminate at the end of the 5 minutes. Five minutes will be allowed for take down.
10. EQUIPMENT PROVIDED: Equipment provide by the event superintendent includes: projector, screen,
table and chairs. Other equipment is allowed, but presenting team must provide it.
11. SIDELINE COACHING: Coaches / advisors are not allowed to coach, prompt or give direction to the
student in any form once their team’s presentation has started.
12. COACH INTERACTION WITH JUDGES: Coaches / advisors are not to interact with judges prior to,
during or following the event. If the advisor / coach is allowed to attend the Judges Briefing (only if the
Event Superintendent has a team) interaction can occur during the Judges Briefing one hour prior to the
posted start time. Any violation of this could result in forfeiture of team placing and future involvement.
Any questions can be brought to the Event Superintendent for answer from the judges.
13. COACHES ORIENTATION: Coach / advisors are expected to be in attendance to a coaching orientation
30 minutes prior to the posted start time. The seating and location of the judges in the event room will be
determined at this time. Coaches are accountable for any information given and decisions made at the
orientation meeting.
14. JUDGES: A minimum of three competent and unbiased judges will be provided. If possible, different
judges will be used for prelims and finals. The will be instructed not to take sides on the issues. The
superintendent of this CDE will adequately prepare the judges before the event competition.

In the instance that the Event Superintendent has a team in the event. All advisors may
attend the judges briefing one hour prior to the posted start time.
STANDARD BRIEFING FOR JUDGES ARE AS FOLLOWS:
o Smile get the students to relax.
23
o
If you smell blood (a student is lost or does not know the topic). Do not go in for the kill. This is a learning
experience. Score them accordingly but DO NOT MAKE A MOCKERY OF THE STUDENT!
o
Scripts and Note Cards are DISCOURAGED! With the exception of reading quote, a specific law or
regulation.
o
Get to know what the students know about the issues. What are the Pro and Cons of the issue?
o
Don’t judge apples to oranges. Judge apples to apples. I.E. depth of knowledge in the given issues and
mastery of that issue.
o
Don’t take sides on the given issue, keep an open mind.
o
Follow the score card.
o
Draw question off of the Portfolio, Presentation and Current state of the Issue.
o
Judges may ask questions of all individuals of the presenting team. Each individual is encouraged to
respond to at least one question from the judges.
o
The topic and concept is student based research. Do they know what they are talking about or are they
actors reading a script?
o
Judges be quick in asking your questions. The student only get five minutes for questions. If you the
judge is taking their time to explain your question the students lose response time.
o
Refer to the score card. Your scores are your scores. You will not share your scores with any advisors,
coaches or other judges. Once judging is complete rank the teams in order of finish first through last. You
will then combine your ranking of the teams with the other judges to come up with the overall rank in order
of finish. Low score wins.
o
Consistency is the most important aspect of your judging.
o
Judges will provide a Judges Feedback in the form of positive praise or constructive criticism to aid the
Coach / Advisor in student’s evaluation and instruction.
EVENT FORMAT:
1. Each team will conduct a presentation on the issue developed and presented at the local level.
2. The issue will come from one of the following seven agricultural issue topics as listed in the Focusing on
Agricultural Issues instructional materials: Recommended that the same topic is not used in consecutive
years by the same chapter/advisor. Research on the topic must be current and students must be involved
in the research of the topic and development of the portfolio.
Environmental Issues
Agricultural Technology Issues
Animal Issues
Agricultural Career Issues
Economy and Trade Issues
Agricultural Policy Issues
Food Safety Issues
3. The presentations will be designed to be viewed by the judges. The audience at-large will not be of
concern to the presenters.
PORTFOLIO:
 The portfolio score will be used to seed the team and the score will remain through finals.

The Portfolio will be limited to ten pages maximum not including cover page.
24

The cover page will include the title of the issue, name of the chapter.

A maximum of ten (10) points will be deducted for exceeding the maximum amount of pages.

Six copies of the Portfolio must be submitted by 2pm on Friday of State Convention to the CDE
Coordinator at State Convention. Late Portfolios will receive a 10% deduction on portfolio scores. All
paperwork received more than 1 hour late will receive a 0. All Paperwork for the CDE’s listed above will
only be scored once and that score will follow the participant throughout the state CDE.

The portfolio should include items described in A, B and C below, and will be limited to ten pages single
sided or five pages double sided maximum.
A. A maximum of two pages of the Portfolio will include a summary of the issue, answering the questions that are
most relevant to your topic:
1. List course(s) in which instruction occurred and total number of students receiving instruction.
2. Why is this issue important now?
3. What is the nature of the issue?
4. Who is involved in the issue?
5. How can the issue be defined?
6. What is the historical background of the issue?
7. What caused the issue?
8. What are the risks?
9. What are the benefits?
10. Is there strong disagreement on how the issue should be solved?
B. Bibliography of all resources and references cited which may include personal interviews and any other
supporting material.
C. Documentation that local forum(s) occurred such as:
 When, where and to whom the local forum(s) was presented to and indicate how many community
members were in attendance at the local forum(s).
 Letters from organizations
 News articles
 Photos
 Scrapbook
 SPECIAL NOTE TO THOSE INDIVIDUALS CONCERNED ABOUT THE NATIONAL EVENT. REFER TO
THE NATIONAL CDE MANUAL IN REGARDS TO THE DOCUMENTAION OF LOCAL FORUMS AND
LOCAL FORUMS THAT QUALIFY FOR NATIONAL PORTFOLIO SCORING. THIS IS FOR NATIONALS
ONLY. IT HAS NO REFLECTION ON THE STATE EVENT.
 Teams must have five completed forums BEFORE the state CDE in order to get the full points for
this area.
High quality forms are those presentation made to community groups that would have an interest in the
issue. High quality forms can also be with smaller numbers of indivduals who hold elected, appointed, or
some other official position that will be making decisions on the issue
Examples of low quality forms would be dropping in at a local business and agiving a presentation to the
workers or going to the home of one of the parents to make a presentation. Low quality forms will receive
zero or minimal points.
25
SCORING CRITERIA - SCORE CARD:
1. Introduction, Pro, Con and Conclusions (20 points each, 80 points total)
2. Overall presentation (participation of each member of the team, quality and power of the presentations,
creativity, stage presence) ( 20 points)
3. Questions (25 points)
4. Portfolio: 10 pages maximum (Three parts, 25 points total)
 Summary of the Issue, 2 pages maximum (5 points).
 Bibliography (5 points).
 Documentation of local forums (15 points). Teams must have five completed forums BEFORE the
state CDE in order to get the full points.
 Maximum of 10 points will be deducted for exceeding the maximum number of pages and/or not
including cover page.
5. Judges ranking will be used to place teams.
6. Judges will not share their scores with any advisors, coaches or other judges. Once judging is complete
they rank the teams in order of finish first through last. They will then combine their ranking of teams with
the other judges to come up with the overall ranking in order of finish. Low score wins.
7. Judges' ranking will be used to place teams. Raw scores will be utilized to break ties. Judges' questions
will be used to break additional ties.
RESULT TABULATION
1. Individual judges will score manuscripts/portfolio with a raw score. If there are multiple judges, raw scores
will be averaged and the raw score will be used to formulate seeding for preliminary rounds, and will be
carried throughout the finals as well.
2. Presentation judges will judge each presentation/forum independently to formulate a raw score.
3. At the conclusion of the final presentation/forum, the contest coordinator will provide raw scores of
manuscript/portfolio.
4. Judges will combine their score, with portfolio score to create their own total score, and personal ranking.
5. With the CDE coordinator create an overall rank, based on the combination of judges rankings. Low score
wins.
26
Agriculture Issues Forum
School
Issues Name
The portfolio should include the following. Limit to ten pages.
A.
A maximum of two pages of the Portfolio will include a summary of the issue, answering the questions that
are most relevant to your topic:
3. List course(s) in which instruction occurred and total number of students receiving instruction.
4. Why is this issue important now?
5. What is the nature of the issue?
6. Who is involved in the issue?
7. How can the issue be defined?
8. What is the historical background of the issue?
9. What caused the issue?
10. What are the risks?
11. What are the benefits?
12. Is there strong disagreement on how the issue should be solved?
B.
Bibliography of all resources and references cited which may include personal interviews and any other
supporting material.
C.
Documentation that local forum(s) occurred such as:
When, where and to whom the local forum(s) was presented to and indicate how many community
members were in attendance at the local forum(s).
Letters from organizations
News articles
Photos
Scrapbook





Portfolio Score Sheet
A. Summary of the Issues
B. Bibliography
C. Local Forums
Forum #1
Forum #2
Forum #3
Forum #4
Forum #5
Total Portfolio Score
Possible
Points
5
5
Points Given
Quality of
Group (2)
Documentation of
presentation and
information (1)
Total Points
for Each
forum (3)
3
3
3
3
3
25 Pts Possible
* Deduction for exceeding the maximum number of pages. 10 points maximum.
Team Sub Total=
Deduction
(
)
TEAM SCORE:
27
Agriculture Issues Forum
School
Issues Name
Flight
Team Presentation
Possible
Points
1.
Introduction
Statement on the issues and its importance
20
2.
Pro View Point
20
3.
Con View Point
20
4.
Summary
Summarize the Pro’s
Summarize the Con’s
20
5.
Overall Presentation
20
6.
Questions
25
7.
Portfolio (Scores will be give prior to the
team presentation)
Total
25
150
Score
Team Presentation Total:
28
SECTION II
AGRICULTURAL MECHANICS
PURPOSE
The State FFA Agricultural Mechanics CDE is patterned after the National CDE and is designed for the
student to demonstrate mechanical knowledge, solve mechanical problems, and complete manipulative
mechanical activities.
The winning team in this activity will be eligible to represent the state in the National CDE held at the time of
the National FFA Convention.
OBJECTIVES
Through this career development event, participants will become proficient in the following areas:
1. Understand mechanical knowledge and terminology
2. Further develop their problem-solving skills through mechanical problems
3. Demonstrate proficiency in completely manipulative mechanical activities
4. Demonstrate harmony and work-ethic in a team setting
ELIGIBILITY
1. The student contestant must be a bona fide dues paying FFA member in good standing with the local
chapter, state association and the National Organization at the time of his or her participation.
2. The student contestant, at the time of his or her participation, must be: (l) a high school student. A
graduating senior is considered eligible to compete in state and national contests up to and including the
first National FFA Convention following high school graduation. (2) Enrolled in at least one agriculture
education course with a supervised experience program, the objective of which is the establishment in an
agricultural occupation. INCOMING FRESHMEN ARE INELIGIBLE TO PARTICIPATE, EXCEPT IN
STATE LIVESTOCK WHERE THEY COMPETE FOR INDIVIDUAL AWARDS ONLY.
3. If a member has competed in a National Event, they are no longer eligible to compete at the state level in
any event in which they compete at nationals.
The winning team in this CDE will be eligible to represent the state in the National Ag Mechanics Event
held at the time of the National FFA Convention.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. A chartered FFA chapter may enter two teams in the Agricultural Mechanics CDE. A team may consist of
5 eligible members. The score of the 3 high individuals will be used to determine the team score.
2. The CDE will be developed from the following subject matter listed for each of the three subject matter
areas:
a.
AGRICULTURAL POWER AND MACHINERY
Tractor Power: All fuel types
Small Engine Power: Briggs and Stratton types
Agricultural Machinery and Equipment: one of the following - plow, baler, grain drill
b.
AGRICULTURAL ELECTRIFICATION
Electrical Circuits: Wiring practices, switches and safety devices
Electric Power: Motors
c.
AGRICULTURAL CONSTRUCTION
Metal Fabrication: Arc Welding, fuel gas cutting
Repair and Maintenance: Metal and wood tools, hot and cold metal, and plumbing
4. Each contestant must participate in the following events:
29
a. Skill activities are listed in the year in question (see rotational system outline). Each contestant will
complete one or more specific hands-on performance operation(s) in a time period of 20 minutes for
each operation within each of the 3 subject areas.
b. Written Examination will cover all subject matter areas as identified by the skill areas using the last
three years of National Exams. Each contestant will have 60 minutes to complete 50 multiple choice
and 5 problem solving questions.
3. The CDE will be conducted as follows:
Written examination
Agricultural Power and Machinery
Skills (20 minutes each)
Agricultural Electrification
Skills (20 minutes each)
Agricultural Construction
Skills (20 minutes each)
60 minutes
40 minutes
40 minutes
40 minutes
4. Contestants will be evaluated on performance in each of the following activities:
Written examination
Five (5) written problems @ 10 points each
Performance Skills at 50 points per area
TOTAL
50 points
50 points
150 points
250 points
The team standing will be based on 600 possible points earned by three contestants.
5. A three year rotation system will be used for the CDE, to include the following subject
areas:
2014
a. AGRICULTURAL POWER AND MACHINERY
Small Engine Power
Ag Machinery and Equipment – Grain Drill
b. AGRICULTURAL ELECTRIFICATION
Electrical Circuits: Wiring procedures, switches and safety devices
Electric Power: Motors
c. AGRICULTURAL CONSTRUCTION AND SOIL & WATER CONSERVATION
Metal Fabrication (Arc Welding)
Repair and Maintenance (Twist drill sharpening)
2015
a. AGRICULTURAL POWER AND MACHINERY
Agricultural Machinery - Plow
Tractor Power
b. AGRICULTURAL ELECTRIFICATION
Electrical Circuits: Wiring procedures, switches and safety devices
Electric Power: Motors
c. AGRICULTURAL CONSTRUCTION AND SOIL & WATER CONSERVATION
Metal Fabrication (Arc Welding)
Metal Fabrication (Gas Cutting)
2016
a. AGRICULTURAL POWER AND MACHINERY
Tractor Power (75-200HP)
30
Agricultural Machinery and Equipment - Baler
b. AGRICULTURAL ELECTRIFICATION
Electric Circuits
Electric Power (motors)
c. AGRICULTURAL CONSTRUCTION AND SOIL & WATER CONSERVATION
Metal Fabrication (arc welding)
Soil and Water Conservation (Farm leveling)
6. Safety
Industry values personnel who demonstrate safe attitudes and practices, individual and cooperative
teamwork, high order thinking skills and problem solving, as well as the basic technical competencies
associated with work.
Each contestant must follow recommended practices and work habits appropriate for the assigned
activities.
Each contestant will be responsible for all personal safety equipment.
AGRICULTURAL POWER AND MACHINERY
1. Tractor Power
a.
Identify external parts of the tractor.
b.
Adjust clutch for proper use.
c.
Adjust brakes according to manufacturer’s specifications.
2. Agricultural Machinery
a.
Identify the parts of a plow, baler, or grain drill.
b.
Adjust and/or calibrate seeding, processing and materials handling machinery.
3. Small Engine Power
a.
Identify parts of a small engine.
b.
Troubleshoot, evaluate electrical, governor and carburetion parts.
AGRICULTURAL ELECTRIFICATION
1. Electrical Circuits
a.
Install a single pole, 3-way, switch loop and switch duplex receptacle.
2. Electric Motors
a.
Interpret motor nameplate data.
b.
Identify motors and parts.
AGRICULTURAL CONSTRUCTION AND SOIL AND WATER CONSERVATION
1. Repair and Maintenance
a.
Recondition hand tools such as twist drills, chisels and screw drivers.
b.
Plumbing: Identify pipe, valves and fitting type.
2. Soil and Water Conservation
a.
Set up and level the instrument.
b.
Record field notes for differential leveling.
3. Metal Fabrication
a. Arc weld basic joints (butt, lap, t-fillet, vertical up, vertical down, horizontal bead and multiple pass tfillet) using E6011, E6010 or E7018 electrode at least 1/4" metal.
b.
Gas Cutting: Cut mild steel including pipe.
31
SECTION II
AGRISCIENCE FAIR PROJECT EVENT
The Oregon FFA State Agriscience Fair Event follows the rules and guidelines of the National Event published by
National FFA.
32
SECTION II
AGRICULTURAL SALES
PURPOSE
The marketing of agricultural products is a key to profitability in today's competitive economy, and agricultural
sales play a major role in the marketing process. Through this CDE, students will have the opportunity to
prepare for careers in sales by participating in a wide range of activities oriented around the total sales
process.
OBJECTIVES
1. Communication Skills
Verbal Communication – both face to face and by telephone
Written Communication
Interactive Communication
2. Understand and demonstrate the professional sales process in agribusiness
A. Preparing to sell
1. Targeting customers
2. Customer buying motives
3. Product information
B. Developing sales skills
1. Approaching the customer
2. Determining customer needs and wants
3. Planning a feature-benefit sales presentation
4. Making a feature-benefit sales presentation
5. Knowledge of proper use of product
6. Handling customer objections
7. Closing the sale
8. Suggestion selling and reassurance
C. Understanding and utilizing the Sales Process
1. Identifying prospective customers through marketing and historical data
2. Developing an approach that introduces your product to your prospective customer including
but not limited to cold calling, advertising and/or internet applications
3. Develop an interactive, personal sales presentation that determines and addresses customers
needs and objections
4. Attempt trial closes to close the sale and accurately take the order
5. Developing the basic business structure necessary to sell and deliver a product
3.
Develop abilities to utilize knowledge of advertising and promotion in agricultural sales
A. Value of promotion in agriculture
B. Use of advertising in agribusiness
C. Role of different types of advertising media
4. Develop the ability to build customer confidence in you and your product
A. Dealing with typical customer problems
1. Return of merchandise
2. Defective merchandise
3. Lack of understanding in use of merchandise
B. Determine customer complaints
C. Determine basis for complaint
1. Determine proper course of action to resolve the issue
2. Maintain customer contact and place additional orders for sales
3. Review product performance
33
ELIGIBILITY
1. The student contestant must be a bona fide dues paying FFA member in good standing with the local
chapter, state association and the National Organization at the time of his or her participation.
2. The student contestant, at the time of his or her participation, must be: (l) a high school student. A
graduating senior is considered eligible to compete in state and national contests up to and including
the first National FFA Convention following high school graduation. (2) Enrolled in at least one
agriculture education course with a supervised experience program, the objective of which is the
establishment in an agricultural occupation. INCOMING FRESHMEN ARE INELIGIBLE TO
PARTICIPATE, EXCEPT IN STATE LIVESTOCK WHERE THEY COMPETE FOR INDIVIDUAL
AWARDS ONLY.
3. If a member has competed in a National Event, they are no longer eligible to compete at the state level
in any event in which they compete at nationals.
The winning team in this CDE will be eligible to represent the state in the National Ag Sales Event held at
the time of the National FFA Convention.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. The State Agricultural Sales CDE is limited to two advanced teams per district, with a third team
allowed if there are six or more chapters participating at the District CDE.
2. A team consists of 4 eligible members. Their score will be used to determine the team score. There
are no alternates.
3. Teams will follow the rotation given out at the CDE. No deviations from the rotation will be allowed.
Contestants not at their designated practicum’s, test, or sales presentation on time will be disqualified.
4. Contestants will be assigned waiting areas, and will be responsible for sitting in assigned seats and
staying quiet. Contestants should bring reading materials to pass the time.
The state winning team will be eligible to represent Oregon in the National Agricultural Sales Event held at the
National FFA Convention.
CDE FORMAT
The agricultural sales CDE will consist of four parts: an objective test (based upon the last four years of
national tests), oral sales presentation, a series of practicum’s and the team activity. The CDE will be a team
event consisting of four students. All team members will participate in the test, sales presentation component
and the team activity of the CDE. The CDE will consist of 200 total possible points per team member: test, 50
points; sales presentation, 100 points; practicum, 50 points. The team activity shall be worth 100 points.
Should a tie occur in the individual or team scores, the highest sales presentation score will break the tie. If
the tie cannot be broken using the sales presentation score, the highest written test score will be used. If a tie
still exists, the highest practicum score will be used to break the tie.
All State Ag Sales teams must be prepared for a full-day of competition
34
PART I - SALES PRESENTATION
A. All participants will conduct a sales presentation.
B. Official FFA dress required.
C.
The contestant will select an agricultural product representing one of the seven instructional areas:
1. Agricultural Mechanics
2. Agricultural Production
3. Agricultural Products and Processing
4. Agricultural Supplies and Services
5. Forestry
6. Natural Resources and Rural Recreation
7. Ornamental Horticulture
D.
Three copies of the contestant's project summary sheet (see E below) will be given to the contestant
coordinator at the CDE site by the contestant.
E.
The product summary sheet will be one page, single sided and 12 pt. font (Times, Times New
Roman or Arial). Participants name and chapter will be in the upper left-hand corner. The product
summary sheet should clearly state the role of the customer (event judge). Examples include dairy
farmer, purchasing agent, etc. The summary sheet should include the following:
1. Representation (company/chapter)
2. Role customer is to play
3. Features of the product
4. Product to be sold
5. Method of demonstration
6. Sales call objective
7. Product or service price
8. Examples of two or more competing products and their prices.
F.
Each contestant will be allowed 15 minutes for his/her presentation for the selling and close and
additional judges’ questions. A warning shall be provided at 12 minutes.
G.
Each set of judges will consist of two qualified individuals. One judge will serve as the customer. No
two team members will be judged by the same set of judges.
H. Evaluation Criteria
1.
Pre-Approach:
a. Anticipating customer needs
b. Product Knowledge
2. Approach
a. First impressions
b. Create customer attention
c. Determine customer wants
d. Establish rapport
3.
Demonstration
a. Feature and related customer benefits
b. Allow customer to participate
c. Attempt trial closes
4.
Handling customer objections
a. Identify customer objections
b. Handle customer objections
5.
Closing the sale
a. Ask for the order
b. Recognize closing opportunities
35
SALES PRESENTATION SCORE CARDS
Two versions exist for the Sales Presentation Score Card. Individual teachers and districts may opt to use either
of the two score cards in their respective events. At the state level, the second, full-page score card will be
utilized.
SALES PRESENTATION SCORE CARD
Maximum
Points
Contestant
Points
Pre Approach
15
_______
Approach
15
_______
Demonstration
30
_______
Customer Objections
20
_______
Closure
20
_______
TOTAL POINTS
100
_______
*The summary score will be added to the score sheet by the sales summary judge when the sales
presentation is over.
36
SALES PRESENTATION SCORE CARD
Name__________________________ Contestant No._____________
Chapter ________________________________________________
Category
1. Pre-approach
 Anticipating
Customer
Needs: 5pts
 Product
Knowledge:
10pts
2. Approach
 First Impressions
 Create customer
Attention
 Determine
Wants
 Establish
Rapport
3. Demonstration
 Features and
Customer
Benefits
 Allow Customer
to participate
 Attempt Trial
Close
4. Customer
Objections
 Identify
Customer
Objections
 Handle
Customer
Objections
5. Closure
 Recognize
Closing
Opportunities
 Ask for the Order
Excellent
Good
Fair
Possible
(100)
15-12
11-8
7-4
(15)
15-12
11-8
7-4
(15)
30-24
23-16
158
(30)
20-18
17-14
1311
(20)
20-18
17-14
1311
(20)
Contestant
Score
TOTAL POINTS
37
PART II - OBJECTIVE TEST
The objective test of the Agricultural Sales CDE is designed to test team members' understanding of the
professional sales process, the role that selling plays in the marketing of agricultural products and the
knowledge possessed by students relative to the content areas of advertising and promotion, customer
relations, product displays, telephone skills, market analysis and customer prospecting. Test questions will be
taken from past four year’s National FFA Ag Sales Tests, available from National FFA.
A.
Team members will work individually.
B.
The test will consist of 50 multiple choice and true/false questions with 50 minutes allowed for
completion of this section of the CDE.
C.
Fifty points are allowed for this section of the CDE. One point per question.
PART III - PRACTICUMS
Each contestant will complete one of the four designated practicums in the CDE. Each team will complete all
four practicums with each team member completing a different practicum. Each contestant will be preassigned the practicum by the team coach prior to the CDE. All materials used in the practicums will be
furnished by the CDE site except for resume and cover letter in the job application and interview. Each
practicum will be worth a total of 50 points per team member. The practicum’s are: Customer Relations,
Advertising and Promotion, Prospecting, and Telephone Skills.
Practicum’s Theme Rotational Pattern
2013-2014 Horticulture Industry
2014-2015 Agricultural Mechanics
2015-2016 Animal Industry
2016-2017 Crop Industry
2017-2018 Natural Resources
2018-2019 Horticulture Industry
CUSTOMER RELATIONS PRACTICUM
The customer relations scenario will realistically portray a customer relations problem which may occur in
agricultural sales and involves both technical information and human relation problems. The sales person
(contestant) will be provided with the company policy or philosophy concerning merchandise return and
refunds prior to performing the practicum.
Types of problems which may be used are:
1. Return of merchandise sold
2. Defective merchandise
3. Lack of understanding in use of merchandise
4. General customer service
The contestant will perform in a room in which a "customer" will enter and explain a specific complaint.
Performing within the guidelines provided to the contestant prior to entry into the CDE room, the contestant
will attempt to work with the customer to determine the basis for the complaint and determine the proper
course of action to resolve the issue.
Ten minutes will be allowed for the contestant to demonstrate his/her customer relations skills. There will be
an eight minute warning. Two judges will be used and their scores will be averaged. One judge will serve as
the "customer."
ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION PRACTICUM
Contestants will prepare a printed advertising "copy" for a newspaper, magazine, or flyer. The contestant will
use the computers provided, adhere to the guidelines, and use the time allocated for preparation and
presentation.
38
A. Print Media: Newspaper, Magazine, or Flyer
Use the computer to prepare the "copy" and design the layout of an advertisement scheduled to appear in
a designated newspaper or magazine, or presented via direct mail as a flyer. The software utilized should
be MS Publisher, but any deviation will be indicated in the coaches’ letter. The contestant will have 30
minutes to prepare this advertisement.
All materials will be provided at the CDE site. The contestant is responsible for creation and submission.
Only the final product will be judged. At the designated time, final products will be collected, judged and
scored.
PROSPECTING PRACTICUM
The event officials will select a sales situation. The participant will be given a product description. The
participant will then approach, or place a telephone call to, a customer, and by interaction with that customer
determine if the customer is a prospect. The participant will then attempt to sell that product to the customer,
or gain an appointment for a future sales call; whichever is appropriate for the scenario. The appropriate
goal(s) will be clarified in the scenario. The participant will have ten (10) minutes to read over the product
description and the sales situation. Ten (10) minutes will be allowed with a seven (7) minute warning to
interact with the judges. Two judges will be utilized with one judge playing the role of the customer.
The emphasis of this event is on strong opening statements to get the prospect’s attention and asking good
questions to evaluate the prospect’s needs.
TELEPHONE PRACTICUM
The participant will demonstrate the skills used when taking an order over the telephone and incorporating
problem solving and/or suggestive selling of additional product(s).
The event officials will select a scenario typical for an agricultural company. The participant will be provided
with a promotional flyer, catalog, or other promotional material that has been mass mailed to select
agricultural prospects and customers. Participant will also be provided with an order form and any updated
information since the mailing of the promotional material. This may include such information as out of stock or
price reduction news. Participant will be given the scenario and supportive materials ten (10) minutes before
the event and will have ten (10) minutes to demonstrate the skills over the telephone to the judges with a
seven (7) minute warning.
One judge will call the participant and place an order while the other judge listens on a phone extension or by
any other reasonable means that utilizes telephone skills.
PART IV – TEAM ACTIVITY
TEAM ACTIVITY (100 Points)
The Team Sales Situation is the team activity. The goal of the Team Sales Situation is to incorporate all the
basic fundamentals of the event. Team members work together to demonstrate group dynamics, problem
solving, data analysis, decision making, and oral and written communication skills. Team members will
coordinate the sales skills they have learned along with the individual skills learned in the practicums.
The following information will be provided to the team as applicable:
1. A product (including features and price - if applicable)
2. Market situation (including competition)
3. Area demographics
4. Company information
5. Description of present and/or potential retail and/or wholesale outlets
6. Community information
7. Transportation, distribution and storage information
8. Existing marketing problems
All team members will be expected to participate. The judges will act as the audience, but will not engage in
dialog during the presentation. Participants may utilize any materials provided in the team event for the
presentation. It is important that all team members speak up during the entire process so that the judges can
39
hear what is being said and so they can observe how the team is working together. It is critical to remember
that not only will the final presentation be judged, but also the teamwork and equal involvement of all team
members. Also critical is not only stating what you chose to do, but why you chose to do it. In selling there is
no absolute right or wrong answers. Demonstrating the basic fundamentals necessary to accomplish your
goal is essential.
The Team Sales Situation will be broken into following three components:
1. Introduction and initial development
2. Presentation development
3. Presentation
There will be 4 prep rooms for the team activity and one room for team judging for the Sales CDE. A
rotational system will be developed to allow for efficient use of each prep room; each prep room will be
staggered at 15 minute intervals. Each team will be given a minimum of five minutes (5) to read over the
supplied information when they are called into the event area. Mock research and data will be provided on a
CD-rom per team. Each team will then have twenty (20) minutes to develop the basic information and
decisions necessary for the presentation to be built upon. This will occur while being observed by at least two
judges. The basic information should include (at a minimum): selecting the demographic consumer group,
identifying product features, identifying customer objections, and developing a plan so that all members of the
team have definable goals and areas of responsibility.
The team will be moved to another area to work unobserved and be allowed thirty (30) minutes to develop
their presentation. Dry Erase Boards and pens and/or flipchart paper and markers will be provided. Note: The
event officials will have the option to provide access to Microsoft® Power Point Software. The team will then
be judged based on their presentation. Each team will have fifteen (15) minutes with a twelve- (12) minute
warning to make their presentation followed by a five (5) minute section for questions.
The team will develop a presentation that consists of the following:
1. Identify the demographic consumer group the product will be targeted for.
2. Identify the key features and benefits of the product.
3. Identify potential customer objections and develop strategies to address those objections.
4. Develop a team plan that utilizes all team members:
a. Establish a service center for your product to include:
1. An order taking and processing department
2. A customer relations department to handle complaints, returns, product education, etc.
3. Establish a marketing department to include an advertising program for both
product introduction and ongoing promotion.
b. Identifying and conducting several methods of prospecting for new customers within your
targeted consumer group.
40
Scoring Criteria for Team Sales Situation
1. Teamwork Evaluation (25 points), 25%
a. Leadership roles easily perceived.
b. Participation by each member of the team.
c. Member responsibilities outlined and defined.
d. Members demonstrated effective listening and communication skills.
e. Demonstrated a wise use of time.
2. Analysis of the information (20 points), 20%
a. Clearly identify the product features and the market for that product.
b. Provided information and data is analyzed and utilized.
c. Demonstrate the use of basic sales skills.
d. Possible solutions are discussed and analyzed.
3. Quality of the Team’s Solution (35 points), 35%
a. Identify the demographic consumer group the product will be targeted.
b. Develop a plan to introduce that product to those consumers.
c. Identify the key features of the product.
d. Identify potential customer objections and develop strategies to address those
objections.
e. When applicable identify and select possible media utilization that would benefit sales.
f. Demonstrate a team plan to so that all team members are utilized.
g. Identify several methods of prospecting for customers within your targeted consumer
group.
h. Develop a plan to sell, supply, and maintain the product.
4. Presentation (10 points), 10%
a. Presents team’s solution.
b. Overall delivery professional and well thought out.
c. Presentation is clear and effective.
d. All team members participated.
5. Questions are taken from: (10 points), 10%
a. Teamwork evaluation.
b. Analysis of the information.
c. Team Sales Solution content.
d. Presentation.
TOTAL = 100 points
41
TEAMWORK EVALUATION SCORESHEET
TEAM ACTIVITY
Chapter
Category
Team No.
Evidence witnessed in the following areas:
 Leadership roles easily
perceived
 Participation by each
member of the team.
 Member responsibilities
outlined and defined.
 Members demonstrated
effective listening and
communication skills.
1. Teamwork Evaluation
 Discussion period
Excellent
Good
Fair
Possible
25-20
19-14
13-6
(25)
TOTAL SCORE
42
TEAM ACTIVITY SCORE CARD
Chapter
Category
1. Teamwork Evaluation
Team No.
Excellent
25-20
Good
19-14
Fair
Possible
(100)
136
(25)
Score
2. Analysis of the
information
 Clearly identify the product
features and product market.
 Provided information and data is
analyzed and utilized.
 Demonstrate basic sales skills.
 Possible solutions are discussed
and analyzed.
20-16
1511
105
(20)
35-28
2719
189
(35)
10-8
7-5
4-2
(10)
10-8
7-5
4-2
(10)
3. Quality of Team’s Solution
 Identify the targeted demographic
consumer group.
 Develop a plan to introduce
product to those consumers.
 Identify the product’s key features.
 Identify potential customer
objections and develop
strategies to address
objections.
 When applicable identify and
select possible media use to
benefit sales.
 Demonstrates team plan so all
team members are utilized.
 Identify several methods of
prospecting for customers
within targeted consumers.
 Develop a plan to sell, supply, and
maintain the product.
4. Presentation
 Presents team’s solution.
 Overall delivery professional and
well thought out.
 Presentation is clear / effective.
 All team members participated.
5. Questions, taken from:
 Teamwork evaluation.
 Analysis of the information.
 Team Sales Solution content.
 Presentation.
SUB-TOTAL POINTS
Judges Signatures: _____________
TEAMWORK EVAL
TOTAL POINTS
43
CUSTOMER RELATIONS SCORE CARD
Possible Points
Contestant
Points
Conversation
Voice - tone, empathy, grammar
8
__________
Attitude - pleasant, friendly
8
__________
Information
Requested from customer
Provided to customer
8
8
__________
__________
Assessment
Correct identification of problem
Correct solution prescribed
6
6
__________
__________
Closing
Review, closure
6
__________
50
__________
TOTAL POINTS
ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION
SCORE CARD
Possible Points
Contestant
Points
Knowledge of Subject Matter
10
__________
Creativity
12
__________
Effectiveness of Ad
12
__________
Appropriateness
8
__________
Neatness/Clarity
8
__________
50
__________
TOTAL POINTS
44
PROSPECTING SCORE CARD
Possible Points
Contestant
Points
Greeting/Opening Statement
Clearly identify self and company
Build interest in product/service
15
__________
Qualify the prospect
Question for customer needs
Demonstrate good listening skills
15
__________
Provide features and benefits
Describe features and benefits appropriate
to the prospects needs
10
__________
10
__________
50
__________
Close the interview or sale
Ask for the order
Ask for an appointment
Review the order or commitment
TOTAL POINTS
TELEPHONE SCORE CARD
Possible Points
Greeting
Pleasant, Businesslike
Clarify and confirm the order
Repeat each item
Include product numbers
(If appropriate) Confirm availability
Suggestive/consultative selling
Suggest related products
Note items on special
Offer substitutes for no stocks
Close the order
Repeat the order
Ask for other needs
Confirm delivery date
TOTAL POINTS
Contestant
Points
5
__________
20
__________
20
__________
5
_________
50
__________
45
SECTION II
BEGINNING PARLIAMENTARY PROCEDURE
PURPOSE
The purpose of the Parliamentary Procedure Event is to encourage proficient participation in the conduct of the
business of an organization.
OBJECTIVES**
Students will be able to:
A. Use parliamentary procedure to conduct an orderly and efficient meeting.
B. Demonstrate knowledge of parliamentary law.
C. Present a logical, realistic and convincing debate on motions.
D. Record complete and accurate minutes.
E. Utilize parliamentary resources to solve problems of organizational management and operations.
ELIGIBILITY
1. The winning team in the advanced event will represent Oregon at the National Parliamentary Procedure
Event held during the National FFA Convention.
2. The student contestant, at the time of his or her participation, must be: (l) a high school student. A
graduating senior is considered eligible to compete in state and national contests up to and including the
first National FFA Convention following high school graduation. (2) Enrolled in at least one agriculture
education course with a supervised experience program, the objective of which is the establishment in an
agricultural occupation.
3. A beginning member will defined as a 7th, 8th, 9th, or 1st year 10th grader until they have competed in a
sectional or state CDE in the CDE of which is in question. The beginning event will follow the same rules
and regulations as the advanced event.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. A team will consist of six chapter officers (they may or may not be regular chapter officers).
2. District, Sectional & State levels of Creed Speaking, Beginning Public Speaking, Sophomore Public
Speaking, Advanced Prepared Public Speaking, Extemporaneous Public Speaking, Beginning
Parliamentary Procedure, and Advanced Parliamentary Procedure events will be open to the public.
3. Each set of officers will conduct the meeting for 12 minutes, with time to begin when the Chair calls for the
first discussion on the initial motion. While one set of officers is in the "chairs" the other three teams
competing in the CDE will act as floor members. Officers in the chairs may not make motions or debate.
An impartial person shall be appointed as timer.
4. Officers shall represent the same office throughout the CDE and shall be seated with the chairman at the
rear of the team and other officers in order from rear to front.
5. Roberts' Rules of Order, Revised Edition, shall be the final authority on parliamentary procedure except
where it is in conflict with the FFA CDE Manual.
6. No member may yield the floor to any other member.
7. The only item allowed on the floor for the CDE will be a writing utensil, provided topic sheet, and a clean
clipboard. Secretary’s letterhead and extra paper for the chairman shall be placed at the judges table
while teams are on the floor. The letterhead and extra paper must be turned in a the end of the teams turn
in the chair position.
8. Team secretaries will be required to keep minutes of the meeting, on official letterhead, while their team is
in charge. Any member may call upon the secretary to read a motion at any time during the CDE. Each
secretary is to submit their minutes to the judges three (3) minutes after the session is closed.
46
9. Should any member of any competing team communicate with his/her advisor, use a book, or other
parliamentary help from the opening of the CDE to the closing of the final session, offending person(s)
shall be penalized be receiving a zero for the entire event, thus also receiving a -15. No talking is allowed
by team members during the CDE sessions, with the exception of the secretary and the chairman during
their time in the chair. Talking among team members ONLY in the time between rotations ONLY is
allowed.
8. A definite rotation to begin at far left (left to right from the presiding officer) will be followed for all main and
subsidiary motions and their discussion. Incidental motions will be taken wherever they occur, and the
rotation will continue where it left off. (It is optional for the chairman to keep a record sheet to help keep
track of the rotation and pending motion.)
9. For incidental motions to gain points, they must do one of the following:
a. Advance business in the proper form.
b. Protect the rights of the members.
10. Each parliamentary team will draw for the order in which they will preside and participate as floor
members. State rotation chart will be as follows:
Chairman
Row 1
Row 2
Row 3
1
2
3
4
2
3
4
1
3
4
1
2
4
1
2
3
11. A set of the same 20 "topics for discussion" will be furnished to each member in the CDE at the beginning
of the CDE. The words "not" and "should not" will not be part of the topics for discussion. Main motions
should relate directly to the topics but need not use the same wording. All topics for discussion are to be
considered as hypothetical, and the delegation is to deal with them as such. The reading of the topic for
discussion, which will be selected at random, will be done by the secretary "in the chair."
12. The "topics for discussion" will be formulated from topics annually submitted to the state advisor by district
FFA advisors and distributed to every FFA chapter. These topics distributed by the state advisor will be
used for district, sectional and state contests. Each district advisor will submit on or before July Executive
Committee Meeting, to the state advisor, a list of 20 topics. The topics are to deal with (a) The FFA, (b)
Current Events Related to Agriculture, (c) Production Agriculture, (d) Agribusiness, and (e) Agricultural
Legislation. No topic to be used more than two years in a row.
13. The district, sectional, and state contests will use the topics for discussion that are supplied by the state
office. Local chapters may use any topics they wish for their chapter contests.
14. At the district, sectional and state contests the 20 numbered "topics for discussion" should be prepared
ahead of time. Enough copies should be available for all team contestants plus judges. A container will
be available in which individual folded slips of paper that have been numbered from l to 20, are to be
placed. The secretary "in the chair" will draw a number upon direction of the president "in the chair" to
select the topic of discussion. Numbered topic areas will be used only once during a CDE.
15. When the chairman of the team "in the chairs" is ready to call for new business, he/she may say: "...as
there is no old business to come before the meeting, we will proceed at once into new business which is
consideration of the 'topics for discussion.' Will the secretary please select at random and read the
number of the first topic for discussion." When a motion on the first topic for discussion has been finalized
47
(passed, failed, refer/comment, postpone, etc.) the chairman will ask the secretary to select at random and
read the number of the second topic for discussion and so forth.
16. The only time "floor members" can participate is when the presiding officer calls for new business.
17. Before the "floor member" or an officer is allowed to speak, he/she must stand to be recognized by the
presiding officer. Alternate provisions must be made for physically handicapped members.
18. No team member can make more than one motion or subsidiary motion until another person has been
recognized. A member cannot move a subsidiary motion after discussion without obtaining the floor
again. If a member moved to lay on the table and it passes, the maker of the motion has first priority to
the floor for a new motion.
19. The timer will notify each set of officers in charge when the 12-minute business session is finished by
stating: "All motions have been moved and seconded and previous question on all pending business has
passed." The chairperson will then dispose of all current business on the floor in an orderly manner. Floor
members only will participate (not "team in the chair"). Only the voting and adjournment is permitted
following the timers announcement.
STRATAGEM
The CDE is to operate in the atmosphere or circumstance of the State FFA Convention. Each team of officers,
when taking the chairs, will consider themselves as the state officers operating a business session at the State
Convention. Other team members taking part in the CDE should be considered as official chapter delegates at
the convention taking part in the business session. Each time a team turns the "chairs" over to another team, the
first business session of the new State Convention is started and thus situations cannot be carried over from one
team's handling of a business session to another. The topics which generate action in each session are to be
considered as hypothetical -- topics which might logically or properly be handled by the State FFA Convention or
delegate body. The outcome will not be binding on the association in actuality but should be treated by the
competing teams as though the action could be made when it is within the scope of the FFA. Topics not directly
under the jurisdiction of the Oregon FFA Association should be moved as "The Oregon FFA Association goes on
record as supporting/opposing the topic for discussion."
PROCEDURES DURING THE TIME EACH SET OF OFFICERS IS IN CHARGE
1. Opening and closing ceremonies will not be given by competing teams.
2. Reading of minutes, treasurer's report, orders of the day, committee reports, and unfinished business will
be dispensed with during the CDE.
3. Business procedure and time starts when presiding officer calls for discussion on the initial motion.
4. Permissible motions:
a. Main motion
b. Amendments and amendments to amendments
c. Commit or refer (only to committees appointed by chair or named in referral)
d. Postpone definitely or indefinitely (not to include special order of the day)
e. Lay on or take from table (take from the table can only be used in sessions when business is laid
on the table)
f. Previous question
g. Point of order
h. Question of privilege
i. Appeal from decision of chair. To be limited to one debate for maker of motion and the chairman
j. Point of information
k. Point of parliamentary inquiry
l. Call for division of the house
m. Reconsider
n. Divide the Question
5. Directions for using scorecard:
48
a. One sheet is used for every session, and after all sessions each team's points are tabulated on
one sheet to arrive at winners.
b. Main motions are awarded 0-2 points based on originality and clarity in the speakers stating of the
main motion.
c. Amendments to the main motion, amendments to the amendment, and postpone indefinitely are
given 0-2 points based on originality and clarity.
d. Other subsidiary motions and their pending amendments are given 0-1 points. Previous question
motions are given 0-3 points.
e. Incidental motions are given 0-1 points based on judges' opinion of logical and proper use.
f. Discussion:
1. Main motion discussion is given 0-5 points.
2. Discussion on postpone indefinitely, amendments to the main motion, and amendment to
the amendment on the main motion are given 0-5 points.
3. Discussion on other subsidiary motions and debatable incidental motions are given 0-2
points.
g. Parliamentary errors, time wasting maneuvers, and unsportsmanlike conduct are to be penalized a
minus 1-3 points according to degree of seriousness.
h. There shall be given 0-6 points for official dress. (One point for each team member in official
dress.)
i. A minus 5 points is scored for each team member who does not gain one net points for their team
during the time they are on the floor during the whole CDE.
j. Teams with less than 6 members shall not win and every team with an empty chair will receive a
30 point deduction.
STATE EVENT
1. Scoring judges for the state event shall consist of the four second place sectional CDE advisors and one
district advisor selected by the State Staff to serve as referee, head judge.
2. It shall be the responsibility of the district advisors to notify the State Advisor 14 days prior to the State
Convention of the second place sectional team and other teams and their placing in the sectional CDE.
3. One timer shall be appointed by the State Advisor.
4. Notifying and policing of rule violations will be done by the CDE coordinator to the judges before final
scoring.
49
JUDGES' INSTRUCTIONS
1. The judges shall appoint one of their members to act as referee. If confusion should occur as to the
proper procedures to follow with any motions or business, he/she will notify the chairman of the chapter to
make the decision regardless of whether it is right or wrong, and proceed with the meeting. (If there
should be an error in the chairman's decision, the judges should note the error.)
2. The timer will notify each set of officers in charge when the 12 minutes are completed.
3. After all sets of officers have competed, the judges will have the right to quiz the officers of each team
relative to parliamentary procedures. (Suggested as tie breaker. One question can be asked of one
officer determined by drawing and question(s) to be determined before the drawing.)
4. Each judge may select a recorder to assist in keeping participation records.
TEAM IN CHAIR
Chairman (possible 20 points)
Secretary (possible 8 points)
Official Dress (possible 6 points)
TOTAL POINTS
CHAIRMAN TO BE SCORED ON THE FOLLOWING:
a. Absence of parliamentary errors .................................................5 points
b. Proper administration of parliamentary errors by members .........5 points
c. Method used for correct and orderly dispensing
of business at hand .........................................................5 points
d. Leadership - stage presence, voice, self-confidence,
politeness and fairness ........................................................5 points
SECRETARY'S MINUTES (possible 8)
Minutes must be in paragraph form (not outline or "notes" form). The secretary's minutes will be scored upon
legibility, punctuation, spelling, and clarity, and must include official letterhead, time and date, place, chairman
name, and secretary's signature. These will be worth 4 points.
Action taken on motion (passed, refer, postpone) will be worth another 4 points.
50
SCORECARD FOR JUDGING FFA PARLIAMENTARY PROCEDURE CDE
CHAPTER IN CHAIR
.........................................................
CHAPTER
_________________
P
V
S
T
R
S
P
V
S
T
R
S
P
V
S
T
R S
Originality in
Main Motion 0-2 pts
Main Motion
Discussions 0-5 pts
Postpone Indefinitely
Amendments to the
Amendment 0-1 pts
Amendments to Main
Motion 0-2 points
Discussion on
Postpone Indefinitely
Amendments to Main
Motion, and
Amendment to the
Amendment 0-5 pts
Other Subsidiary
Motions and their
Pending
Amendments 0-1 pts
Discussion on Other
Subsidiary Motions
and Debatable
Incidental Motions
0-2 points
Incidental Motions
0-1 points
Previous Question
0-3 points
Parli Errors, Time
Wasting Maneuvers,
Unsportsmanlike
Conduct
Minus 1-3 points
Individual Positive
Points
Individual Negative
Points
INDIVIDUAL TOTAL
TOTAL TEAM
POINTS
Minus 5 points for every team member who does not earn 1 net point for their team during the whole CDE.
*Privileged motions receive no points.
Suggested Interpretation of the Parli Pro Scorecard






Originality in Main Motion – is to offer a creative solution to the problem, more than simply restating the
topic with” I move” in front.
5 point discussion – should be articulate, well thought out, and state facts relating to the topic.
Subsidiary motions and their discussion – should be relevant to the main motion, not just a strategy for
points. They should help move business in the forward direction and discussion should strengthen
argument for the pending motion.
Amendments to subsidiary motions – again should not be time-wasting or for points only. They should
have a definite purpose in moving business forward. For example: if judges feel that there is no real
productive reason for an amendment to a referral to a committee, then it should receive a 0 in points.
Incidental motions – should not be given any points if they are arbitrarily made for no real purpose. Can
by appropriately to question the chairman, clarify Roberts Rules of Order, or to clarify discussion points.
Previous Question – 0 points: discussion has just started, member clearly has nothing else to say; 1 or 2
pts: discussion might be getting repetitive but there is probably subsidiary motions that could be made to
strengthen the motion; 3 pts: discussion is redundant, perhaps the teams or chairman are confused, and
the session is spiraling downward, and the discussion should be stopped.
Heirarchy
Privileged Motions
Question of Privilege
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Only on - vote
Yes
Majority
Two-Thirds
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Majority
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Majority
Majority
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Majority
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Majority
Point of Order
No
No
No
No
Parliamentary
Inquiry
No
No
No
No
Appeal
Yes
Yesonce
No
Yes
Yes
Point of Information
No
No
No
No
No-chair
decides
No
No
No
No
revoting
Yes
No
Yes
No
Majority
Yes
*
No
No
Majority
Majority
No
2
1
Main
Main Motion
5
4
3
Vote ?
No-chair
decides
No
Subsidiary Motions
Lay on the Table
Previous Question
Postpone to a
Definite Time
Refer to a
Committee
Amend
Postpone
Indefinitely
7
6
Oregon FFA Parli Pro Motions
Second Debate Amend
?
?
?
Reconsiderable
Incidental Motions
Division of the
House
Division of the
Question
Reconsider
Motion that brings
a question back
before the
assembly
Take From the
Table
Yes
No
No
*This depends on whether the reconsidered motion is debatable.
No-chair
decides
No-chair
decides
SECTION II
BEGINNING PREPARED PUBLIC SPEAKING
PURPOSE
This event is designed to develop leadership abilities by providing participation in agricultural public speaking
activities and stimulating interest in leadership and citizenship. Preliminary contests are of a local, district, and
sectional character and are held under the auspices of the FFA unit concerned. These preliminary events
culminate in the state CDE held at the time of the FFA State Convention.
OBJECTIVES
Participants in this career development event will become proficient in the following areas:
1. Develop specific knowledge about a particular and concerning agricultural topic
2. Articulate thoughts and ideas pertaining to agriculture for public understanding
3. Develop public speaking skills for crowds of various sizes
4. Effectively respond to inquiries about that particular agricultural topic
ELIGIBILITY
1. A beginning member will defined as a 7th, 8th, 9th, or 1st year 10th grader until they have competed in a
sectional or state CDE in the CDE of which is in question.
2. A contestant is eligible at the sectional and state level to enter the Extemporaneous Public Speaking,
Creed Speaking, Beginning Public Speaking, Sophomore Public Speaking, or the Public Speaking events,
but only in one.
3. In the event that a contestant is first or second in more than one of the above events at the district level,
the contestant must decide at the conclusion of the last event he/she competes in which area he/she
wishes to advance in. The decision must be made the day of the last CDE, and the district advisor notified
so that the third place contestant may have the opportunity to advance.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. EACH CONTESTANT'S SPEECH IS TO BE THE RESULT OF THEIR OWN RESEARCH AND
COMPOSITION. It is expected that the contestant will take advantage of all available training facilities in
their local school in developing their speaking ability. Facts and working data may be secured from any
source.
2. District, Sectional & State levels of Creed Speaking, Beginning Public Speaking, Sophomore Public
Speaking, Advanced Prepared Public Speaking, Extemporaneous Public Speaking, Beginning
Parliamentary Procedure, and Advanced Parliamentary Procedure events will be open to the public.
3. Contestants who have won the right to compete in a sectional CDE must also file with the hosting district
advisor:
a. One original and five double-spaced typewritten copies of the speech on 8-1/2" x 11" paper.
b. There will be a 50 point penalty for late or insufficient number of manuscripts.
4. Contestants who have won the right to compete in a state CDE must upload their manuscript to the FFA
website two weeks prior to the Friday of State Convention for manuscript scoring and questions
formulation.
5. Contestants who have won the right to compete in a state CDE must also file with the CDE Coordinator
through their Agriculture Instructor by 2pm Friday of State Convention:
a. One original and twelve double-spaced typewritten copies of the speech on 8-1/2" x 11" paper.
b. A signed statement of originality of research and composition on form provided. (State CDE)
d. There will be a 50 point penalty for late or insufficient number of manuscripts. All paperwork
received more than 1 hour late will receive a 0.
6. A bibliography must be included as part of the public speaker's manuscript and direct quotes from any
other source of information must be marked in quotes on the manuscript and be identified in the
bibliography. This applies to all contests above the chapter level. Failure to comply will result in
disqualification.
7. Once all public speaking awards have been presented, no changes in the placing or awards may occur.
The only exception is if plagiarism has occurred.
8. Participants must wear official FFA dress in the state event. Twenty (20) points will be deducted from the
total score for those who fail to meet this requirement.
9. Official judges shall disqualify a contestant if they speak on a non-agricultural subject. Contestants may
choose any current subject for their speeches which is of an agricultural character (nature) which may
include: Agriscience and technology, agribusiness, agrimarketing, international agricultural relations, and
agricultural communications.
10. Each speech shall be a minimum of three (3) minutes in length and a maximum of five (5) minutes. Each
contestant will be allowed three (3) minutes additional time in which they will be asked questions relating
to their speech. Deductions of 20 points per minute, or major fraction thereof, will be made from the score
of each judge for speeches under 3 minutes or over 5 minutes in length. (To prevent being penalized, a
contestant must speak over 2 minutes 30 seconds, and under 5 minutes 30 seconds.) (Major fraction = 30
seconds or more.)
11. Contestants shall draw for places on the program. The program chairman shall then introduce each
contestant by name only, in order of drawing, and announce the speech title if desired by contestant.
12. A timekeeper shall be designated who will record the time used by each contestant in delivering their
speech, noting over or under time, if any, for which deductions will be made.
13. When the contestants have finished speaking, each judge will total their score on composition and delivery
for each contestant. The timekeeper's record will be used in computing the final score for each contestant.
Contestants shall be ranked in numerical order on basis of the final score to be determined by each judge
without consultation. The judges' ranking of each contestant then shall be added and the winner will be
that contestant whose total of rankings is the lowest. Other placings shall be determined in the same
manner. (Low point score method of selection.) In case of a tie, that individual who has the highest grand
total score shall have prior rating.
14. Speeches are to be presented without aid of audio or visual materials except podium and/or microphones.
STATE EVENT
1. Scoring judges for the state event shall consist of five qualified persons selected by the State CDE
Coordinator or their designee.
2. It shall be the responsibility of the District Advisors to notify the State Office 14 days prior to the State
Convention of the first and second place individuals and other individual placings in the sectional event.
3. Judges shall also serve as questioners who read the manuscripts, formulate questions, and question each
participant. Questions shall pertain directly to the speaker's subject. Questions containing two or more
parts should be avoided.
4. The official timer will stand, be noticed by speaker and then sit with one minute remaining in the speech
length. The official timer will also call time at the end of the question period and the speaker will stop
immediately.
5. Score cards are designed to be a guide and state level judges are not required to use it.
6. The full allotted questions period will be used.
7. A written critique by the judges will be prepared for each state contestant and made available to them
following the CDE.
DISTRICT & SECTIONAL EVENTS
District and sectional events shall follow the format and/or regulations as established for the state event.
However, the five judge ranking rule applies only to state contests. It is up to the discretion of district advisors
whether or not to use this rule at district and sectional contests. It shall be the responsibility of the district advisor,
or local advisor in charge, to conduct the CDE.
SCORING
Manuscript Scorecard (200 points)
Manuscript Content – 100 points
1. Topic is important and appropriate (50 points)
a. Current topic of interest – 25 points
b. Topic is relevant and within the scope of identified subjects – 25 points
2. Suitability of material used (50 points)
a. Validity of resources – 25 points
b. Accuracy of content – 25 points
Manuscript Composition – 100 points
1. Organization and development of content (40 points)
a. Logical order and unity of thought – 20 points
b. Accomplishment of purpose – 20 points
2. Grammatical accuracy (35 points)
a. Spelling/grammar – 35 points
3. Manuscript written according to event format rule #1 (25 points)
a. Double-spaced, 8"x11" white bond paper, 1" margins in body of paper – 5 points
b. 12 point Arial or sans serif font; cover page with title, name, state and year – 5 points
c. APA style for references and bibliography – 15 points
Presentation Scorecard (800 points)
Oral Communication – 300 points
1. Examples – 50 points
2. Speaking without hesitation – 50 points
3. Tone – 50 points
4. Being detailed-oriented – 50 points
5. Command of audience – 50 points
6. Connecting and articulating facts and issues – 50 points
Non-verbal Communication – 200 points
1. Attention (eye contact) – 50 points
2. Mannerisms – 50 points
3. Gestures – 50 points
4. Well poised – 50 points
Response to Questions – 300 points
1. Speaking unrehearsed – 50 points
2. Command of questions – 250 points
JUDGES' INSTRUCTIONS
1. There will be five judges for each state CDE. When all contestants have finished speaking, each judge
will total the score on each contestant. The timekeeper’s record will be used in computing the final score
for each contestant. The judges score sheets will rank the contestants in numerical order on the basis of
the final score without consultation with each other. The high and low ranking of each contestant will be
disregarded. The remaining judges ranking of each contestant will be added and the winner will be that
contestant whose total ranking is the lowest. In case of a tie, that individual who has the highest grand
total shall have the prior ratings.
2.
It is vital that the scoring judges conduct a brief orientation session prior to judging the CDE, in order that
they might judge the CDE in a more consistent manner. The following items should be discussed and
agreed upon prior to the CDE:
3.
The score sheet should be studied so all judges understand how it works. Review score sheet terms and
explanation of score sheet points. Copies of the national "Explanation of Score Sheet Points" should be
attached to all score sheets.
4.
Agree on how the score process should proceed. It is suggested that the first speaker be scored with
leeway for both higher and lower scores. Succeeding speakers should then be scored on a comparative
basis to the previous speaker(s).
5.
The judges numerical placings (1st-2nd-3rd, etc.) will be added to reach the final placing.
6.
Agree on how to resolve tie placings and make uniform deductions on official dress.
7.
Agree on where scoring judges will be seated. It is suggested that the judges spread out through the
audience so as not to influence one another and to better observe the speaker.
8.
Event Coordinator will arrange a meeting with contestants prior to the CDE.
9.
Judges will supply written critiques to each speaker.
10. SIDELINE COACHING: Coaches / advisors are not allowed to coach, prompt or give direction to the
student in any form once their team’s presentation has started.
11. COACH INTERACTION WITH JUDGES: Coaches / advisors are not to interact with judges prior to, during
or following the event. If the advisor / coach is allowed to attend the Judges Briefing (only if the Event
Superintendent has a team) interaction can occur during the Judges Briefing one hour prior to the posted
start time. Any violation of this could result in forfeiture of team placing and future involvement. Any
questions can be brought to the Event Superintendent for answer from the judges.
12. COACHES ORIENTATION: Coach / advisors are expected to be in attendance to a coaching orientation
30 minutes prior to the posted start time. The seating and location of the judges in the event room will be
determined at this time. Coaches are accountable for any information given and decisions made at the
orientation meeting.
13. JUDGES: A minimum of three competent and unbiased judges will be provided. The will be instructed not
to take sides on the issues. The superintendent of this CDE will adequately prepare the judges before the
event competition.

In the instance that the Event Superintendent has a team in the event. All advisors may
attend the judges briefing one hour prior to the posted start time.
STANDARD BRIEFING FOR JUDGES ARE AS FOLLOWS:
o Smile get the students to relax.
o
If you smell blood (a student is lost or loses their place). Do not go in for the kill. This is a learning
experience. Score them accordingly but DO NOT MAKE A MOCKERY OF THE STUDENT!
o
Scripts and Note Cards are DISCOURAGED! With the exception of reading quote, a specific law or
regulation.
o
Don’t judge apples to oranges. Judge apples to apples. I.E. depth of knowledge in the given issues and
mastery of that issue.
o
Don’t take sides on the given issue, keep an open mind.
o
Follow the score card.
o
Judges may ask questions of all individuals of the presenting team. Each individual is encouraged to
respond to at least one question from the judges.
o
The topic and concept is student based research. Do they know what they are talking about or are they
actors reading a script?
o
Judges be quick in asking your questions. The student only get three minutes for questions. If you the
judge is taking their time to explain your question the students lose response time.
o
Refer to the score card. Your scores are your scores. You will not share your scores with any advisors,
coaches or other judges. Once judging is complete rank the teams in order of finish first through last. You
will then combine your ranking of the teams with the other judges to come up with the overall rank in order
of finish. Low score wins.
o
Consistency is the most important aspect of your judging.
o
Judges will provide a Judges Feedback in the form of positive praise or constructive criticism to aid the
Coach / Advisor in student’s evaluation and instruction.
RESULTS TABULATION
1. Individual judges will score manuscripts to develop a raw score. If there are multiple judges, raw scores
will be averaged and a rank will be created.
2. Speaking judges will judge each speech independently to formulate a raw score, using the scorecard as a
guide.
3. At the conclusion of speeches each judge will formulate their own ranking.
4. These ranks will be provided to the coordinator who will weight them at a 2.5.
5. That ranking will then be added to the manuscript ranking to form a total ranking.
6. With the CDE coordinator create an overall rank, based on the combination of judges rankings. Low score
wins.
If there is a tie, ranked individuals are each given the better ranking, the next ranking is skipped and begins at
the next available rank.
To find the grand total ranking you are adding column A and B. The lowest score wins.
Contestant
Judge1
Judge2
Judge3
Judge4
Judge5
A
Total
B
X2.5
M-Rank
Total
Name: _______________________________Chapter:__________________________________
Instructions
1. Judges are requested to prepare three brief questions for each speech. Questions shall pertain directly to the
speakers' subject. Questions with two or more parts should be avoided.
2. Questions should be prepared prior to the CDE, in the space provided below, and brought to the CDE in
complete and legible form.
3. Please phrase opinion questions carefully (How do you feel about ---, what is your opinion of ---, etc.), as
scoring judges must grade on the basis of logic, facts, and soundness of answers.
4. Each contestant is allowed five minutes for questions. The full five minutes should be used. The questioners
(3) shall rotate in presenting their questions.
QUESTION l.
JUDGE'S COMMENT:
QUESTION 2.
JUDGE'S COMMENT:
QUESTION 3.
JUDGE'S COMMENT:
This form to be used for winners that will be
competing in the State Event
CERTIFICATION FORM
FOR
FFA BEGINNING PREPARED PUBLIC SPEAKING CONTESTANTS
I hereby certify that my speech entitled “
“
is the result of my own effort and ability. It is understood that I am encouraged to utilize all available training
facilities of my local school in developing my speaking abilities, and that I may obtain facts and working data from
any source. However, in securing information as direct quotes or phrases, specific dates, figures or other
materials, such must be marked in "quotes" in manuscript and are identified in the bibliography at the end of the
manuscript. Failure to do so represents plagiarism and will automatically disqualify me as a contestant.
Signature of Contestant
Date
APPROVED:
Agricultural Science & Technology Instructor
Chapter
Date
SECTION II
CHAPTER SCRAPBOOK
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. The scrapbooks will run from beginning of the State FFA Convention to the beginning of the next State FFA
Convention.
2. Only current scrapbooks will be used in the Contest.
3. Use only the official FFA binder.
4. The book is to be organized under definite headings of the chapter’s choice. Use systematic, consistent
organization.
5. Each page should be well defined and self-explanatory, with easily identified dates, names and other pertinent
information.
6. A picture of the entire chapter and officers shall be included.
7. All material in the book shall be securely fastened.
8. Points will be awarded on the based on attractive organization and liberal spacing of entries, combined with
completeness, accuracy, quality, neatness, spelling, grammar, and usefulness of information.
9. Each district may select one book and one additional book for each four books in district competition to be sent
to state competition. No sectional contests will be held. Gold, silver, bronze and honorable mention certificates will
be awarded at the state level at the discretion of the evaluation committee. First place state winner will be
recognized with a plaque.
10. The attached score sheet will be used for the scoring of specific items, and will be developed for and attached
to each book with a written critique.
11. No section shall receive a score of less than zero (0).
13. The scrapbook shall completely tell the story of the chapter for the period covered.
Scrapbook Content Areas
1. Introduction
 Chapter Name
 Dates Book Covers
2. Table of Contents
 Organized
3. Officers
 Local
 State
 National
4. Chapter Photos

Officers

Chapter
5. Chapter Level Activities

CDE’s

Meetings

Community Service

Fundraisers

SAE

Retreats

Etc.
6. District Level Activities

CDE’s

Shows & Fairs

Camps

Etc.
7. Sectional Level Activities

CDE’s

Etc.
8. State Level Activities

CDE’s

Convention

State Fair

Etc.
9. National Level Activities

CDE’s

Convention

Conferences

Etc.
Scrapbook Scoring Rubric
Content Areas
Cover Page
 Chapter name/dates book covers
Table of Contents
 Organized and numbered
Chapter Photos
 All Chapter Members
 Officers
Chapter Level Activities
 Pictures/theme fit the activity
 Titles/captions explain the activity
Above Chapter Level Activities
(May, but does not have to, include all
of the following.)
 District Activities
 Sectional Activities
 State Activities
 National Activities
Books
 Neatness & quality of photos
 Materials & photos secure
 Clarity of captions
 Spelling, grammar, and margins
 Page organization, spacing &
arrangement
 Clearly identifies activities
conducted by the chapter and
members
 Creativity & proper use of themes
and colors
 General Effect
Total Points
Point
Value
10
10
20
150
60
250
500
SECTION II
CHAPTER SECRETARY'S BOOK
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. Secretary Books is a legal, working document and will run from beginning of the State FFA Convention to
the beginning of the next State FFA Convention. Only current secretary books will be judged.
2. Each district shall select no more than two (2) books to represent that district in state competition. No
sectional Contest will be held. Gold, silver, bronze, and honorable mention certificates will be awarded at
the discretion of the evaluation committee. First place state winner will be recognized with a plaque.
3. Points will be awarded on the basis of completeness, accuracy, quality, neatness, spelling, grammar, and
ease of referring back to the minutes for information.
4. The chapter secretary will designate the six (6) sets of chapter minutes and six (6) sets of executive
committee minutes to be judged. No lamination or sleeves will be allowed on any pages of the book (other
than the front and back covers.)
5. Minutes will be printed in ink, or computer printout. Printed pages must have 1 inch margins and be in 1012, readable font.
6. The attached Rubric will be used for the scoring of specific items.
7. Points will be awarded for attached supportive documents and records that show the usefulness of the
book.
8. The book shall be organized in such a way as to be of maximum value to the chapter as a working and
legal document.
9. All entries shall be completely self-explanatory to the evaluation committee.
10. No section shall receive a score less than zero (0).
11. Scores are to be figured on the total points received per section.
12. Executive committee minutes shall be evaluated on the basis of six (6) sets.
13. Chapter minutes shall be evaluated on the basis of six (6) sets.
14. A written critique will be provided by the evaluation committee for each book in the Contest.
Secretary’s Book Content Areas
1.
Cover


Chapter Name
Dates Book Covers
2.
Table of Contents
 Organized
3.
Officers
 Local
 State
 National
4.
Constitutions
 Local
 State
 National
5.
Membership
 Roster
 Activities Record
 Degrees
 Supporting Materials
6.
Committees
 Standing Committees
 Committee Reports
7.
Chapter Meetings
 Agendas
 Minutes


8.
9.
Date/Time/Location & Presiding Officer
Attendance
Reading of Minutes
Reports:
Treasurer
Committees
New Business
Record of
Old Business
Conducted
Adjournment
Business
Meeting Attendance Records
Supporting Materials
Executive Officer Meetings
 Agendas
 Minutes
- Date/Time/Location & Presiding Officer
- Attendance
- Reading of Minutes
- Reports:
Treasurer
Committees
- New Business
Record of
- Old Business
Conducted
- Adjournment
Chapter Application
10. Program of Activities
11. Supporting Materials
Business
Secretary’s Book Scoring Rubric
Content Areas
Cover
Point
Value
10
 Chapter name & dates book covers
Table of Contents
10
 Organized and numbered
Officers
 Local, District, State & National
Constitutions

30
Roster, contact information, record of activities,
degrees held & supporting materials
40
Committees

30
Local, State & National
Membership

25
Standing committees & reports
Chapter Minutes (6 sets)
100


Agendas
Minutes
1. Name/Date/Time/Location & Presiding
Officer
2. Members in attendance
3. Reading of the Minutes
4. Reports – Treasurer & other Committees
5. New Business conducted
6. Old Business conducted
7. Adjournment w/Signatures
 Meeting attendance records
 Supporting materials
Executive Meetings (6 stets)
80


Agendas
Minutes
1. Name/Date/Time/Location & Presiding
Officer
2. Members in attendance
3. Reading of the Minutes
4. Reports –Officers
5. New Business conducted
6. Old Business conducted
7. Adjournment w/Signatures
 Supporting materials
Chapter Applications
Program Of Activities
Supporting Materials

Pertaining to chapter business and legal records




Neatness & quality of documents
Spelling, grammar and margins
Organization & ease of use
Identifies all business conducted by the chapter and
members
Contains proper signatures
25
25
25
100
Books

Total Points
500
SECTION II
CHAPTER TECHNOLOGY SCRAPBOOK
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. The technology scrapbooks will run from beginning of the State FFA Convention to the beginning of the
next State FFA Convention.
2. Only current technology scrapbooks will be used in the Contest.
3. Technology Scrapbooks must fit on a CD/DVD and must not exceed ten minutes, or they will lose 50
points per every 30 seconds over the time limit. It must be in power point or media player format.
4. The presentation is to be organized under definite headings of the chapter's choice. Use systematic,
consistent organization.
5. An introductory (or cover) page must be included with each entry. The same information provided on the
cover page of a traditional chapter scrapbook must also appear in the technology scrapbook.
6. Definite dates, names and other pertinent information should accompany each entry that is not selfexplanatory.
7. A picture of the entire chapter shall be included.
8. Attractive organization and liberal spacing of entries is to be combined with neatness and clarity.
9. Each district may select one technology scrapbook and one additional for each four technology
scrapbooks in district competition to be sent to state competition. No sectional contests will be held.
Gold, silver, bronze and honorable mention certificates will be awarded at the state level at the discretion
of the evaluation committee. First place state winner will be recognized with a plaque.
10. The attached score sheet will be used for the scoring of specific items, and will be developed for and
forwarded to each chapter with a written critique.
11. No section shall receive a score of less than zero (0).
12. Point evaluation shall be made on the basis of neatness, accuracy, completeness, and attractiveness.
13. The technology scrapbook shall completely tell the story of the chapter for the period covered.
OREGON FFA ASSOCIATION
TECHNOLOGY SCRAPBOOK SCORECARD
CONTESTANT NAME
Record of
Business
Conducted
Points
Allowed
Introductory/Cover Page
50
Chapter or Composite Photos
(entire chapter)
100
Organization
200
Clarity (explanatory captions)
150
Neatness and Attractiveness
150
Creativity
100
Spacing and page arrangement
100
TOTAL POINTS
850
NUMERICAL RATING
Points Awarded Contestants
SECTION II
CHAPTER TREASURER'S BOOK
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. Treasurer Books will run from beginning of the State FFA Convention to the beginning of the next State
FFA Convention.
2. Each district shall select no more than two (2) books to represent that district in state competition. No
sectional Contest will be held. Gold, silver, bronze and honorable mention certificates will be awarded at
the state level at the discretion of the evaluation committee. First place state winner will be recognized
with a plaque.
3. Points will be awarded on the basis of completeness, accuracy, quality, neatness, spelling, grammar, and
usefulness of information.
4. Only current year’s treasurer’s books will be used in the Contest. No lamination or sleeves will be
allowed on any pages of the book (other than the front and back covers.)
5. No extra credit will be given to chapters that type their treasurer’s book. Records of receipts and
disbursements and dues receipts can be handwritten (accounting ledgers) or computerized.
Officer generated materials must have 1 inch margins and be in 10-12 font.
6. The attached score sheet will be used for the scoring of specific items.
7. No section shall receive a score of less than zero (0).
8. Scores are to be figured on the total points received per section.
9. The book shall be used in such a way as to be of value to the chapter.
10. All entries shall be completely self-explanatory.
11. A written critique will be provided by the evaluation committee for each book in the Contest.
12. For the purposes of the Oregon FFA Treasurer’s Book Event, it is recommended that chapters create their
own book and that purchase of the National FFA Supply Service catalog is not necessary.
Treasurer’s Book Content areas (bullets are suggested content/not required)
1. Cover
 Chapter Name
6. Membership
 Dates Book Covers
 Roster
 Dues/Dues Receipts
2. Table of Contents
 Organized
7. Account Activity
 Receipts
3. Account Information
 Disbursements
 Account Listing
 Supporting Materials
4. Chapter Inventory
 Livestock Equipment
 Technology
 Horticulture Supplies
 Etc
5. Chapter Budget
 Activity
 Expenses Per Event
 Income per Event
8. Outside Funding Sources
 Alumni Funding Docs
 Signed Contracts
 Copies of Applications
9. Supporting Materials
 Constitution
 Program of Activities
 Other Chapter Materials
Treasurer’s Book Scoring Rubric
Content Areas
Cover
 Chapter name & dates book
covers
Table of Contents
 Organized and numbered
Account Information
 All Chapter Accounts
Chapter Inventory
Chapter Budget
 Activity/Event
 Income
 Expenses
 Gross/net profit
Membership
 Roster & contact information
 Dues & receipts
Account Activity
 Receipts
 Disbursements
 Supporting materials
Outside Funding Resources
 Alumni Funding Docs
 Student information
 Copies of Application Forms
Supporting Materials

Constitution

Program of Activities

Other Chapter Resources
Books
 Neatness & quality of
documents
 Spelling, grammar and
margins
 Organization & ease of use
 Identifies all business
conducted by the chapter and
members
 Contains proper signatures
Total Points
Point
Value
10
10
30
30
40
50
150
50
30
100
500
SECTION II
COOP QUIZ
PURPOSE
To encourage Agriculture students to become familiar with the purpose, organization and function of agricultural
business management curriculum.
OBJECTIVES
Participants in this career development event will become proficient in the following areas:
1. A basic understanding of the following areas:
a. Types of businesses concerned with agriculture
b. History of cooperatives
c. Principles of cooperatives
d. Practices of cooperatives
2. Identify correct business practices within the agricultural industry pertaining to cooperatives
3. Articulate information regarding agricultural cooperatives
ELIGIBILITY
1. The student contestant must be a bona fide dues paying FFA member in good standing with the local
chapter, state association and the National Organization at the time of his or her participation.
2. The student contestant, at the time of his or her participation, must be: (l) a Junior or Senior high school
student. A graduating senior is considered eligible to compete in state and national contests up to and
including the first National FFA Convention following high school graduation. (2) Enrolled in at least one
agriculture education course with a supervised experience program, the objective of which is the
establishment in an agricultural occupation. INCOMING FRESHMEN ARE INELIGIBLE TO
PARTICIPATE, EXCEPT IN STATE LIVESTOCK WHERE THEY COMPETE FOR INDIVIDUAL
AWARDS ONLY.
3. If a member has competed in a National Event, they are no longer eligible to compete at the state level in
any event in which they compete at nationals.
PROCEDURE
The procedure for selecting the representatives is as follows:
1. Each chapter may enter up to five members in the district CDE. Test scores over the resource material
is suggested as a means of deciding chapter representatives, plus the personal qualifications of the
members. Remember, the persons chosen must be juniors or seniors.
2. Each district is to hold a CDE to choose the two representatives to compete in the state CDE. The tests
for the district CDE will be provided by the Agricultural Cooperative Council of Oregon and will be sent to
the district advisor by the state office prior to the CDE. The envelope containing the tests and tie
breakers is to be left unopened until the start of the district CDE. The tests shall be scored at the time of
the CDE under the supervision of the district advisor. The two persons receiving the top scores shall be
designated district winners eligible to enter the state CDE. The next two high scorers shall be
designated alternates so that the district shall be sure to have two contestants in the state CDE. ALL
TEST PAPERS AND ANSWER KEYS MUST BE RETURNED TO THE STATE OFFICE.
3. The state CDE will be held at the State FFA Convention. The state tests will be prepared and conducted
by representatives of the Agricultural Cooperative Council of Oregon and will consist of two parts: written
and oral. The written test will account for 70 percent of the total score. The oral interview, which
constitutes 30 percent of the total score, will last up to 10 minutes for each contestant, will be conducted
by three experienced cooperative people, and will be judged as follows:
Knowledge of cooperatives and interest in cooperatives:
a. Ability to verbally express ideas, vocabulary, diction, eye contact, and understanding of coops and
their role in the community.
b. Personal knowledge and/or experience with cooperatives serving their local community or county.
4. Winners of the awards shall be the three students having the highest total scores.
5. The person with the highest score wins a trip for themselves and their advisor to the National Institute for
Cooperative Education.
RESOURCE MATERIAL
Test questions will be taken from the following resources:
a. For Instructors: "Understanding Your Cooperatives"
b. For Students: "Cooperatives in Agribusiness"
Both of these books are published by the Economics, Statistics, and Cooperative Service, U.S. Department of
Agriculture. All test questions will be taken from these two books, but primarily from the one for students.
NOTE: "Exploring Cooperatives" is still a good resource book.
Other resource material is available free of charge and is listed after each chapter of the book provided
instructors. These are not necessary for the purposes of this CDE; however, they should be used for advanced
students.
Students should be encouraged to visit local cooperatives and find out all they can about them as they will be
questioned about their knowledge and interest in them.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION contact your State FFA Office or write or call:
John McCulley, Executive Secretary
Agricultural Cooperative Council of Oregon
PO Box 2042
Salem, OR 97308-2042
(503) 370-7019
SECTION II
CREED SPEAKING
PURPOSE
This CDE is designed to give younger members an opportunity to participate in an activity where they may
display their leadership and speaking abilities. This is an initial mastery event.
OBJECTIVES
Participants in this career development event will become proficient in the following areas:
1. Improve memorization skills
2. Understand how to analyze large pieces of work
3. Articulate thoughts and ideas pertaining to the creed for public understanding
4. Develop public speaking skills for crowds of various sizes
5. Effectively respond to inquiries about agriculture and how it relates to the creed
6. Develops a greater sense of purpose and pride for the organization
ELIGIBILITY
1. Contestants must be seventh (7th) through ninth (9th) grade and may only compete at the sectional level
once.
2. A contestant is eligible at the sectional and state level to enter the Extemporaneous Public Speaking,
Creed Speaking, Beginning Public Speaking, Sophomore Public Speaking, or the Public Speaking
events, but only in one.
3. In the event that a contestant is first or second in more than one of the above events at the district level,
the contestant must decide at the conclusion of the last event he/she competes in which area he/she
wishes to advance in. The decision must be made the day of the last event, and the district advisor
notified so that the third place contestant may have the opportunity to advance.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. Contestants will recite from memory the FFA Creed as printed in the latest edition of the Official FFA
Manual, and WILL only use the introduction, "The FFA Creed" by E.M. Tiffany.
2. District, Sectional & State levels of Creed Speaking, Beginning Public Speaking, Sophomore Public
Speaking, Advanced Prepared Public Speaking, Extemporaneous Public Speaking, Beginning
Parliamentary Procedure, and Advanced Parliamentary Procedure events will be open to the public.
3. There will be no time limit on individual delivery of the Creed.
4. The CDE will be held on the chapter, district, sectional, and state levels.
5. At the state CDE one identical question shall be asked each contestant. Other contestants are to be off
stage where the question and response cannot be heard.
6. Presiding officer may act as prompter to prevent embarrassment.
7. There will be five judges for each state event. When all contestants have finished speaking, each judge
will total the score on each contestant. The judges score sheets will rank the contestants in numerical
order on the basis of the final score without consultation of each other. The high and low ranking of each
contestant will be disregarded. The remaining judge’s rankings of each contestant will be added and the
winner will be the contestant whose total ranking score is the lowest.
DISTRICT & SECTIONAL EVENTS
District and sectional events shall follow the format and/or regulations as established for the state event.
However, the five judge ranking rule applies only to state contests. It is up to the discretion of district advisors
whether or not to use this rule at district and sectional contests. It shall be the responsibility of the district
advisor, or local advisor in charge, to conduct the CDE.
STATE EVENT
1. Scoring judges for the state event shall consist of five qualified persons selected by the State CDE
Coordinator or their designee.
2. It shall be the responsibility of the District Advisors to notify the State Office 14 days prior to the State
Convention of the first and second place individuals and other individual placings in the sectional event.
3. Judges shall also serve as questioners who read the manuscripts, formulate questions, and question
each participant. Questions shall pertain directly to the speaker's subject. Questions containing two or
more parts should be avoided.
4. The official timer will stand, be noticed by speaker and then sit with one minute reminding in the speech
length. The official timer will also call time at the end of the question period and the speaker will stop
immediately.
5. Score cards are designed to be a guide and state level judges are not required to use it.
6. The full allotted questions period will be used.
7. A written critique by the judges will be prepared for each state contestant and made available to them
following the CDE.
JUDGES' INSTRUCTIONS
1. There will be five judges for each state CDE. When all contestants have finished speaking, each judge
will total the score on each contestant. The timekeeper’s record will be used in computing the final score
for each contestant. The judges score sheets will rank the contestants in numerical order on the basis of
the final score without consultation with each other. The high and low ranking of each contestant will be
disregarded. The remaining judges ranking of each contestant will be added and the winner will be that
contestant whose total ranking is the lowest. In case of a tie, that individual who has the highest grand
total shall have the prior ratings.
2. It is vital that the scoring judges conduct a brief orientation session prior to judging the CDE, in order that
they might judge the CDE in a more consistent manner. The following items should be discussed and
agreed upon prior to the CDE:
3. The score sheet should be studied so all judges understand how it works. Review score sheet terms and
explanation of score sheet points. Copies of the national "Explanation of Score Sheet Points" should be
attached to all score sheets.
4. Agree on how the score process should proceed. It is suggested that the first speaker be scored with
leeway for both higher and lower scores. Succeeding speakers should then be scored on a comparative
basis to the previous speaker(s).
5. The judges numerical placings (1st-2nd-3rd, etc.) will be added to reach the final placing.
6. Agree on how to resolve tie placings and make uniform deductions on official dress.
7. Agree on where scoring judges will be seated. It is suggested that the judges spread out through the
audience so as not to influence one another and to better observe the speaker.
8. Event Coordinator will arrange a meeting with contestants prior to the CDE.
9. Judges will supply written critiques to each speaker.
14. SIDELINE COACHING: Coaches / advisors are not allowed to coach, prompt or give direction to the
student in any form once their team’s presentation has started.
15. COACH INTERACTION WITH JUDGES: Coaches / advisors are not to interact with judges prior to,
during or following the event. If the advisor / coach is allowed to attend the Judges Briefing (only if the
Event Superintendent has a team) interaction can occur during the Judges Briefing one hour prior to the
posted start time. Any violation of this could result in forfeiture of team placing and future involvement.
Any questions can be brought to the Event Superintendent for answer from the judges.
16. COACHES ORIENTATION: Coach / advisors are expected to be in attendance to a coaching orientation
30 minutes prior to the posted start time. The seating and location of the judges in the event room will be
determined at this time. Coaches are accountable for any information given and decisions made at the
orientation meeting.
17. JUDGES: A minimum of three competent and unbiased judges will be provided. The will be instructed
not to take sides on the issues. The superintendent of this CDE will adequately prepare the judges before
the event competition.

In the instance that the Event Superintendent has a team in the event. All advisors may
attend the judges briefing one hour prior to the posted start time.
STANDARD BRIEFING FOR JUDGES ARE AS FOLLOWS:
o Smile get the students to relax.
o
If you smell blood (a student is lost or does not know the topic). Do not go in for the kill. This is a
learning experience. Score them accordingly but DO NOT MAKE A MOCKERY OF THE STUDENT!
o
Don’t judge apples to oranges. Judge apples to apples. I.E. depth of knowledge in the given issues and
mastery of that issue.
o
Follow the score card.
o
Refer to the score card. Your scores are your scores. You will not share your scores with any advisors,
coaches or other judges. Once judging is complete rank the teams in order of finish first through last.
You will then combine your ranking of the teams with the other judges to come up with the overall rank in
order of finish. Low score wins.
o
Consistency is the most important aspect of your judging.
o
Judges will provide a Judges Feedback in the form of positive praise or constructive criticism to aid the
Coach / Advisor in student’s evaluation and instruction.
RESULTS TABULATION
1. Individual judges will score manuscripts to develop a raw score. If there are multiple judges, raw scores
will be averaged and a rank will be created.
2. Speaking judges will judge each speech independently to formulate a raw score, using the scorecard as
a guide.
3. At the conclusion of speeches each judge will formulate their own ranking.
4. These ranks will be provided to the coordinator who will weight them at a 2.5.
5. That ranking will then be added to the manuscript ranking to form a total ranking.
6. With the CDE coordinator create an overall rank, based on the combination of judges rankings. Low
score wins.
If there is a tie, ranked individuals are each given the better ranking, the next ranking is skipped and begins
at the next available rank.
To find the grand total ranking you are adding column A and B. The lowest score wins.
Contestant
Judge1
Judge2
Judge3
Judge4
Judge5
A
Total
B
X2.5
M-Rank
Total
Name: _______________________________Chapter:____________________________________
SECTION II – Need Scorecards from Mitch
CROPS/AGRONOMY
PURPOSE
The State FFA Crops Career Development Event is designed to stimulate interest and study in economically
important plants and seeds, and the weed and weed seeds that are commonly associated with these crops.
The CDE should also help develop an appreciation and skills in identifying factors that influence crop and
seed quality.
OBJECTIVES**
1. To demonstrate basic knowledge of crop and agronomic sciences.
2. To explore career opportunities, skills and proficiencies in the agronomy industry.
3. To determine the ability to identify agronomic:
a. Crops
f. Plant nutrient deficiencies
b. Weeds
g. Plant disorders
c. Seeds
h. Crop grading and pricing
d. Insects
i. Equipment
e. Diseases
4. To evaluate a scenario and develop a crop management plan including crop selection, production
and marketing.
5. To demonstrate understanding of sustainable agriculture and environmental stewardship through the
use of integrated pest management and best management practices.
ELIGIBILITY
1. The student contestant must be a bona fide dues paying FFA member in good standing with the local
chapter, state association and the National Organization at the time of his or her participation.
2. The student contestant, at the time of his or her participation, must be: (l) a high school student. A
graduating senior is considered eligible to compete in state and national contests up to and including
the first National FFA Convention following high school graduation. (2) Enrolled in at least one
agriculture education course with a supervised experience program, the objective of which is the
establishment in an agricultural occupation. INCOMING FRESHMEN ARE INELIGIBLE TO
PARTICIPATE, EXCEPT IN STATE LIVESTOCK WHERE THEY COMPETE FOR INDIVIDUAL
AWARDS ONLY.
3. If a member has competed in a National Event, they are no longer eligible to compete at the state
level in any event in which they compete at nationals.
The winning team in this CDE will be eligible to represent the state in the National Agronomy Event held
at the time of the National FFA Convention.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1.
A chartered FFA chapter may enter two teams in the Crops CDE, with one team designated as the
official team. A team may consist of 5 eligible members. The score of the 3 high individuals will be
used to determine the team score.
DIVISION OF THE CROPS CDE
1. Even Years
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
Seed Analysis (2 samples)
15 min.
Weed Identification (20 samples)
15 min.
Crop Identification (20 samples)
15 min.
Hay Judging (2 classes)
15 min.
Silage Judging (2 classes)
15 min.
Vegetable Judging (2 classes)
15 min.
Fruit and Nut Judging (2 classes)
15 min.
General Knowledge Test (40 questions) 30 min.
Total Points
200 points
200 points
200 points
180 points
180 points
180 points
190 points
200 points
1530
2. Odd Years
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
Seed Analysis (2 samples)
Weed Identification (20 samples)
Crop Identification (20 samples)
Hay Judging (2 classes)
Silage Judging (2 classes)
Range Plant Ident. (18 samples)
Grain Judging (2 classes) labeled
General Knowledge Test (40 questions)
15 min.
15 min.
15 min.
15 min.
15 min.
15 min.
15 min.
30 min.
Total Points
200 points
200 points
200 points
180 points
180 points
180 points
200 points
200 points
1540
DETAILS OF CDE DIVISION
A. Seed Analysis
1. Time - 15 minutes (two samples totaling 200 points)
2.
The two samples will be selected from the following three crop areas: (a) Cereals - 25 gram
samples (wheat, barley, oats); (b) Legumes - 5 gram samples (alfalfa, red clover, white clover); (c)
Grasses - 2 gram samples (perennial ryegrass, orchardgrass, crested wheatgrass).
3.
The contestant must provide common names on the base crop, other crop seeds, and weed seeds.
4.
A contestant shall not name a seed as a contaminant unless there are more than three seeds of
the contaminant present in the base sample (this is to account for seed which may occur
incidentally in the sample).
5.
Scoring of the seed analysis shall be 100 points per sample as follows: 10 points for each base
crop properly identified, other crop and weed contaminants up to 9 for a total of 100 points. No
points are subtracted for improper identification.
6.
Contaminants added to the base samples shall come from both the crop and weed identification
lists; however, the following mixtures will not occur:
a. Hard red and soft white wheat
b. Six and two row barley
c. Perennial ryegrass and tall fescue
d. Alfalfa and red clover
e. Alfalfa and sweet clover
f. Red clover and sweet clover
g. Crested wheatgrass and quackgrass
h. Crested wheatgrass and orchardgrass
i. White clover and ladino clover
j. Timothy and velvetgrass
k. Kentucky bluegrass and annual bluegrass
l. Perennial ryegrass and annual ryegrass
m. Creeping red fescue and crested
wheatgrass
B. Weed Identification
1. Time - 15 minutes (200 points).
2.
Twenty (20) samples will be selected and displayed for each CDE.
3.
Contestants will identify each sample and place the appropriate sample number in front of the
correct common name listed on the scorecard.
4.
The plants exhibited must be in flower and/or fruiting stages unless otherwise specified. Seedling
stages will not be allowed.
5.
Each sample will be worth 10 points.
C. Crop Identification
1. Time - 15 minutes (200 points).
2.
Twenty (20) samples will be selected and displayed for each CDE.
3.
Contestants will identify each sample and place the appropriate sample number in front of the
correct common name listed on the scorecard.
4.
The plants exhibited must be in flower and/or fruiting stages unless otherwise specified. Seedling
stages will not be allowed.
5.
Each sample will be worth 10 points.
D. Hay Judging
1. Time - 15 minutes (two classes totaling 180 points).
2.
Two classes consisting of four samples of hay will be selected and displayed. Each sample will
have one or more factors that influence quality. The samples may be bale or flakes of baled hay.
The two classes will be legume hay, grass hay, or other.
3.
The contestant must place the four samples of hay based upon the following factors: maturity,
leafiness, color, foreign material, and odor/condition.
4.
Specimen evaluation will consist of one individual sample to be evaluated. Evaluation will be
based upon the factors as listed on the appropriate scorecard.
5.
50 points will be allotted for correct placing of each class using the Hormel system. Eight (8) points
will be allotted for determining the desirability of each factor for the designated samples, for a total
of 40 points possible. Each class will then have a total value of 90 points.
E. Silage Judging
1. Time - 15 minutes (two classes totaling 180 points).
2.
Two classes consisting of four samples of silage will be selected and displayed. Each sample will
have one or more factors that influence quality. The two classes will be either legume, grass
(including corn), or legume grass mixture.
3.
The contestant must place the four samples of silage based upon the following factors: Maturity,
color, foreign materials, odor/condition, moisture, and chop.
4.
Specimen evaluation will consist of one individual sample to be evaluated. Evaluation will be
based upon the factors as listed on the appropriate scorecard.
5.
50 points will be allotted for correct placing of each class using the Hormel system. Eight (8) points
will be allotted for determining the desirability of each factor for the designated samples for a total
of 40 points possible. Each class will then have a total value of 90 points.
F. Vegetable Judging
1. Time - 15 minutes (two classes totaling 180 points).
2.
Each class will consist of four samples with four specimens to a sample that will be placed in
accordance to their quality. At least one of the samples will be either potatoes or onions. The
other class will be taken from the list of vegetables. The contestant must place the four samples of
vegetables based upon color, maturity, size/shape/varietal trueness, uniformity, disease,
mechanical damage, rot/spoilage/freezing, and foreign material/stem/leaves and insect/rodent
damage.
3.
Specimen evaluation will consist of one individual sample to be evaluated. Evaluation will be
based upon the factors as listed on the appropriate scorecard.
4.
All specimens within a class will consist of the same variety.
5.
Scoring of a class shall be on the basis of 50 points for correct placing using the Hormel system.
Five (5) points will be allotted for determining the desirability of each factor for the designated
samples for a total of 40 points possible. Each class will then have a total of 90 points.
6.
All samples will be placed in a position such that all qualities and conditions can be seen without
turning them over.
G. Fruit and Nut Judging
1. Time - 15 minutes (two classes totaling 190 points).
2.
Each class will consist of four samples with four specimens to a sample that will be placed in
accordance to their quality. Fruit and nut specimens to be judged will be selected from the
following:
Apples
Blackberries
Filberts
Pears
Raspberries
Walnuts
Strawberries
The contestant will place the four samples of fruits or nuts based upon color, maturity,
size/shape/varietal trueness, disease, mechanical damage, rot/spillage/freezing, foreign
material/stem/leaves, insect/rodent damage and uniformity.
3.
Specimen evaluation will consist of one individual sample to be evaluated. Evaluation will be
based upon the factors as listed on the appropriate scorecard.
4.
All specimens within a class will consist of the same variety.
5.
Scoring of a class shall be on the basis of 50 points for correct placing using the Hormel system.
Five (5) points will be allotted for determining the desirability of each factor for the designated
samples for a total of 45 points possible. Each class will then have a total of 95 points.
6.
All samples will be placed in a position that all qualities and conditions can be seen without turning
them over.
7.
Samples that are free of any defects shall be called good.
H. Range Plant Identification
1. Time - 15 minutes (180 points).
I.
2.
Eighteen (18) samples will be selected for each CDE from the list of range plants and weeds
provided on page titled "Range Plant Identification List."
3.
Contestants will identify each sample and place the appropriate sample number in front of the
correct common name listed on the scorecard.
4.
The plants exhibited must be in the flower/fruiting stages unless otherwise specified. Seedling
stages will not be used.
5.
Each sample will be worth 10 points.
Grain Judging
1. Time - 15 minutes (two classes totaling 180 points).
2.
Each class will consist of four 100-gram samples that will be placed in accordance to their quality.
3.
All samples will consist of the same variety.
4.
The grain judging classes may consist of wheat, barley, oats, rye or grain corn.
5.
Samples will be labeled as livestock feed, seed or milling for human consumption.
6.
Specimen evaluation will consist of one individual sample to be evaluated. Evaluation will be
based upon the factors as listed on the appropriate scorecard.
7.
The scoring will be based on 50 points for correct placing of the class using the Hormel system.
Ten (10) points will be allotted for determining the desirability of each factor for the designated
samples, for a total of 50 points possible. Each class will then have a total of 100 points.
J. General Knowledge Test
1. Time - 30 minutes (40 questions with a point value of 5 points per question, totaling 200 points).
2.
Questions will test basic knowledge relative to the production and marketing of crops (plant growth
and development, seedbed preparation, tillage and cultivation, pest management, irrigation and
fertilization, harvesting, crop quality, and marketing).
3.
Questions will be taken from the last three years of national tests.
K. Determining the Degree of Desirability for Specimen Evaluation
1. Desirable: Those specimens excelling in grading and marketing quality standards.
2.
Acceptable: Those specimens meeting the minimal grading and marketing quality standards.
3.
Undesirable: Those specimens having less than the minimal grading and marketing quality
standards.
SEED ANALYSIS SCORECARD
Contestant No.
Score: _______________
Sample No.
Base Crop
(10 pts.)
_______________
Other Crop Seeds (10 pts. each)
Weed Seeds (10 pts. each)
TOTAL SCORE (100 pts. maximum)
_______________
WEED IDENTIFICATION LIST
The following samples will be either plant or seed.
1. Annual bluegrass (Poa annua)
28. Mare's tail (Urtica dioica)
2. Barnyardgrass (Echinochloa crusgalli)
29. Nettle (Urtica spp.)
3. Broadleaf plantain (Plantago major)
30. Nightshade (Solanum spp.)
4. Buckhorn plantain (Plantago lanceolata)
31. Perennial sowthistle (Sonchus arvensis)
5. Bull thistle (Cirsium vulgare)
32. Poison hemlock (Conium maculatum)
6. Canada thistle (Cirsium arvense)
33. Prostrate knotweed (Polygonum aviculare)
7. Cheatgrass (Bromus secalinus)
34. Quackgrass (Agropyron repens)
8. Chinese lettuce (Lactuca serriola)
35. Redroot pigweed (Amaranthus retroflexus)
9. Cockelbur (Xanthium pensylvanicum)
36. Russian napweed (Centaurea repens)
11. Common lambsquarter (Chenopodium
37. Russian thistle (Salsola kali)
album)
38. Scotchbroom (Cytisus scoparius)
11. Common chickweed (Stellaria media)
39. Sheep sorrel (Rumex acetosella)
12. Common mullein (Verbascum thapsus)
40. Shepherd's purse (Capsella bursa-pastoris)
13. Cow parsnip (Heracleum lanatum)
41. Skeleton weed (Chondrilla juncea)
14. Crabgrass (Digitaria spp.)
42. St. Johnswort/Klamath weed
15. Curlydock (Rumex crispus)
(Hyperacum perforatum)
16. Common dandelion (Taraxacum officinale)
43. Tansy ragwort (Senecio jacobaea)
17. Dodder (Cuscuta pentagona)
44. Teasel (Dipsacus sylvestris)
18. Dog fennel (Anthemis cotula)
45. Velvetgrass (Holcus spp.)
19. Eastern Oregon Cheatgrass (Bromus
46. Western goldenrod (Solidago occidentallis)
ridgidus)
47. Wild blackberry (Rubus laciniatus)
20. False dandelion (Hypochaeris radicata)
48. Wild carrot (Daucus carota)
21. Field bindweed/Wild morning glory
49. Wild garlic/wild onion (Allium spp.)
(Convolvulus arvensis)
50. Wild geranium (Geranium spp.)
22. Groundsel (Senecio vulgaris)
51. Wild mustard (Brassica spp.)
23. Horsetail (Equisetum arvense)
52. Wild oats (Avena fatua)
24. Jointed goatgrass (Aegilops cylindrica)
53. Wild radish (Raphanus raphanistrum)
25. Kochia (Kochia scoparia)
54. Yellow/green foxtail (Setaria glauca)
26. Lupine (Lupinius spp.)
55. Yellow nutsedge (Cyperus esculentus)
27. Mallow (Malva spp.)
WEED IDENTIFICATION SCORECARD
___ 1. Annual bluegrass (Poa annua)
___ 28.Mare's tail (Urtica dioica)
___ 2.Barnyardgrass (Echinochloa
___ 29.Nettle (Urtica spp.)
crusgalli)
___ 30.Nightshade (Solanum spp.)
___ 3.Broadleaf plantain (Plantago
___ 31.Perennial sowthistle (Sonchus
major)
arvensis)
___ 4.Buckhorn plaintain (Plantago
___ 32.Poison hemlock (Coniumi
lanceolata)
maculatum)
___ 5.Bull thistle (Cirsium vulgare)
___ 33.Prostrate knotweed (Polygonum
___ 6.Canada thistle (Cirsium arvense)
aviculare)
___ 7.Cheatgrass (Bromus secalinus)
___ 34.Quackgrass (Agropyron repens)
___ 8.Chinese lettuce (Lactuca
___ 35.Redroot pigweed (Amaranthus
serriola)
retroflexus)
___ 9.Cockelbur (Xanthium
___ 36.Russion napweed (Centaurea
pensylvanicum)
repens)
___ 10.Common lambsquarter
___ 37.Russian thistle (Salsola kali)
(Chenopodium album)
___ 38.Scotchbroom (Cytisus
___ 11.Common chickweed (Stellaria
scoparius)
media)
___ 39.Sheep sorrel (Rumex
___ 12.Common mullein (Verbascum
acetosella)
thapsus)
___ 40.Shepherd's purse (Capsella
___ 13.Cow parsnip (Heracleum
bursa-pastoris)
lanatum)
___ 41.Skeleton weed (Chondrilla
___ 14.Crabgrass (Digitaria spp.)
juncea)
___ 15.Curlydock (Rumex crispus)
___ 42.St Johnswort/Klamath weed
___ 16.Common dandelion (Taraxacum
(Hyperacum perforatum)
officinale)
___ 43.Tansy ragwort (Senecio
___ 17.Dodder (Cuscuta pentagona)
jacobaea)
___ 18.Dog fennel (Anthemis cotula)
___ 44.Teasel (Dipsacus sylvestris)
___ 19.Eastern Oregon Cheatgrass
___ 45.Velvetgrass (Holcus spp.)
(Bromus ridgidus)
___ 46.Western goldenrod (Solidago
___ 20.False dandelion (Hypochaeris
occidentallis)
radicata)
___ 47.Wild blackberry (Rubus
___ 21.Field bindweed/Wild morning
laciniatus)
glory
___ 48.Wild carrot (Daucus carota)
(Convolvulus arvensis)
___ 49.Wild garlic/wild onion (Allium
___ 22.Groundsel (Senecio vulgaris)
spp.)
___ 23.Horsetail (Equisetum arvense)
___ 50.Wild geranium (Geranium spp.)
___ 24.Jointed goatgrass (Aegilops
___ 51.Wild mustard (Brassica spp.)
cylindrica)
___ 52.Wild oats (Avena fatua)
___ 25.Kochia (Kochia scoparia)
___ 53.Wild radish (Raphanus
___ 26.Lupine (Lupinius spp.)
raphanistrum)
___ 27.Mallow (Malva spp.)
___ 54.Yellow/green foxtail (Setaria
glauca)
___ 55.Yellow nutsedge (Cyperus
esculentus)
Score (number correct ___ x 10) =
CROPS IDENTIFICATION LIST
Symbols: (s) seed, (p) plant, (e) either plant or seed or both
A. Grain Crops
1. Hard red winter wheat (s)
2. Soft white wheat (e)
3. Club wheat (p)
4. Six-row barley (e)
5. Two-row barley (p)
6. White oats (s)
7. Gray oats (s)
8. Red oats (s)
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Rye (e)
Field corn (e)
Popcorn (e)
Sorghum (e)
Millet (e)
Rice (e)
Triticale (e)
B. Grasses
1. Annual ryegrass (e)
2. Perennial ryegrass (e)
3. Tall fescue (e)
4. Orchardgrass (e)
5. Red fescue (e)
6. Bentgrass (e)
7. Kentucky bluegrass (e)
8. Timothy (e)
9. Meadow foxtail (e)
10. Reed canarygrass (e)
11. Crested wheatgrass(e)
12. Intermediate wheatgrass (e)
13. Sudangrass (e)
14. Smooth bromegrass (e)
C. Miscellaneous Crops
1. Sugar beets (e)
2. Hops (p)
3. Mint (p)
4. Rape (p)
5.
6.
7.
8.
D. Legumes
1. Alfalfa (e)
2. Red clover (e)
3. White clover (e)
4. Alsike clover (e)
5. Subclover (e)
6. Crimson clover (e)
7. Hairy vetch (e)
8. Common vetch (e)
9. Fieldpeas (e)
10. Birdsfoot trefoil (e)
11. Big trefoil (e)
12. Sweetclover (e)
13. Soybeans (e)
14. Lentils (e)
15. Dry beans (e)
16. Lespedeza (e)
E. Vegetables
1. Green peas (e)
2. Sweet corn (e)
3. Carrots (e)
4. Green snap beans (e)
5. Cabbage (p)
6. Cauliflower (p)
7. Broccoli (p)
8. Tomatoes (p)
9. Table beets (p)
10. Cucumbers (p)
11. Squash (p)
12. Melons (p)--Cucurbits
13. Cantaloupe (p)
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
Meadowfoam (e)
Cotton (e)
Safflower (e)
Peanuts (e)
Onions (p)
Garlic (p)
Red potatoes (e)
Russet potatoes (e)
Round white potatoes (e)
Radish (p)
Lettuce (p)
Turnip (p)
Brussel sprouts (p)
Rhubarb (p)
Peppers (p)
CROP IDENTIFICATION SCORECARD
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
1. Hard red winter wheat
2. Soft white wheat
3. Club wheat
4. Six-row barley
5. Two-row barley
6. White oats
7. Gray oats
8. Red oats
9. Rye
10. Field corn
11. Popcorn
12. Sorghum
13. Millet
14. Rice
15. Annual ryegrass
16. Perennial ryegrass
17. Tall fescue
18. Orchardgrass
19. Red fescue
20. Bentgrass
21. Kentucky bluegrass
22. Timothy
23. Meadow fixtail
24. Reed canarygrass
25. Crested wheatgrass
26. Intermediate wheatgrass
27. Sudangrass
28. Smooth bromegrass
29. Sugar beets
30. Hops
31. Mint
32. Rape
33. Meadowfoam
34. Cotton
35. Safflower
36. Peanuts
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
Contestant No.:
37. Alfalfa
38. Red clover
39. White clover
40. Alsike clover
41. Subclover
42. Crimson clover
43. Hairy vetch
44. Common vetch
45. Fieldpeas
46. Birdsfoot trefoil
47. Big trefoil
48. Sweetclover
49. Soybeans
50. Lentils
51. Dry beans
52. Green peas
53. Sweet corn
54. Carrots
55. Green snap beans
56. Cabbage
57. Cauliflower
58. Broccoli
59. Tomatoes
60. Table beets
61. Cucumbers
62. Squash
63. Melons
64. Cantaloupe
65. Onions
66. Garlic
67. Red potatoes
68. Russet potatoes
69. Round white potatoes
70. Radish
71. Lettuce
Score (number correct x 10) =
HAY JUDGING SCORECARD
Contestant #
Mark each factor
Class #
appropriate degree
Class Placing
Placing Score
Factor Score
UNDES.
1-4-2-3
SPECIMEN EVALUATION:
1-2-3-4
once according to the
1-2-4-3
of desirability. 1-3-2-4
1-3-4-2
FACTORS DES. ACCEPT.
1-4-3-2
Maturity
TOTAL
2-1-3-4
Leafiness
Color
Foreign
Material
Odor/
Condition
2-1-4-3
2-3-1-4
2-3-4-1
2-4-1-3
2-4-3-1
3-1-2-4
3-1-4-2
3-2-1-4
3-2-4-1
3-4-1-2
3-4-2-1
4-1-2-3
4-1-3-2
4-2-1-3
4-2-3-1
4-3-1-2
4-3-2-1
HAY JUDGING SCORECARD
Contestant #
Mark each factor
Class #
appropriate degree
Class Placing
Placing Score
Factor Score
UNDES.
1-4-2-3
SPECIMEN EVALUATION:
1-2-3-4
once according to the
1-2-4-3
of desirability. 1-3-2-4
1-3-4-2
FACTORS DES. ACCEPT.
1-4-3-2
Maturity
TOTAL
2-1-3-4
Leafiness
Color
Foreign
Material
Odor/
Condition
2-1-4-3
2-3-1-4
2-3-4-1
2-4-1-3
2-4-3-1
3-1-2-4
3-1-4-2
3-2-1-4
3-2-4-1
3-4-1-2
3-4-2-1
4-1-2-3
4-1-3-2
4-2-1-3
4-2-3-1
4-3-1-2
4-3-2-1
SILAGE JUDGING SCORECARD
Contestant #
Mark each factor
Class #
appropriate degree
Class Placing
Placing Score
Factor Score
UNDES.
1-4-2-3
SPECIMEN EVALUATION:
1-2-3-4
once according to the
1-2-4-3
of desirability. 1-3-2-4
1-3-4-2
FACTORS DES. ACCEPT.
1-4-3-2
Maturity
TOTAL
2-1-3-4
Color
Odor
Condition
Moisture
Chop
2-1-4-3
2-3-1-4
2-3-4-1
2-4-1-3
2-4-3-1
3-1-2-4
3-1-4-2
3-2-1-4
3-2-4-1
3-4-1-2
3-4-2-1
4-1-2-3
4-1-3-2
4-2-1-3
4-2-3-1
4-3-1-2
4-3-2-1
SILAGE JUDGING SCORECARD
Contestant #
Mark each factor
Class #
appropriate degree
Class Placing
Placing Score
Factor Score
UNDES.
1-4-2-3
SPECIMEN EVALUATION:
1-2-3-4
once according to the
1-2-4-3
of desirability. 1-3-2-4
1-3-4-2
FACTORS DES. ACCEPT.
1-4-3-2
Maturity
TOTAL
2-1-3-4
Color
Odor
Condition
Moisture
Chop
2-1-4-3
2-3-1-4
2-3-4-1
2-4-1-3
2-4-3-1
3-1-2-4
3-1-4-2
3-2-1-4
3-2-4-1
3-4-1-2
3-4-2-1
4-1-2-3
4-1-3-2
4-2-1-3
4-2-3-1
4-3-1-2
4-3-2-1
VEGETABLE JUDGING SCORECARD
Contestant #
Mark each factor
Class #
once according to the appropriate degree
Class Placing
Placing Score
1-3-4-2
Factor Score
ACCEPT. UNDES.
TOTAL
SPECIMEN EVALUATION:
1-2-3-4
1-2-4-3
of desirability. 1-3-2-4
FACTORS
1-4-2-3
1-4-3-2
Color
DES.
2-1-3-4
Maturity
Size/Shape/
Varietal Trueness
Disease
Mechanical Damage
Rot/Spoilage/
Freezing
Foreign Material/
Stems/Leaves
Insect/Rodent
Damage
2-1-4-3
2-3-1-4
2-3-4-1
2-4-1-3
2-4-3-1
3-1-2-4
3-1-4-2
3-2-1-4
3-2-4-1
3-4-1-2
3-4-2-1
4-1-2-3
4-1-3-2
4-2-1-3
4-2-3-1
4-3-1-2
4-3-2-1
VEGETABLE JUDGING SCORECARD
Contestant #
Mark each factor
Class #
appropriate degree
Class Placing
Placing Score
1-3-4-2
Factor Score
ACCEPT. UNDES.
TOTAL
SPECIMEN EVALUATION:
1-2-3-4
once according to the
1-2-4-3
of desirability. 1-3-2-4
FACTORS
1-4-2-3
1-4-3-2
Color
2-1-3-4
Maturity
Size/Shape/
Varietal Trueness
Disease
Mechanical Damage
Rot/Spoilage/
2-1-4-3
2-3-1-4
2-3-4-1
2-4-1-3
2-4-3-1
3-1-2-4
3-1-4-2
3-2-1-4
3-2-4-1
DES.
Freezing
Foreign Material/
Stems/Leaves
Insect/Rodent
Damage
3-4-1-2
3-4-2-1
4-1-2-3
4-1-3-2
4-2-1-3
4-2-3-1
4-3-1-2
4-3-2-1
FRUIT AND NUT JUDGING SCORECARD
Contestant #
Mark each factor
Class #
appropriate degree
Class Placing
Placing Score
1-3-4-2
Factor Score
ACCEPT. UNDES.
TOTAL
SPECIMEN EVALUATION:
1-2-3-4
once according to the
1-2-4-3
of desirability. 1-3-2-4
FACTORS
1-4-2-3
1-4-3-2
Color
DES.
2-1-3-4
Maturity
Size/Shape/
Varietal Trueness
Disease
Mechanical Damage
Rot/Spoilage/
Freezing
Foreign Material/
Stems/Leaves
Insect/Rodent
Damage
Uniformity
2-1-4-3
2-3-1-4
2-3-4-1
2-4-1-3
2-4-3-1
3-1-2-4
3-1-4-2
3-2-1-4
3-2-4-1
3-4-1-2
3-4-2-1
4-1-2-3
4-1-3-2
4-2-1-3
4-2-3-1
4-3-1-2
4-3-2-1
FRUIT AND NUT JUDGING SCORECARD
Contestant #
Mark each factor
Class #
appropriate degree
Class Placing
Placing Score
1-3-4-2
Factor Score
ACCEPT. UNDES.
TOTAL
SPECIMEN EVALUATION:
1-2-3-4
once according to the
1-2-4-3
of desirability. 1-3-2-4
FACTORS
1-4-2-3
1-4-3-2
Color
2-1-3-4
Maturity
Size/Shape/
Varietal Trueness
Disease
Mechanical Damage
2-1-4-3
2-3-1-4
2-3-4-1
2-4-1-3
2-4-3-1
3-1-2-4
3-1-4-2
3-2-1-4
DES.
Rot/Spoilage/
Freezing
Foreign Material/
Stems/Leaves
Insect/Rodent
Damage
Uniformity
3-2-4-1
3-4-1-2
3-4-2-1
4-1-2-3
4-1-3-2
4-2-1-3
4-2-3-1
4-3-1-2
4-3-2-1
Forbs
RANGE PLANT IDENTIFICATION LIST (All
specimens will be plants)
Grasses
1. Balsamroot (Balsamhoriza sagittata)
2. Big-headed clover (Trifolium macroccphalum)
1. Alpine timothy (Phleum alpinum)
3. Bur clover (Medicago hispida)
2. Bluebunch wheatgrass (Agropyron spicatum)
4. Bracken fern (Pteridium aguilinum)
3. Bottlebrush squirreltail (Sitanion hystrix)
5. Indian paintbrush (Castilleja spp.)
4. Crested wheatgrass (Agropyron desertorum)
6. Little larkspur (Delphinium spp.)
5. Giant wildrye (Elymus condensatus)
7. Locoweed (Astragalus spp.)
6. Idaho fescue (Festuca idahoensis)
8. Mules ear/wild sunflower (Wyethia spp.)
7. Indian ricegrass (Oryzopsis hymenoides)
9. Mullein (Verbascum thapsus)
8. Medusahead rye (Elymus caput-medusa)
10. Pepperweed (Lepidium spp.)
9. Mountain brome (Bromus carinatus)
11. Poverty weed (Iva axillaris)
10. Mountain muhly (Muhlenbergia montana)
12. Tall larkspur (Delphium occidentale)
11. Needle and thread grass (Stipa comata)
13. Tarweed (Madia spp.)
12. Prairie junegrass (Koeleria cristata)
14. Western yarrow (Achillea lanulosa)
13. Pubescent wheatgrass (Agropyron
trichophorum)
Semi-Woody
14. Ripgut brome (Bromus rigidus)
1. Bitterbrush (Purshia tridentata)
15. Sandberg bluegrass (Poa secunda)
2. Buckbrush (Ceonothus spp.)
16. Sheep fescue (Festuca ovina)
3. Big sagebrush (Artemisia tridentata)
17. Sherman big bluegrass (Poa ampla)
4. Green rabbitbrush (Chrysothmnus
18. Thurber needlegrass (Stipa thurberiana)
19. Western wheatgrass (Agropyron smithii)
viscidiflorus)
5. Halogeton (Halogeton glomeratus)
6. Horsebrush (Tetradymia spp.)
Grass-Like
7. Low sagebrush (Artemisia arbuscula)
1. Death camas (Zygadenus venenosus)
8. Saltbrush (Atriplex spp.)
2. Elk sedge (Carex geyeri)
9. Serviceberry (Amelanchier alnifolia)
3. Ross sedge (Carex rossii)
10. Rubber rabbitbrush (Chrysothamnus
4. Wire rush (Junetus balticus)
nauseosus)
___ 32.Mullein (Verbascum thapsus)
RANGE PLANT IDENTIFICATION
SCORECARD
___ 33.Pepperweed (Lepidium spp.)
___ 34.Poverty weed (Iva axillaris)
Contestant Number:________
___ 35.Tall larkspur (Delphium occidentale)
___ 1.Alpine timothy (Phleum alpinum)
___ 36.Tarweed (Madia spp.)
___ 2.Bluebunch wheatgrass (Agropyron
___ 37.Western yarrow (Achillea lanulosa)
spicatum)
___ 38.Bitterbrush (Purshia tridentata)
___ 3.Bottlebrush squirreltail (Sitanion hystrix)
___ 39.Buckbrush (Ceonothus spp.)
___ 4.Crested wheatgrass (Agrophyron
___ 40.Big sagebrush (Artemisia tridentata)
desertorum)
___ 5.Giant wildrye (Elymus condensatus)
___ 41.Green rabbitbrush (Chrysothmnus
viscidiflorus)
___ 6.Idaho fescue (Festuca idahoensis)
___ 42.Halogeton (Halogeton glomeratus)
___ 7.Indian ricegrass (Oryzopsis hymenoides)
___ 43.Horsebrush (Tetradymia spp.)
___ 8.Medusahead rye (Elymus caput-medusa)
___ 44.Low sagebrush (Artemisia arbuscula)
___ 9.Mountain brome (Bromus carinatus)
___ 45.Saltbrush (Atriplex spp.)
___ 10.Mountain muhly (Muhlenbergia montana)
___ 46.Serviceberry (Amelanchier alnifolia)
___ 11.Needle & thread grass (Stipa comata)
___ 47.Rubber rabbitbrush (Chrysothamnus
___ 12.Prairie junegrass (Koeleria cristata)
nauseosus)
___ 13.Pubescent wheatgrass (Agropyron
trichophorum)
___ 14.Ripgut brome (Bromus rigidus)
___ 15.Sandberg bluegrass (Poa secunda)
___ 16.Sheep fescue (Festuca ovina)
___ 17.Sherman big bluegrass (Poa ampla)
___ 18.Thurber needlegrass (Stipa thurberiana)
___ 19.Western wheatgrass (Agropyron smithii)
___ 20.Death camas (Zygadenus venenosus)
___ 21.Elk sedge (Carex geyeri)
___ 22.Ross sedge (Carex rossii)
___ 23.Wire rush (Junetus balticus)
___ 24.Balsamroot (Balsamhoriza sagittata)
___ 25.Big-headed clover (Trifolium
macroccphalum)
___ 26.Bur clover (Medicago hispida)
___ 27.Bracken fern (Pteridium aguilinum)
__28.Indian paintbrush (Castillerja spp.)
___ 29.Little larkspur (Delphinium spp.)
___ 30.Locoweed (Astragalus spp.)
___ 31.Mules ear/wild sunflower (Wyethia spp.)
Score (number correct
x 10) =
GRAIN JUDGING SCORECARD
Contestant #
each factor
1-2-3-4
Class #
once according to the appropriate degree
Class Placing
Placing Score
1-3-4-2
Factor Score
UNDES.
1-4-2-3
SPECIMEN EVALUATION: Mark
1-2-4-3
of desirability. 1-3-2-4
FACTORS
DES. ACCEPT.
1-4-3-2
Soundness
TOTAL
2-1-3-4
Other classes/
varieties/crops
Weeds
Inert
Material
Other objectionable factors
2-1-4-3
2-3-1-4
2-3-4-1
2-4-1-3
2-4-3-1
3-1-2-4
3-1-4-2
3-2-1-4
3-2-4-1
3-4-1-2
3-4-2-1
4-1-2-3
4-1-3-2
4-2-1-3
4-2-3-1
4-3-1-2
4-3-2-1
GRAIN JUDGING SCORECARD
Contestant #
each factor
1-2-3-4
Class #
degree
1-2-4-3
Class Placing
Placing Score
1-3-4-2
Factor Score
UNDES.
1-4-2-3
SPECIMEN EVALUATION: Mark
once according to the appropriate
of desirability. 1-3-2-4
FACTORS
1-4-3-2
Soundness
TOTAL
2-1-3-4
Other classes/
varieties/crops
Weeds
Inert
Material
Other objectionable factors
2-1-4-3
2-3-1-4
2-3-4-1
2-4-1-3
2-4-3-1
3-1-2-4
3-1-4-2
3-2-1-4
DES. ACCEPT.
3-2-4-1
3-4-1-2
3-4-2-1
4-1-2-3
4-1-3-2
4-2-1-3
4-2-3-1
4-3-1-2
4-3-2-1
RESOURCE MATERIAL LIST
Weeds:
Gilkey's Weeds of the Pacific Northwest
LeRea J. Dennis, 1980 copy
OSU Bookstore
Growers Weed I.D. Handbook, Publication 4030
Coop Extension Mailroom
1422 Harbor Way South
Richmond, CA 94804
Transparencies Masters for Crop and Weed I.D.
U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare
Office of Education, Bureau of Research
Range Plants:
Pacific Northwest Range Handbook, Nature and Use
Extension PNW Bulletin #73
Important Plants on National Forest Ranges of Eastern Oregon and Washington
Range Research Report #1
U.S. Department of Agriculture - Forest Service
Range Plants
Extension Circular #1037
Extension Range Plant Series
(Consists of single sheets giving descriptions of specific weeds, grasses, shrubs and trees
found on Eastern Oregon range lands.)
Hay:
Extension Circulars
#942 - What to look for in evaluating hay
#943 - What it is and why it is important
Pacific Northwest Extension Publication #223
Alfalfa Hay, Quality and Testing
Potatoes:
U.S. Standards for Grades of Potatoes
U.S. Department of Agriculture
Consumer and Marketing Service
Fruit and Nut:
Extension Service Material
Silage and Hay: Forage Production and Management
Extension Service Publication
SECTION II
DAIRY CATTLE EVALUATION
PURPOSE
The State FFA Dairy Cattle Evaluation CDE is designed as a practical method to increase knowledge in the
selection of dairy cattle. It also measures the student’s ability to orally defend and discuss their decisions.
OBJECTIVES
1. To provide a practical experience to students enrolled in agricultural education with an interest in dairy
cattle to help prepare for industry positions or in management of a modern dairy herd.
2. To develop students’ skills in observation, analysis, communication and team collaboration.
3. To provide experience in the evaluation of dairy cattle type, production records and dairy herd
management.
4. To encourage agriculture instructors to seek assistance from various resources in the dairy industry.
(Examples: dairy breed associations, artificial breeding associations, state extension dairy specialists,
state dairy herd improvement associations, dairy equipment manufacturers, local dairy farmers and
breeders, etc.)
ELIGIBILITY
1. The student contestant must be a bona fide dues paying FFA member in good standing with the local
chapter, state association and the National Organization at the time of his or her participation.
2. The student contestant, at the time of his or her participation, must be: (l) a high school student. A
graduating senior is considered eligible to compete in state and national contests up to and including the
first National FFA Convention following high school graduation. (2) Enrolled in at least one agriculture
education course with a supervised experience program, the objective of which is the establishment in
an agricultural occupation. INCOMING FRESHMEN ARE INELIGIBLE TO PARTICIPATE, EXCEPT IN
STATE LIVESTOCK WHERE THEY COMPETE FOR INDIVIDUAL AWARDS ONLY.
3. If a member has competed in a National Event, they are no longer eligible to compete at the state level
in any event in which they compete at nationals.
The state winning team in this activity will be eligible to represent the state in the National FFA Dairy Cattle
Evaluation Event held at the time of the National FFA Convention. The state winning team will also be
responsible for providing the representatives for the National FFA Dairy Handler’s CDE. If the winning team
representative is not available, then the team must inform the state advisor to complete or fill the Holder’s
position at least one week prior to the national certification date.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. A chartered FFA chapter may enter two teams in the Dairy Cattle Evaluation CDE, with one team
designated as the official team. A team may consist of 5 eligible members. The score of the 3 high
individuals will be used to determine the team score.
2. All classes, if possible, will be selected from one or more of the six major breeds of dairy cattle: Ayrshire,
Brown Swiss, Guernsey, Holstein, Milking Shorthorns, and Jersey.
3. Using the form included in these rules, six classes of four animals from the above breeds will be placed on
type. Classes will consist of heifers, young cows or mature cows. Each class is allowed 50 points.
4. Contestants will be allowed 12 minutes to place each class, 12 minutes to prepare first oral reason, and not
more than 2 minutes to give reasons. Oral reasons will be required on two classes for all contestants.
Oral reasons to consist of one mature class and one heifer class of different breeds. The reasons class
will be designated by the official judges. Contestants may use a card with their placing while delivering
oral reasons. No other notes will be permitted. The reasons judges will work with the official judges
when the reasons class is judged. Oral reasons will be graded on the basis of 50 points for a perfect
score. The scores made on reasons will be added to the individual placing score to determine the total
individual score.
5. Contestants will be permitted to view the animals from all angles, but will not be permitted to handle them.
The herdsman will arrange for rear view, side view, front view, and close-up inspection of all classes, in
a systematic manner. Official judges cannot touch animals that contestants are not allowed to handle.
6. Animals will be numbered 1, 2, 3, and 4, left to right, as viewed from the rear.
7. The Dairy Cattle Evaluation CDE Superintendent will designate a first and second tie breaking class.
8. The group leader will initial the correct response on the student's mark on the scorecard if a change is
necessary.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The problem-solving component of the event is a team activity, requiring all members of the team to work
individually to complete the test. This will be a 50 point problem-solving test with multiple-choice responses over
livestock science selection, management and production. The questions will come from the last three years of
national tests. Time allowed will be one hour. Score earned will be recorded on the individual scores. (Value per
team is equal to 150 points.)
A team activity to include welfare, biosecurity, business management, current issues, environmental management
and safety concerns. We will follow the national FFA rotation for content. A scenario will be given and a test with
10 questions, with a value of 20 points per question. Team activity will be valued at 200 total points.
SECTION II
DAIRY FOODS
PURPOSE
The State FFA Dairy Foods Event is designed as a practical method of teaching individuals activities related to
the production, processing, distribution, promotion, marketing and consumption of Dairy Foods.
OBJECTIVES
1. Utilize knowledge of milk quality
a. Producing quality milk
A. Regulations
B. Grades and classes of milk
C. Factors necessary to produce quality milk
b. Cleaning and sanitizing
A. General types of cleaners and sanitizers
B. Water hardness
C. Milkstone
D. Equipment, teats and udders
c. Cooling milk
d. Identifying diseases transmitted to consumers via milk
e. Recognizing causes of off flavors in milk
2. Utilize knowledge of milk pricing
a. Marketing and marketing concepts
A. Pricing trends
B. Economics
C. Supply and demand
b. Federal milk marketing orders, economics and distribution
A. Transportation costs
B. Cooperatives
C. Pricing
3. Utilize knowledge of the composition and quality characteristics of raw and pasteurized milk and milk
products
a. Nonfat solids portion
b. Milkfat
c. Adulterants, including water
d. Bacterial standards and usual methods of estimating their numbers
4. Understand the causes and control of mastitis, its influences on milk quality and cheese yield and the
use of mastitis detection methods in controlling the disease
a. Causes
b. Prevention
c. Detection (California Mastitis Test and Direct Microscopic Somatic Cell Count)
d. Treatment
e. Regulatory programs
5. Identify cheese varieties and characterize properties
6. Identify flavor defects and evaluate milk quality
ELIGIBILITY
1. The student contestant must be a bona fide dues paying FFA member in good standing with the local
chapter, state association and the National Organization at the time of his or her participation.
2. The student contestant, at the time of his or her participation, must be: (l) a high school student. A
graduating senior is considered eligible to compete in state and national contests up to and including the
first National FFA Convention following high school graduation. (2) Enrolled in at least one agriculture
education course with a supervised experience program, the objective of which is the establishment in
an agricultural occupation. INCOMING FRESHMEN ARE INELIGIBLE TO PARTICIPATE, EXCEPT IN
STATE LIVESTOCK WHERE THEY COMPETE FOR INDIVIDUAL AWARDS ONLY.
3. If a member has competed in a National Event, they are no longer eligible to compete at the state level
in any event in which they compete at nationals.
The winning team in this CDE will be eligible to represent the state in the National Dairy Foods Event held
at the time of the National FFA Convention.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. A chartered FFA chapter may enter two teams in the Dairy Foods Event, with one team designated as
the official team. A team may consist of 5 eligible members. The score of the 3 high individuals will be
used to determine the team score.
2. Contestants will report for instructions at the time and place designated by the State FFA Event
Coordinator.
3. Each contestant, at the start of the judging period, will be given CDE scorecard on which they shall
record their score, in the proper place, and indicate defects in keeping with the information given in
these instructions.
4.
The event will consist of the following:
50
multiple choice questions (25 each on milk production and marketing)
8
milk samples to be evaluated using California Mastitis Test Method
10
cheese samples to be identified
10
milk samples to be scored on flavor
5
milker unit parts to be scored on defects present
Problem solving area to be divided into two parts:
Part I - Identification of real vs. artificial dairy foods/products.
Examples: (May also include products other than those shown)
a.
margarine vs. butter
b.
whipped cream vs. whipped non-dairy topping
c.
coffee whitener vs. half and half
d.
cheese vs. non-dairy cheeses (process American vs. process imitation)
Part II - Concepts to be tested; knowledge of:
a.
Principles of merchandising dairy foods.
b.
Factors impacting the demand for and commercial use of milk and dairy
foods/products.
c.
Nutritional value of dairy foods/products and their role in the diet.
d.
Current issues relative to the marketing of milk and dairy foods/
products and new developments in dairy foods processing.
5. Cheese samples for identification will be selected from those listed on the score sheet - Form 4. Cubes
of the cheeses will be available for tasting.
6. Milk samples will be scored using Form 3. Prior to the CDE, the official judge will score one or more
samples of milk and explain scoring to the contestants. All samples of milk are prepared from
pasteurized milk intended for table use and will score 1 to 10. (See Scoring Guide.) Milk samples will
be tempered to 60oF.
7. Contestants are to use whole numbers when scoring "Flavor" of milk. Check only the one most serious
defect in a sample even if more than one flavor is detected. If no defect is noted, check "no defect."
(See Scoring Guide.)
8. Problem Solving may be scored on Scanning Card III or as directed by CDE superintendent.
9. Milker units will be scored on Form 4. The flexible plastic parts are to be scored as rubber parts, and
rigid plastic or glass parts are to be scored as metal parts. Contestants will be permitted to bring and
use flashlights. Each defect will count one-half point in calculating the contestant's score.
10.
Utensils for sampling will be provided - cups, spoons, etc.
11. The score made by each contestant is the number of points deducted; therefore, the lower the score,
the higher the rating.
12. The group leader will initial the correct response on the student's marks on the scorecard if a change is
necessary.
SCORING INFORMATION
Scores may range from 1 to 10.
On a quality basis: 10 = excellent; 8-9 = good; 5-7 = fair; 2-4 = poor; and 1 = unacceptable
MILK
SCORES*
OFF FLAVOR
S
D
P
Bitter
5
3
1
Feed
9
8
5
Flat/Watery
9
8
7
Foreign
5
3
1
Garlic/Onion
5
3
1
High Acid
3
1
---**
Malty
5
3
1
Metallic/Oxidized
6
4
1
Rancid
4
1
---
Salty
8
6
4
Unclean
3
1
---
* Suggested scores are given for three intensities of flavor: S
- slight; D - definite, and P - pronounced. Intermediate numbers may also be used, for example, a bitter
sample of milk may score 4.
** Where a dish is entered, a product with that intensity of "off flavor" would be unsalable.
CALIFORNIA MASTITIS TEST
CMT
Score
Negative
Test Appearance
Contestant
Score
Mixture liquid, no precipitate.
0
T
Slight precipitate, tends to disappear
with paddle movement.
2
1
Distinct precipitate but does not gel.
4
2
Distinct gel formation.
6
3
Strong gel formation, which tends to
adhere to paddle. Forms distinct
central peak.
8
Score Even Numbers Only for CMT Test.
MILKER UNIT PARTS CUTS
Rubber parts---dirty or milkstone
0.5
Rubber parts---checked or blistered
0.5
Rubber parts---leaky
0.5
Rubber parts---poorly fitted
0.5
Metal parts---dirty or milkstone
0.5
Metal parts---badly dented or damaged
0.5
Metal parts---pitted or corroded
0.5
Metal parts---open seam
0.5
A combination of undesirable factors may score the milker unit zero. Milker units are scored as a unit and are
not to be handled. Contestants will score each item and place a mark "X" to the right of defect in proper sample
column.
GRADING OF CONTESTANT'S SCORECARD
CONTESTANT'S SCORECARD SHOULD BE GRADED AS FOLLOWS
SCORE:
Contestant's scores on each item on the scorecard are to be given a grade expressed by the
difference between their score except as indicated below, and the official score. For example, if
a contestant scores "flavor" 7 and the judges score it 5, the contestant shall receive a grade of 2
points.
If, however, a contestant recognizes that the item scores perfect but fails to indicate that score
on their scorecard or write in any score outside the range of scores for the item or indicates the
score by a dash (-), they shall receive a grade equivalent to the maximum cut for that item. For
example, the normal range of score on flavor of milk, 1-10, represents a maximum cut of 9
points. The contestant's grade, therefore, shall be 9 when they fail to write in the numerical
score for that item. This rule holds out regardless of the official score.
DEFECTS:
GRADES:
The grading of defects, which is independent of the grading scores, is based on the contestant's
proficiency in recognizing the same quality merits and defects of the various samples as noted
by the official judge. Each defect indicated by the contestant shall be involved in the grading.
The contestant's grade on defects for a single item shall be:
1.
Perfect: 9, when the contestant (a) checks precisely the same defect(s) as the official
and checks only those made by the official, or (b) recognizes with the official that the item
is without defects, and indicates this in the no defect column.
2.
The Maximum: 2 points, when the contestant (a) fails to check any of the defects noted
by the official judge; (b) checks defect(s) when the sample was judged by the official as
being without defect(s); (c) fails to check defect(s) when the official judge scores the
sample within the defect range (although the contestant may have scored the sample
without defects) or; (d) fails to check defects when his/her score indicated he/she should
have (although the official scored the sample without defects).
A contestant's grade on a sample shall be the sum of their grades on "score" and "defects" of the
sample. Their grade shall be the sum of their grades on the samples to be judged.
A team grade shall be the sum of the grades of its members.
As grades in this CDE mean "points lost," the contestant with the lowest grade shall be the
winner and the team with the lowest grade shall be the winning team.
STANDINGS: Contestant standings in each product shall be obtained by arranging the grades of all
contestants in that product in order from the lowest to the highest. Team standings shall be
obtained the same way.
BREAKING TIES:
In case of ties between individuals or teams, the ties shall be broken in favor of the contestant or
team having the lowest "grade" on flavor score; if there is still a tie, it shall be broken in favor of
the one having the lowest grade on flavor defects and then, if necessary, on other items in the
order in which they appear on the scorecard.
SOME HELPFUL SUGGESTIONS
1.
Sense of taste and smell have always been used by man to guide him in the selection of food.
A. Only desirable foods are grown.
2. Organoleptic examination.
A. The use of taste and smell to examine.
1. Smell - up to one billionth of a strong solution.
2. Taste - requires one million times as much of the same solution.
B. Olfaction - sense of smell.
1. Senses are located in upper most regions of nasal cavity.
a. No smelling along sides of nose.
2. Odor must be sniffed or whiffed strongly.
a. Stop regular respiration during sniffing.
b. No smell while exhaling.
C. Location of taste buds on tongue.
1. Sour - along sides of tongue.
2. Salt - along sides and tip.
3. Sweet - at the tip.
4. Bitter - at the base of the tongue.
D. Flavor - composed of odor, taste, and feel of substance in the mouth.
3. Why some fail in judging dairy products.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Some individuals lack ability to detect flavors.
Some individuals have a preconceived and incorrect idea as to flavor.
Individuals vary in sensitivity.
Poor memory, lack of interest, poor mental attitude.
Counteracting forces - personal feeling, health, etc.
4. General considerations in judging.
A. Best not to judge within two hours of eating.
1. Don't eat strongly flavored foods.
B. Best not to smoke within l-2 hours.
5. General procedure of judging.
A. Try to work up taste bud action. This creates saliva for the mouth.
1. Saliva is necessary to help taste products.
B. Rinse mouth out after any disagreeable flavor.
1. Water carries away saliva; use water sparingly and of the same
temperature as the milk.
C. If you score two samples the same, re-check the first sample to check
yourself.
D. Never swallow any of the product. This destroys your ability to taste
future samples.
E. Use only about l-2 tablespoons of the product - just enough to smell
and taste.
F. Wait 2-3 minutes between samples - relax.
G. It is very important to observe the aroma first.
H. Don't be too critical - don't look for objectionable flavors.
SOME SUGGESTIONS FOR INSTRUCTORS IN MAKING UP JUDGING SAMPLES
1. 9 or 10 - most commercial retail milk sold over the counter.
2. Salt about 8-9 - add about 50 grains salt; just tip the salt shaker over a little.
3. Bitter 1 - Use quinine - comes in little capsules. With dry hands put a very small amount in about two
cups of milk and shake.
4. Garlic or onion 1 - a couple of grains of garlic salt in two cups of milk.
5. Oxidize 1-4 - put about five pennies in two cups of milk and set in sunlight; shake to allow sun to attach
fatty acids then transfer to clean bottle.
6. Foreign 1-4 - add a drop or two of Listerine Mouthwash or Clorox.
7. Malt 1-4 - add 1/4 teaspoon malt to two glasses milk.
8. Flat 8-9 - add 50 ml. water to two glasses of milk.
9. High acid 5-7 - add about 10 ml. buttermilk to two glasses milk.
10. Rancid 1-4 - one glass raw milk and one glass store milk. Keep in a warm place for about an hour. You
must use raw milk for this.
DETECTING UNDESIRABLE FLAVORS IN MILK
1. Bitter - no odor given off. Bitter taste comes to mouth slowly and persists after expectoration.
2. Foreign - may smell or may not until tasted. Differs according to source of flavor.
3. Feed - readily detected by smell, often pleasant smell. Mouth cleans up immediately.
4. Flat watery - no smell. Simulated by watered milk or skim milk.
5. Garlic or onion - flavor and odor of two sources. Odor and flavor result from eating local weed.
6. High acid - detect by smell and taste. Sometimes disagreeable odor first with very little or no flavor
change. Leaves a peeling, clean effect in mouth after expectorating.
7. Malty - detect by smell or taste. Often a walnut or maple or grapenut effect.
8. Metallic/oxidized - flavor defect - flat metallic sensation. Detect by slight odor. Characterized by a
"quick" taste reaction. Notice especially by flavor. Never in homogenized milk. Not persistent after
expectoration.
9. Rancid - strong disagreeable odor. Detect by smell or taste. Taste is disagreeable and often a soapy
taste, may be like spoiled nut meats.
10. Salty - no smell. Gives a cleansing feeling to mouth. Taste on sides and top of tongue.
11. Unclean - very pronounced flavor. Easily detected by smell and taste. Feeling of weedy production in
dirty conditions. Persistent taste.
Bitter flavor may result from different causes, the most common probably being bacterial action and the eating
of certain feeds by the cows. A slight bitterness may not always be detected immediately, but the judge should
be able to get the defect as an aftertaste. If the judge concludes that bitterness results from feed, this defect
should be checked instead of bitter, or in addition to it.
Feed flavors and odors are very common, especially when the cows eat green feed previous to milking.
Alfalfa, clover, grass, and many other feeds will give distinct flavors and odors to milk if fed during the five hour
period before milking. Weeds such as wild onion, garlic, mustard, alfilaria, and stinkweed cause strong flavors.
Investigation by the United States Department of Agriculture, Bureau of Dairy Industry, has shown that garlic
flavor and odor may be present in milk when the cow breathes the odor from garlic tops without consuming
them. When the tops are not available, this result may be duplicated by using bulbs. Garlic-flavored milk has
been placed in the judging contests at the National Dairy Show at St. Louis for the past few years. The milk
may also absorb odors if it is exposed to them.
Flat flavor, somewhat resembling that of skim milk, occurs when milk is low in milk fat or milk sugar. Milk
which is poor in total solids is often lacking in body, a condition contributing to a flat flavor. Milk diluted with a
small amount of water may also be considered flat if the defect "watered" does not appear on the scorecard.
Flatness cannot be detected in the odor.
Foreign flavors may be numerous, although this defect is not often used. Cresol or chlorine disinfectants used
in the dairy or milk house may cause the defect, although the defect "disinfectant' is used on some scorecard.
Milk handled in rooms in which fresh paint, tobacco smoke, gasoline, or oil are present, may absorb a foreign
flavor or odor.
High-acid milk is usually in the first stages of sourness, lactic-acid-forming bacteria having changed some of
the milk sugar to lactic acid. As the acidity develops, the casein is precipitated, a condition also known as
coagulation or curdling, causing the milk to be unmarketable. A good judge should be able to recognize the
high acid milk by the odor. Strong feed flavors and odors sometimes suggest a high acid condition, and only
tasting can determine which defect is present. A high acid milk is usually scored 5-7.
Rancid flavor results from chemical changes of the milk fat, probably with the formation of butyric acid. This
defect frequently occurs in milk with high fat content when lipase, a fat splitting enzyme, is present. Rancidity is
usually not noticeable in freshly drawn milk, but develops as the milk is held. Cows with udder disturbances,
heavy producing cows advanced in the lactation period, and in some instances those having cystic ovaries may
produce milk that becomes rancid a few hours after being drawn.
Salty milk is uncommon, unless the sample is obtained from a cow in an advanced stage of lactation. It
resembles normal milk with a small amount of table salt added. The usual procedure in student contests is to
use normal samples of milk instead of preparing them by adding salt or other materials.
Unclean milk has an offensive odor and flavor, suggesting that it has been produced under unsanitary
conditions. Bacterial contamination, caused by improperly cleaned and sterilized utensils, is probably the chief
cause. Lack of proper cooling intensifies the defect.
PROCEDURES FOR PREPARING SAMPLES OF THE COMMON OFF FLAVORS OF FLUID MILK
No. Off-flavor
Procedure (Quantities for 600 ml sample)
1. Acid (sour)
Add 25 ml fresh cultured buttermilk to 575 ml fresh past./homog. milk. Vary 5-10 ml to
alter intensity. Should prepare 24-48 hours ahead.
2. Cooked
Heat 600 ml fresh past./homog. milk to 80_ (176_ F) and hold for 1 minute and cool.
3. Feed
Add approx. 2-3 g of alfalfa hay to about 100 ml of fresh past./homog. milk and (alfalfa)
hold for approximately 20 minutes. Then strain the milk through cheesecloth (in a
funnel) into another container. Next, for each 575 ml of milk:
Add 20 ml of this "alfalfa" milk for - slight
Add 30-35 ml of this "alfalfa" milk for - definite
Note: Other roughage, such as grass or corn silage may be used to prepare feed
off-flavors in a similar manner.
4. Flat
Skim Milk
5. Garlic/onion
Add 0.15 g garlic or onion salt or 2 drops garlic or onion extract to 600 ml past./homog.
milk (definite intensity).
6. Malty
Add 15 g Grape Nuts or Grape Nuts Flakes breakfast cereal to 100 ml milk and hold for
20-30 minutes. Strain through cheese cloth, then add 13 ml of the "stock" to 590 ml
past./homog. milk (definite intensity).
7. Oxidized
Prepare 100 ml of 1 percent CuSO4 solution and keep refrigerated.
(metal induced) Add the following amounts of "stock copper" solution to 600 ml. past./homog. milk:
Slight - 0.75 ml 1% CuSO4
Definite - 1.2 ml 1% CuSO4
Pronounced - 1.8 ml 1% CuSO4
Note: Highly advisable to prepare 24-48 hours ahead of use.
8. Oxidized
(light induced)
9. Rancid
Add 600 ml past./homog. milk to a clear glass or plastic milk container.
Expose milk to bright, direct sunlight for the following exposure times:
Slight - 8 to 9 minutes
Definite - 10 to 11 minutes
Pronounced - 12 to 15 minutes
Note: Plan to use such prepared samples for only 1 or 2 days; the generic
oxidized off-flavor may develop within 36-48 hours after exposure.
Agitate 100 ml raw milk with 100 ml past./homog. milk in a Waring blender or similar
mixer (or milkshake maker) for 2 minutes. Extend to 600 ml total volume with
past./homog. milk. Notes: (a) Prepare at least 24-36 hours ahead, if possible. (b) This
prepared sample should be pasteurized prior to presentation to tasters. Heat to 70_C
(158_F) for 5-10 minutes and cool.
10. Lacks freshness (a) Add 10-15 g nonfat dry milk powder to 600 ml past./homog. milk.
Select past./homog. milk samples that are approaching end of a 10-15 day "pull date."
Frequently, 2 percent lowfat milks, when compared to whole milk, will exhibit the "lacks
freshness" off-flavor.
11. Unclean
(a) Select past./homog. milk samples that have exceeded "pull date" by several days.
Dairy Foods CDE
Contestant Name:_________________________________________ Contestant Number: ________
Write Scores only on the line for contestant scores. Mark (X) in space opposite
the defect noted and in proper sample column. DO NOT write in space indicating
official score, grade difference, grade on defects, rubber parts and metal parts.
Sample Number
Defects
Contestants
Score
Milk
Flavor
Official Score
Grade
Difference
Grade on Defects
Bitter
Feed
No
Defects
10
Points
Flat-Watery
Foreign
Garlic or
Onion
High Acid
Range
1-10
Defects
Values
at
2 points
each
Malty
Metallic or
Oxidized
Rancid
Salty
Unclean
No Defect
Californi
a
Mastitis
Test
(CMT)
8 Points
Contestants
Score
Official Score
Grade
Difference
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
0
Total
Grade
s
Dairy Foods CDE
Contestant Name:_________________________________________ Contestant Number: ________
Write Scores only on the line for contestant scores. Mark (X) in space opposite
the defect noted and in proper sample column. DO NOT write in space indicating
official score, grade difference, grade on defects, rubber parts and metal parts.
Defects
Contestants Score
Official Score
Milker Unit
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
Sample Number
5
G
Grade Difference
Grade on Defects
No defects
4 points
Defects
valued at .5
points each
Rubber Parts/Plastic
Dirty or Milkstone
Checked or
Blistered
Leaky
Poorly fitted
Metal Parts/Rigid Plastic
Dirty or Milkstone
Badly Dented or
Damaged
Pitted or Corroded
Open Seams
Varieties
Identificati
on
of
Cheeses
(Incorrect
Identificatio
n 2 points
each)
1. Blue
2. Brick
3. Brie/Camembert
4.Cheddar (mild)
5. Cheddar (sharp)
6. Colby
7. Cream/Neufchatel
8. Edam / Gouda
9. Monterey (Jack)
10. Mozzarella/ Pizza
11. Munster
12. Processed
American
13. Provolone
14. Swiss
5
6
7
8
9
10
SECTION II
ENVIRONMENTAL AND NATURAL RESOURCES
Currently Oregon FFA uses the Oregon ENVIRONTHON event as the qualifier for the state winning
environmental and natural resources Career Development Event. Event is usually held annually in April or
May.
You must register both with the Oregon FFA state office and the Oregon Environthon.
SECTION II
EXTEMPORANEOUS PUBLIC SPEAKING
PURPOSE
The Extemporaneous Public Speaking Event is designed to develop leadership skills, motivation, and participation
for all FFA members. The members will express themselves on a given subject without having prepared or
rehearsed its content in advance. Preliminary contests are local, district, sectional, state, with culmination in the
national event at the National FFA Convention.
OBJECTIVES
Participants in this career development event will become proficient in the following areas:
1. Develop specific knowledge about a particular and concerning agricultural topic
2. Articulate thoughts and ideas pertaining to agriculture for public understanding
3. Develop public speaking skills for crowds of various sizes
4. Effectively respond to inquiries about that particular agricultural topic
5. Sharpen abilities to give impromptu and unrehearsed speeches
ELIGIBILITY
1. The student contestant, at the time of his or her participation, must be: (l) a high school student. A
graduating senior is considered eligible to compete in state and national contests up to and including the
first National FFA Convention following high school graduation. (2) Enrolled in at least one agriculture
education course with a supervised experience program, the objective of which is the establishment in an
agricultural occupation.
2. A member representing a state association in sub-regional, regional, or national contests is ineligible to
compete in future Extemporaneous Public Speaking Contests.
3. The state winner will represent Oregon Association in the National CDE.
4. A contestant is eligible at the sectional, and state level to enter the Extemporaneous Public Speaking,
Creed Speaking, Beginning Public Speaking, Sophomore Public Speaking, or the Public Speaking events,
but only in one.
5. In the event that a contestant is first or second in more than one of the above contests at the district level,
the contestant must decide at the conclusion of the last CDE he/she competes in which area he/she wishes
to advance in. The decision must be made the day of the last CDE, and the district advisor notified so that
the third place contestant may have the opportunity to advance.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. Subject matter areas will be:
. Agriscience & Technology
. Agrimarketing
. International Agricultural Relations
2. District, Sectional & State levels of Creed Speaking, Beginning Public Speaking, Sophomore Public
Speaking, Advanced Prepared Public Speaking, Extemporaneous Public Speaking, Beginning
Parliamentary Procedure, and Advanced Parliamentary Procedure events will be open to the public.
3. Topics will be chosen by the State Executive committee at the July State Executive Meeting. A list of topics
will be mailed to advisors. State topics will be used for a two year rotation. These topics are suggested for
use at district and sectional contests, but are not required. Topics for use at State Events will come from
this list.
4. Each subject matter area should have as many topics as contestants.
5. The contestant will select one specific topic in two (2) of the three (3) subject matter areas. From the two
selected topic areas the contestant will decide on which topic will be presented with the remaining topic
areas returned for possible use by a succeeding contestant. Topics will be arranged and labeled by subject
matter area. The topics will be recorded and forwarded to the judges.
6. The selection of the topic will be held to allow 30 minutes of preparation prior to the CDE. Since the speech
can be from four to six minutes with three minutes of questions, the contestants should select their topic
approximately 10-12 minutes apart.
7. A suitable quiet area, free from distractions, should be provided for contestants to prepare their speech.
8. Reference material will be screened by the officials in charge of this event on the following basis:
 Shall be limited to five items.
 Items must be printed material, such as books, magazines and/or a compilation of collected
materials. Of these five items, one item may be a notebook or folder of collected materials that
may contain no more than 100 numbered pages; single sided, and numbered in consecutive
order from 1 to 100. None of these pages may be speech notes, speech outlines or written
speeches prepared by the contestant or another person for the purpose of use for this
event. Copies must reference the origination point. No computers will be allowed in the
preparation room.
 All reference material will be held in the preparation room until the judges have completed the
results.
9. Each speech shall be the result of the participant's own effort using only approved reference material which
the participant may bring to the preparation room. No other assistance may be provided. Any notes for use
in the CDE must be prepared in the 30 minute time period.
10. Any notes for speaking must be made during the 30 minute preparation period on uniform note cards
provided each contestant.
11. Each speech shall be not less than four (4) or more than six (6) minutes with three (3) minutes additional
time allowed for related questions which shall be asked by the question judges (not same as scoring
judges).
12. Contestants are to be penalized one point per second on each judges score sheet for being over six
minutes or under four minutes. Time commences when the speaker begins talking. Timer will indicate
when it has been four minutes.
13. The chairman of the CDE shall introduce the contestants by name, chapter, and read the contestants’ topic
card.
14. Contestants must wear official FFA dress in the state event. Twenty (20) points will be deducted from the
total score for those who fail to meet this requirement.
15. The contestants shall draw for place on the order of speaking.
16. Two timekeepers shall be designated who will record the time used by each contestant in delivering the
speech, noting overtime or under time, if any. Timekeepers shall be sitting together. Judges questions will
be for three minutes from the time the first judge starts the questioning. Timekeepers should call time at the
end of three minutes at which time the questioning period will immediately cease.
17. When all contestants have finished speaking, each judge will total the score on each contestant. The
timekeeper’s record will be used in computing the final score for each contestant. The judges score sheets
will rank the contestants in numerical order on the basis of the final score without consultation with each
other, and the winner will be that contestant whose total ranking is the lowest. In case of a tie, that
individual who has the highest grand total shall have the prior ratings. Written critiques are recommended
for contestants at the district and sectional level.
STATE EVENT
1.
Scoring judges for the state event shall consist of five qualified persons selected by the State CDE
Coordinator or their designee.
2.
It shall be the responsibility of the District Advisors to notify the State Office 14 days prior to the State
Convention of the first and second place individuals and other individual placings in the sectional event.
3.
Judges shall also serve as questioners who read the manuscripts, formulate questions, and question each
participant. Questions shall pertain directly to the speaker's subject. Questions containing two or more
parts should be avoided.
4.
The official timer will stand, be noticed by speaker and then sit with one minute reminding in the speech
length. The official timer will also call time at the end of the question period and the speaker will stop
immediately.
5.
Score cards are designed to be a guide and state level judges are not required to use it.
6.
The full allotted questions period will be used.
7.
A written critique by the judges will be prepared for each state contestant and made available to them
following the CDE.
DISTRICT & SECTIONAL EVENTS
District and sectional events shall follow the format and/or regulations as established for the state event. However,
the five judge ranking rule applies only to state contests. It is up to the discretion of district advisors whether or not
to use this rule at district and sectional contests. It shall be the responsibility of the district advisor, or local advisor
in charge, to conduct the CDE.
JUDGES' INSTRUCTIONS
1.
There will be five judges for each state CDE. When all contestants have finished speaking, each judge will
total the score on each contestant. The timekeeper’s record will be used in computing the final score for
each contestant. The judges score sheets will rank the contestants in numerical order on the basis of the
final score without consultation with each other. The high and low ranking of each contestant will be
disregarded. The remaining judges ranking of each contestant will be added and the winner will be that
contestant whose total ranking is the lowest. In case of a tie, that individual who has the highest grand total
shall have the prior ratings.
2.
It is vital that the scoring judges conduct a brief orientation session prior to judging the CDE, in order that
they might judge the CDE in a more consistent manner. The following items should be discussed and
agreed upon prior to the CDE:
3.
The score sheet should be studied so all judges understand how it works. Review score sheet terms and
explanation of score sheet points. Copies of the national "Explanation of Score Sheet Points" should be
attached to all score sheets.
4.
Agree on how the score process should proceed. It is suggested that the first speaker be scored with
leeway for both higher and lower scores. Succeeding speakers should then be scored on a comparative
basis to the previous speaker(s).
5.
The judges numerical placings (1st-2nd-3rd, etc.) will be added to reach the final placing.
6.
Agree on how to resolve tie placings and make uniform deductions on official dress.
7.
Agree on where scoring judges will be seated. It is suggested that the judges spread out through the
audience so as not to influence one another and to better observe the speaker.
8.
Event Coordinator will arrange a meeting with contestants prior to the CDE.
9.
Judges will supply written critiques to each speaker.
10.
SIDELINE COACHING: Coaches / advisors are not allowed to coach, prompt or give direction to the student
in any form once their team’s presentation has started.
11.
COACH INTERACTION WITH JUDGES: Coaches / advisors are not to interact with judges prior to, during
or following the event. If the advisor / coach is allowed to attend the Judges Briefing (only if the Event
Superintendent has a team) interaction can occur during the Judges Briefing one hour prior to the posted
start time. Any violation of this could result in forfeiture of team placing and future involvement. Any
questions can be brought to the Event Superintendent for answer from the judges.
12.
COACHES ORIENTATION: Coach / advisors are expected to be in attendance to a coaching orientation 30
minutes prior to the posted start time. The seating and location of the judges in the event room will be
determined at this time. Coaches are accountable for any information given and decisions made at the
orientation meeting.
13.
JUDGES: A minimum of three competent and unbiased judges will be provided. The will be instructed not to
take sides on the issues. The superintendent of this CDE will adequately prepare the judges before the event
competition.

In the instance that the Event Superintendent has a team in the event. All advisors may
attend the judges briefing one hour prior to the posted start time.
STANDARD BRIEFING FOR JUDGES ARE AS FOLLOWS:
o Smile get the students to relax.
o
If you smell blood (a student is lost or does not know the topic). Do not go in for the kill. This is a learning
experience. Score them accordingly but DO NOT MAKE A MOCKERY OF THE STUDENT!
o
Scripts and Note Cards are DISCOURAGED! With the exception of reading quote, a specific law or
regulation.
o
Get to know what the students know about the issues. What are the Pro and Cons of the issue?
o
Don’t judge apples to oranges. Judge apples to apples. I.E. depth of knowledge in the given issues and
mastery of that issue.
o
Don’t take sides on the given issue, keep an open mind.
o
Follow the score card.
o
Draw question off of the Portfolio, Presentation and Current state of the Issue.
o
Judges may ask questions of all individuals of the presenting team. Each individual is encouraged to
respond to at least one question from the judges.
o
The topic and concept is student based research. Do they know what they are talking about or are they
actors reading a script?
o
Judges be quick in asking your questions. The student only get five minutes for questions. If you the judge
is taking their time to explain your question the students lose response time.
o
Refer to the score card. Your scores are your scores. You will not share your scores with any advisors,
coaches or other judges. Once judging is complete rank the teams in order of finish first through last. You
will then combine your ranking of the teams with the other judges to come up with the overall rank in order
of finish. Low score wins.
o
Consistency is the most important aspect of your judging.
o
Judges will provide a Judges Feedback in the form of positive praise or constructive criticism to aid the
Coach / Advisor in student’s evaluation and instruction.
RESULTS TABULATION
1. Individual judges will score manuscripts to develop a raw score. If there are multiple judges, raw scores will
be averaged and a rank will be created.
2. Speaking judges will judge each speech independently to formulate a raw score, using the scorecard as a
guide.
3. At the conclusion of speeches each judge will formulate their own ranking.
4. These ranks will be provided to the coordinator who will weight them at a 2.5.
5. That ranking will then be added to the manuscript ranking to form a total ranking.
6. With the CDE coordinator create an overall rank, based on the combination of judges rankings. Low score
wins.
If there is a tie, ranked individuals are each given the better ranking, the next ranking is skipped and begins at
the next available rank.
To find the grand total ranking you are adding column A and B. The lowest score wins.
Contestant
Judge1
Judge2
Judge3
Judge4
Judge5
A
Total
B
X2.5
M-Rank
Total
Name: _______________________________Chapter:____________________________________
STATE FFA EXTEMPORANEOUS PUBLIC SPEAKING CDE
QUESTION INSTRUCTIONS
CONTESTANT'S NAME
SPEECH TITLE
JUDGE'S NAME
Instructions
l.
2.
3.
4.
The judges are requested to prepare three brief questions for each speech. Questions shall pertain directly
to the speakers' subject. Questions with two or more parts should be avoided.
Please phrase opinion questions carefully (How do you feel about ---, what is your opinion of ---, etc.), as
scoring judges must grade on the basis of logic, facts, and soundness of answers.
Each contestant is allowed three minutes for questions. The full three minutes should be used. The
questioners shall rotate in presenting their questions.
Please present this form to the designated CDE coordinator at the conclusion of the CDE. Your comments
on the answers given would be appreciated.
QUESTION l.
JUDGE'S COMMENT:
QUESTION 2.
JUDGE'S COMMENT:
QUESTION 3.
JUDGE’S COMMENT:
SECTION II
FARM BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
PURPOSE
The purpose of the Farm Business Management Career Development Event is to provide competition that fosters
information assimilation, critical thinking, and problem-solving skills necessary to successfully manage a farm or
farm business management careers.
OBJECTIVES**
The event objectives are for participants to demonstrate their ability to:
A. Analyze business management information.
B. Apply economic principles and concepts of business management to the decision-making
process.
C. Evaluate business management decisions.
D. Work together cooperatively as a group.
ELIGIBILITY
1. The student contestant must be a bona fide dues paying FFA member in good standing with the local
chapter, state association and the National Organization at the time of his or her participation.
2. The student contestant, at the time of his or her participation, must be: (l) a high school student. A
graduating senior is considered eligible to compete in state and national contests up to and including the
first National FFA Convention following high school graduation. (2) Enrolled in at least one agriculture
education course with a supervised experience program, the objective of which is the establishment in an
agricultural occupation. INCOMING FRESHMEN ARE INELIGIBLE TO PARTICIPATE, EXCEPT IN
STATE LIVESTOCK WHERE THEY COMPETE FOR INDIVIDUAL AWARDS ONLY.
3. If a member has competed in a National Event, they are no longer eligible to compete at the state level in
any event in which they compete at nationals.
The winning team in this CDE will be eligible to represent the state in the National FBM Event held at the time
of the National FFA Convention.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. A chartered FFA chapter may enter two teams in the Farm Business Management CDE, with one team
designated as the official team. A team may consist of five (5) eligible members. The score of the three (3)
high individuals will be used to determine the team score.
2. Team members may use a battery operated calculator during the CDE that does not have a programmable
memory (team members MUST furnish their own calculator).
3. Team members will work as individuals and each will complete both the written test and the problem solving
analysis.
4. Ties will be broken based on individual performance on predetermined questions determined before the
event.
5. The test bank for the state FBM CDE will be received from the State CDE Coordinator and will consist of
previous tests from other states, not the National Tests.
6. All tests and problems used in the CDE will be developed by a qualified individual and field tested by the
coaches of the top three teams from the previous year before any tests will be scored. Any changes or
accepted answers will be agreed on by field test instructors.
7. The top team composed of the highest three individuals from one chapter in the state CDE will be
designated as the State Farm Business Management team for that year.
8. Copies of the complete event with answers will be distributed to all schools that participate in the event.
OBJECTIVES AND CONCEPTS TO BE CONSIDERED FOR THE EVENT
1.
Economic Principles related to Farm Business Management
A.
Production Function
1. Diminishing Returns
2. Profit Maximizing Point: MFC=MVP MC=MR
B.
Opportunity Cost: Alternate investment opportunities
C.
Cost Analysis (fixed costs variable costs)
D.
Input Combination
E.
Enterprise Selection
1. Equi-Marginal Principle
2. Specialization and Diversification
F.
Supply and Demand
1. Price and Quantity Determination
2. Elasticity of demand and supply
3. Substitute, Complementary Products
2.
Concepts related to the use and analysis of records to manage resources
A.
Analysis of Records
1. Profit and Loss
2. Financial Statement
a. Ratios
i. Solvency
ii. Liquidity
iii. Profitability
iv. Enterprise: Labor and Feed Efficiency
b. Inventory, Assets, Liabilities, Net Worth B.
Budgeting
1. Partial Budgeting
2. Whole farm budgets
3. Enterprise
C.
Cash Flow Analysis
1. Summary
2. Projections
D.
Managerial Accounting
E.
Tax Management
3.
Concepts and Functions of Risk Management
A.
Investment Analysis
1. capital budgeting
a. time value of money
b. net present value
2. credit
a. sources
b. loan applications
c. interest
3. leasing and real property
4. land acquisition and ownership
5. machinery management
6. insurance
a. life insurance
b. property insurance
c. crop insurance
d. health
e. liability
B.
Marketing analysis
1. Functions
2. Structures
3. Price Determination
a. supply
b. demand
c. comparative advantages
4. Price Methods
a. cash markets
b. futures and options
d. forward contracting
5. International Trade
6. Types of Markets
a. perfectly competitive markets
b. few participant markets
c. one participant markets
E.
Market and Purchasing Structure
1. Cooperatives
2. Corporations
3. individuals
F.
Legal Analysis
1. estate planning
2. business organization
a. sole proprietorship
b. business organization
d. partnership
e. contract farming
4. written agreements
G. Government programs and Regulations
CDE FORMAT
The Farm Business Management CDE will consist of two parts, a written test and problem solving analysis.
PART I - WRITTEN TEST
The written test of the Farm Business Management CDE is designed to test team members' understanding of
economic principles in farm management.
Multiple choice questions, some related to problem situations, form the basis for testing this understanding. In
general, questions are designed for the understanding of the application rather than definition identification.
1.
2.
3.
Team members work as individuals and each will complete the written test.
There will be 50 multiple choice questions with 60 minutes allowed for completion of this section of
the CDE.
One hundred (100) points are allowed for this section of the CDE with each question worth two (2)
points.
PART II - PROBLEM SOLVING ANALYSIS
The problem solving analysis portion of the Farm Business Management CDE is designed to determine the team
members' ability to apply principles of farm management to decision making process by actual problem analysis
and to defend the decisions made.
1.
2.
3.
Team members work as individuals and complete all problems assigned.
One hundred fifty (150) minutes allowed for completion of this section of the CDE.
Two hundred (200) points allowed for this section of the CDE.
SECTION II
FLORICULTURE
PURPOSE
The purpose of the State Floriculture Event is to provide recognition to students who have shown proficiency in
the area of nursery practices and landscaping through vocational agriculture instruction.
The winning team in this CDE will be eligible to represent the state in the National Floriculture Event held at the
time of the National FFA Convention.
OBJECTIVES
1. Identify floriculture and bedding plant materials.
2. Identify and understand treatment of unhealthy plants due to pest, nutritional, mechanical or chemical
injury.
3. Understand the biological and scientific principles and develop the skills underlying propagation, growth
requirements, growing techniques, harvesting, marketing and maintenance of established floriculture
plants.
4. Understand principles and develop skills of floral design.
5. Identify and select appropriate supplies and equipment for the flower shop and greenhouse.
6. Understand and demonstrate the use of safety procedures and practices in floriculture operations.
7. Operate and maintain appropriate equipment for floriculture operations.
8. Understand and demonstrate interpersonal skills necessary for successful employment in the floriculture
industry.
9. Understand and demonstrate proper sales and customer service skills.
10. Understand general business practices appropriate to the floriculture industry.
ELIGIBILITY
1. The student contestant must be a bona fide dues paying FFA member in good standing with the local
chapter, state association and the National Organization at the time of his or her participation.
2. The student contestant, at the time of his or her participation, must be: (l) a high school student. A
graduating senior is considered eligible to compete in state and national contests up to and including the
first National FFA Convention following high school graduation. (2) Enrolled in at least one agriculture
education course with a supervised experience program, the objective of which is the establishment in
an agricultural occupation. INCOMING FRESHMEN ARE INELIGIBLE TO PARTICIPATE, EXCEPT IN
STATE LIVESTOCK WHERE THEY COMPETE FOR INDIVIDUAL AWARDS ONLY.
3. If a member has competed in a National Event, they are no longer eligible to compete at the state level
in any event in which they compete at nationals.
The winning team in this CDE will be eligible to represent the state in the National Floriculture Event held at
the time of the National FFA Convention.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. The CDE will consist of five sections. The sections are:
Identification Floriculture Plant Material
250 Points per student
Floriculture Tools
50 Points per student
Floriculture Pest / Disorders.
50 Points per student
General Knowledge Test
250 Points per student
Practicum
250 Points per student
Problem Solving / Decision Making
100 Points per student
Team Activity
200 Points
2. Contestants will complete all areas within 4 ½ hours of the designated start time.
3. A chartered FFA chapter may enter two teams in the Floriculture Event, with one team designated as
the official team. A team may consist of 5 eligible members. The score of the 3 high individuals will be
used to determine the team score.
4. The student contestant, at the time of his or her participation, must be: (l) a high school student. A
graduating senior is considered eligible to compete in state and national contests up to and including the
first National FFA Convention following high school graduation. (2) Enrolled in at least one agriculture
education course with a supervised experience program, the objective of which is the establishment in
an agricultural occupation.
5. All equipment, tools, supplies, and other materials will be furnished for the CDE, unless otherwise
specified in these instructions or notified by CDE facilitator.
6.
Students or attending schools must provide their own # 2 pencils, clip boards and non programmable
calculator.
7. All reference to plants, tools and disorders will come from the "Oregon Floriculture Plant Identification
List”, the “Oregon Floriculture Tool List” and the “Oregon Floriculture Pest / Disorder List”. See attached
list in this section of the CDE Manual.
8. Contestants may not handle any CDE specimens or plant material.
9. Any question or problem questions will be adjusted prior to contestant placing. If an Advisor has the
desire to verify the Questions, Tests and Keys this should be done prior to final tabulation of scores.
10. All Career Development Event scoring sheets and keys will be given to the respective school following
awards.
11. Awards will not be given out until appeals are heard and reviewed.
12. Appeals must be given prior to awards.
13. Appeals committee will be advisor of team’s present, CDE judges (if present) and CDE host.
14. Any flowers used throughout the event for arranging or any other practicums or team activity, if not on
the floral ID list, must be clearly identified.
15. Any practicum with multiple judges must have contestants pre-assigned to specific rooms and students
must follow assignments. (example: multiple phone judges – A’s to one room, B’s to one room, etc).
SECTION I – IDENTIFICATION (350 points per student)
1. Plant Identification. 50 minutes
50 Plants @ 5 points = 250 Points.
Fifty specimens from the "Oregon Floriculture Plant Identification List" will be displayed for contestants to
identify by technical and common names. Each specimen will be designated by a number and be alive and
growing or removed from growing tissue the day of the CDE. Specimens may also be dried material.
When contestants have identified the plant specimen, the respective number from the plant list is to be
marked on the score card. Each contestant will be provided with a copy of the plant list at the CDE. Five
points will be awarded for each specimen correctly identified. Each contestant will be allowed 50 minutes to
complete this phase of the CDE.
No plant may be touched or handled in any way.
2. Tool Identification
10 Minutes
10 Tools @ 5 points = 50 Points.
Ten common floriculture Tools selected from the "Oregon Floriculture Tool Identification List".
When contestants have identified each tool, the respective number from the tool list is to be marked on the
score card. Each contestant will be provided with a copy of the tool list at the CDE. Five points will be
awarded for each tool correctly identified.
No tools may be touched or handled in any way.
3.
Pest / Disorders Identification 10 Minutes 10 Specimen @ 5 Points = 50 Pts.
Ten Pest and Disorders common in nursery and landscape selected from the "Oregon Floriculture Pest and
Disorders Identification List".
When contestants have identified each Pest and or Disorder, the respective number from the Pest and
Disorders list is to be marked on the score card. Each contestant will be provided with a copy of the Pest
and Disorder list at the CDE. Five points will be awarded for each specimens correctly identified.
No specimen may be touched or handled in any way.
SECTION II - GENERAL KNOWLEDGE Test
45 Minutes
50 Questions @ 5 points = 250 Points.
Fifty objective multiple-choice questions will be prepared on topics reflecting subject areas in the CDE objectives.
This CDE phase will evaluate the contestant's knowledge and understanding of basic floricultural principles in
producing floral plants and flowers, marketing, floral design, using and maintaining interior plants. Contestants are
allowed 45 minutes to complete this phase. Each answer has a value of five points. All test questions will come
from the last three years of national test.
SECTION III - PRACTICUM 15 minutes per
3 Practicum’s @ 50 points at 100 points
Floral Arranging and Customer Relations at 100 points
Each participant will complete five total practicums. Two practicums will always be Flower Arrangement and
Customer Relations Scenario. The other three Practicum’s will be selected from the rotational Practicum’s listed
on the years posted below. Students are expected to do each event in 15 minutes. Though not all practicums will
take 15 minutes. See the attached score cards for the practicums.
Yearly Practicum’s
Flower Arrangement
Even Years: Corsage Construction.
Odd years: Center Piece Arrangement (small to medium in size)
Customer Relations
Could be any of the following scenario: Customer Complaint, Customer Sales (face to face), Phone
Order and Telephone Usage
Rotational Practicum’s
2014
Handling a Hazardous Situation
Make a Dish Garden
Media Selling
Pinching Plants
2015
Asexual Propagation of Plants
Media Selling
Potting Plant Cuttings
Product Display
2016
Handling a Hazardous Situation
Make a Dish Garden
Media Selling
Pinching Plants
2017
Asexual Propagation of Plants
Media Selling
Potting Plant Cuttings
Product Display
SECTION IV – PROBLEM SOLVING / DECISION MAKING (100 points) 30 Minutes
10 Question = 100 Points
Problem solving activity of 10 questions. These questions will reflect the various aspects of the floriculture
industry. Each student will gather information (references will be provided) and determine a logical solution to the
problem that would be specific to a particular area of floriculture production and retailing. No more than three
questions of the ten can be from one specific area. Example cut flower care. Problem solving possible
scenario could be but not limited to the following:
Equipment maintenance.
Detecting and troubleshooting problems.
Producing a greenhouse crop.
Care and handling of cut flowers.
Pesticide / fertilizer questions.
Items off the pest / disorder list.
Floral industry math problems.
Each question will describe the situation associated with or creating a problem and list four possible solutions to
the question. All materials and information necessary to solve the question will be available to the participant as
he or she solves it.
Each participant will be allowed 30 minutes to complete this phase of the event. (Though all the time may not be
needed.)
SECTION V - TEAM ACTIVITY
30 Minutes
200 Team Points
This involves all members of the team working together toward accomplishing a team assignment. It is designed
to evaluate individual and group contribution in coordination and cooperation of knowledge, evaluation and
decision making.
Typical of the type of tasks that will be used in this phase of the event are:
Making floral decorations for an event or party.
Demonstrating the use of a floricultural/horticulture product.
Filling order for customers.
Preparing floral decorations for a convention.
Designing on location (Wedding, Funeral, Party, Etc)
Team members will have up to 30 Minutes to complete the team activity - 20 minutes for planning and preparation
and 10 minutes for their presentation.
Refer to the Team Activity Score Card.
OREGON FLORICULTURE TOOL IDENTIFICATION LIST
1. Anvil Hand Pruner
2. Capillary Water Tube
3. Compressor Air Sprayer
4. Corsage Tape
5. Florist Knife
6. Florist Shears
7. Siphon emitter
8. Line Strainer
9. Mist Head
10. Respirator
11. Shovel
12. Soil Sampling Tool
13. Solenoid Valve
14. Spading Fork
15. Time Clock
16. Water Breaker
17. Waterproof Tape
18. Wire Cutter
19. Bud Vase
20. Rose Dethorner
OREGON FLORICULTURE PEST / DISORDER LIST
Nutritional & Environmental Disorder, Insects and Pests
.
Poor soil drainage
.
Snails
.
Insufficient water damage
.
Whiteflies
.
Too much light
.
Leaf Miner
.
Improper temperature
.
Mealybugs
.
Phosphorous deficiency
.
Spittlebug
.
Overwatering damage
.
Slugs
.
Inadequate lighting
.
Aphids
.
Iron deficiency
.
Spider Mites
.
Nitrogen deficiency
.
Leafhopper
.
Salt damage
.
Scale
Diseases
.
Powdery mildew
.
Root rot
.
Verticillium wilt
.
Rust damping off
.
Mosaic
.
Anthrancose
.
Leaf spot
.
Stem rot
.
Fusarium wilt
.
Rhizoctonia
.
Bacteria wilt
OREGON FLORICULTURE PLANT IDENTIFICAITON LIST
54. Lobularia maritime Sweet Alyssum
1. Aechmea chantinii Bromeliad
55. Maranta leuconeura Prayer Plant
2. Ageratum mexicanum Ageratum
56. Matthiola incana Flowering Stock
3. Aglaonema commutatum Chinese
57. Narcissus psuedo-narcissus Daffodil
Evergreen
58. Nephrolepsis exaltata Boston Fern
4. Alstroemeria aurantica Peruvian Lily
59. Opuntia Opuntia Cactus
5. Antirrhinum majus Snapdragon
60. Paeonia Peony
6. Anthurium andraeanum Anthurium
61. Paphiopedelium Lady’s Slipper Orchid
7. Araucaria heterophylla Norfolk Island Pine
62. Pelargonium domesticum Martha Wash.
8. Asparagus densiflorus Sprengeri Fern
Geranium
9. Asparagus setaceus Plumosa Fern
63. Pelargonium hortorum Zonal Geranium
10. Begonia tuberhybrida Tuberous Begonia
64. Pelargonium peltatum Ivy Geranium
11. Caladium hortulanum Fancy Leaf Caladium
65. Peperomia argyreia Watermelon Peperomia
12. Calceolaria crenatiflora Pocketbook Plant
66. Peperomia caperata Emerald Ripple
13. Callistephus chinensis China Aster
Peperomia
14. Camellia japonica Common Camellia
67. Peperomia obtusifolia Variegated
15. Celosia cristata Cockscomb
Peperomia
16. Chamaedorea elegans Parlor Palm
68. Petunia hybrida Common Petunia
17. Chamaelaucium uncinatum Wax Flower
69. Philodendron scandens Heartleaf
18. Chlorophytum comosum Spider Plant
Philodendron
70. Pilea cadieri Aluminum Plant
19. Chrysanthemum morifolium
Chrysanthemum
71. Pilea nummularifolia Creeping Charlie
20. Chrysanthemum superbum Shasta Daisy
72. Plectranthus australis Swedish Ivy
21. Codiaeum variegatum Croton
73. Rhododendron Florist’s Azalea
22. Coleus hybridus Coleus
74. Rosa hybrid Hybrid Tea Rose
23. Crassula argentea Jade Plant
75. Rumorha adiantiformis Leatherleaf Fern
24. Cyclamen persicum Florist’s Cyclamen
76. Saintpaulia ionantha African Violet
25. Cymbidium Cymbidium Orchid
77. Salvia splendens Salvia
26. Dianthus caryophyllus Carnation
78. Sansevieria trifasciata Snake Plant
27. Dieffenbachia maculata Spotted Dumbcane
79. Schlumbergera bridgesii Christmas Cactus
28. Dracaena fragrans Corn Plant
80. Senecio hybridus Cineraria
29. Dracaena marginata Red-edged Dracaena
81. Sinningia speciosa Gloxinia
30. Echeveria Hen & Chickens
82. Spathiphyllum clevelandii Peace Lily
31. Echinocactus Barrel Cactus
83. Stephanotis floribunda Stephanotis
32. Epipremnum aureum Golden Pothos
84. Strelitzia reginae Bird of Paradise
33. Eucalyptus polyanthemos Silver Dollar Gum
85. Tagetes species Marigold
34. Euphorbia pulcherrima Poinsettia
86. Tolmiea menziesii Piggy-back Plant
35. Ficus benjamina Benjamin Fig
87. Tulipa Tulip
36. Ficus elastica Rubber Plant
88. Viola wittrockiana Pansy
37. Freesia x hybrid Freesia
89. Zebrina pendula Wandering Jew
38. Gardenia jasminoides Gardenia
90. Zinnia elegans Zinnia
39. Gladiolus hortulanus Gladiolus
40. Gerbera jamesonii Gerbera Daisy
41. Gypsophila elegans Baby’s Breath
42. Heptapleurum arboricola Dwarf Schefflera
43. Hippeastrum hybrid Amaryllis
44. Hosta undulata Plantain lily, Hosta
45. Hoya carnosa Wax Plant
46. Hyacinthus orientalis Hyacinth
47. Hydrangea macrophylal Florist’s Hydrangea
48. Impatiens hybrid Impatiens
49. Iris xiphiuim Dutch Iris
50. Kalanchoe blossfeldiana Kalanchoe
51. Liatris spicata Liatris
52. Lilium longiflorum Trumpet Lily
53. Limonium sinuatum Statice
OREGON FLORICULTURE
Section #
Section I
Activity
Identification
A – Plants
B – Tools
C - Pest
and Disorders
Individual
Points
Top Three
Scores
Team
Points
250
50
50
X 3 = 750
X 3 = 150
X 3 = 150
750
150
150
Section II
General Knowledge
Test
250
X 3 = 750
750
SECTION II
Practicum 5 for
each student
300
X 3 = 900
900
SECTION II
Problem Solving
Decision Making.
100
X 3 = 300
300
SECTION II
Team Activity
Reference material:
See National FFA CDE Manual for current listing.
200
Contestant Name
Chapter
PINCHING PRACTICUM SCORECARD
Possible
Points
Selection of plant parts to pinch
5
Use of proper procedures in making pinches
15
Made proper hard pinches
10
Made proper soft pinches
10
Overall effect of making pinches
10
TOTAL POINTS
Contestant
Points
50
Contestant Name
Chapter
COMPUTER USE PRACTICUM SCORECARD
Possible
Points
Familiarity with computer commands
5
Understanding of computer programs
10
Generated solution to situation
10
Followed directions
10
Accuracy
15
TOTAL POINTS
50
Contestant
Points
Contestant Name
Chapter
PESTICIDE & FERTILIZER APPLICATIONS
Possible
Points
Read Direction
5
Correct Safety Procedures
10
Correct Application
10
Followed Directions
5
Knowledge of task
10
Correct Mixing
10
TOTAL POINTS
Contestant
Points
50
Contestant Name
Chapter
HAZARDOUS SITUATION SCORECARD
Possible
Points
Used proper personal safety precautions
15
Used proper safety procedures in clearing up the situation
15
Properly disposed of problem materials
10
Employed proper follow-up procedures
10
TOTAL POINTS
50
Contestant
Points
Contestant Name
Chapter
TEAM ACTIVITY SCORECARD
Possible
Points
Established team leadership role
15
Member participation in planning of activity
35
Developed a workable plan
40
Member responsibilities were outlined and assigned
15
TOTAL PREP POINTS
Contestant
Points
105
Materials were organized prior to commencing activity
15
Member participation in carrying out activity functions
30
Followed proper procedures in carrying out activity
30
Quality of activity product
20
TOTAL PRESENATION POINTS
95
TOTAL POINTS
200
_______________
_______________
_______________
Contestant Name
Chapter
CORSAGE ITEMIZED BILL
Plant Materials
Quantity Used
Unit Cost
Total
Quantity Used
Unit Cost
Total
Flowers
Greens
Other Materials
Tape
Wire
Ribbon
Corsage Pins
Corsage Bag
Box
Card and Envelope
Total Material Cost
Markup
Two and one-half times the total material cost =
TOTAL CORSAGE COST
Contestant Name
Chapter
FLORAL ARANGEMENT PRACTICUM SCORECARD
Possible
Points
Contestant
Points
Arrangement
Design
Balance
Functionality
Judges Choice
34
16
6
8
Itemized Bill
Price Range
Accuracy
Completeness
Neatness
TOTAL POINTS
12
12
6
6
100
EXPLANATION OF FLORAL ARRANGEMENT SCORECARD TERMS
Design:
Design is the overall shape or form of the composition; a planned relationship of the parts. The
elements of design include: line (linear patterns attracting the eye to the focal point); form (three
dimensional shape); texture (surface appearance of materials); color (use of tints, tones, shades of
hues, as well as black, grey, and white); the pleasing way in which lines, textures, sizes and colors
are blended or contrasted; and the tying together of the parts by the combination of good design,m
balance, and harmony.
Balance:
Visual stability, regardless of whether design is symmetrical or asymmetrical; determined by the
relative sizes of material and relative darkness or lightness, and the placement of them.
Functionality:
Appropriateness of arrangement for use intended, soundness of construction.
Judges Choice:
The use of plant materials and design principles in a particularly creative, original, and unique
manner.
Contestant Name
Chapter
ASEXUAL PLANT PROPAGATION PRACTICUM SCORECARD
Possible
Points
Selection of cuttings
8
Making cuttings
9
Preparation of cuttings for sticking in growing media
7
Use of rooting hormone
3
Selection of growing media
8
Sticking of cuttings in growing media
7
Response of questions
8
TOTAL POINTS
Contestant
Points
50
Contestant Name
Chapter
MAKE A PRODUCT DISPLAY SCORECARD
Possible
Points
Creates Interest
6
Attractiveness
8
Central Theme
6
Sales Appeal
10
Design
10
Color Harmony
5
Focal Point
5
TOTAL POINTS
50
Contestant
Points
Contestant Name
Chapter
SELLING FACE-TO-FACE PRACTICUM SCORECARD
Possible
Points
Took initiative
8
Communicated effectively
8
Exhibited ambition and efficiency
10
Diplomatic and courteous
12
Knew merchandise, prices and policies
6
Closed sale properly
6
TOTAL POINTS
Contestant
Points
50
Contestant Name
Chapter
MEDIA SELLING PRACTICUM SCORECARD
Possible
Points
Identified target group
6
Informed the reader
7
Appeared in good taste
7
Easy to read
7
Presented one idea
10
Included only the essentials
7
Proper use of space
6
TOTAL POINTS
50
Contestant
Points
Contestant Name
Chapter
CUSTOMER COMPLAINT PRACTICUM SCORECARD
Possible
Points
Obtained clear understanding of complaint
8
Reformed complaint in less negative terms
5
Changed complaint into question
5
Explored alternative solutions
15
Solved problem
9
Exhibited a pleasing personality
8
TOTAL POINTS
Customer
Points
50
Contestant Name
Chapter
PLANT POTTING PRACTICUM SCORECARD
Potting Process
Possible
Points
(30)
Selection of Cuttings
Filling Pot with Soil
Placing of Cuttings
Covering Cutting Rooted Ends
Labeling of Pot
Watering of Potted Cutting
6
2
3
10
6
3
Potting Product (20)
Depth of Planting
Correct Soil Level in Pot
Cutting Arrangement and Angle
Firmness of Soil
General Appearance (freedom from handling damage)
TOTAL POINTS
4
4
4
4
4
50
Contestant
Points
Contestant Name
Chapter
FLORAL ARRANGEMENT ITEMIZED BILL
Flowers
Quantity Used
Unit Cost
Total
Total Flower Cost
Foliage
Quantity Used
Unit Cost
Total
Total Foliage Cost
Total Flower Cost
Total Foliage Cost
Hydrofoam
Container Cost
Total Arrangement Cost
Contestant will be provided the RETAIL price of the flowers and foliage that they will use in their arrangements by the CDE
assistant at the beginning of the practicum. The MARKUP will be built into the retail price of the flowers and foliage used in the
arrangement. When the contestant has determined the total arrangement cost, he or she has included the markup. Retail cost of
flowers and foliage given to the contestant will be determined after polling florists to determine their current retail prices on the
flowers and foliage used in the CDE.
Contestant Name
Chapter
CORSAGE PRACTICUM SCORECARD
Possible
Points
Wiring and Taping
20
Use of Ribbon
20
Design
20
Wearability
14
Packaging
6
Pricing
20
TOTAL POINTS
Contestant
Points
100
Contestant Name
Chapter
TELEPHONE PRACTICUM SCORE CARD
Telephone Usage (30)
Introduction
Voice
Personality
Information Gathered
Evidence of Product Knowledge
Closing of Order
Possible
Points
5
5
5
5
5
5
Written Order (20)
Delivery Instructions
Description of Floral Items
Billing Information
Card Message
Neatness and Completeness
Correct Computation
TOTAL POINTS
3
4
4
3
3
3
50
Contestant
Points
Contestant Name
Chapter
Making a Dish Garden
Possible
Points
Potting Process
Selection & Preparation of Plant Materials
Use of Growing Media
Design
Attractiveness
Use of other Materials
TOTAL POINTS
10
10
15
10
5
50
Contestant
Points
Name:______________________
Chapter:______________________
A/B Team ______________________
Tool Identification
1) ____
6) ____
2) ____
7) ____
3) ____
8) ____
4) ____
9) ____
5) ____
10) ____
OREGON FLORICULTURE TOOL IDENTIFICAITON LIST
1. Anvil Hand Pruner
11. Shovel
2. Capillary Water Tube
12. Soil Sampling Tool
3. Compressor Air Sprayer
13. Solenoid Valve
4. Corsage Tape
14. Spading Fork
5. Florist Knife
15. Time Clock
6. Florist Shears
16. Water Breaker
7. Siphon emitter
17. Waterproof Tape
8. Line Strainer
18. Wire Cutter
9. Mist Head
19. Bud Vase
10. Respirator
20. Rose Dethorner
Name:______________________
Chapter:______________________
A/B Team ______________________
Plant Identification
1) ____
18) ____
35) ____
2) ____
19) ____
36) ____
3) ____
20) ____
37) ____
4) ____
21) ____
38) ____
5) ____
22) ____
39) ____
6) ____
23) ____
40) ____
7) ____
24) ____
41) ____
8) ____
25) ____
42) ____
9) ____
26) ____
43) ____
10) ____
27) ____
44) ____
11) ____
28) ____
45) ____
12) ____
29) ____
46) ____
13) ____
30) ____
47) ____
14) ____
31) ____
48) ____
15) ____
32) ____
49) ____
16) ____
33) ____
50) ____
17) ____
34) ____
OREGON FLORICULTURE PLANT IDENTIFICAITON LIST
1. Aechmea chantinii Bromeliad
2. Ageratum mexicanum Ageratum
3. Aglaonema commutatum Chinese
Evergreen
4. Alstroemeria aurantica Peruvian Lily
5. Antirrhinum majus Snapdragon
6. Anthurium andraeanum Anthurium
7. Araucaria heterophylla Norfolk Island Pine
8. Asparagus densiflorus Sprengeri Fern
9. Asparagus setaceus Plumosa Fern
10. Begonia tuberhybrida Tuberous Begonia
11. Caladium hortulanum Fancy Leaf Caladium
12. Calceolaria crenatiflora Pocketbook Plant
13. Callistephus chinensis China Aster
14. Camellia japonica Common Camellia
15. Celosia cristata Cockscomb
16. Chamaedorea elegans Parlor Palm
17. Chamaelaucium uncinatum Wax Flower
18. Chlorophytum comosum Spider Plant
19. Chrysanthemum morifolium
Chrysanthemum
20. Chrysanthemum superbum Shasta Daisy
21. Codiaeum variegatum Croton
22. Coleus hybridus Coleus
23. Crassula argentea Jade Plant
24. Cyclamen persicum Florist’s Cyclamen
25. Cymbidium Cymbidium Orchid
26. Dianthus caryophyllus Carnation
27. Dieffenbachia maculata Spotted Dumbcane
28. Dracaena fragrans Corn Plant
29. Dracaena marginata Red-edged Dracaena
30. Echeveria Hen & Chickens
31. Echinocactus Barrel Cactus
32. Epipremnum aureum Golden Pothos
33. Eucalyptus polyanthemos Silver Dollar Gum
34. Euphorbia pulcherrima Poinsettia
35. Ficus benjamina Benjamin Fig
36. Ficus elastica Rubber Plant
37. Freesia x hybrid Freesia
38. Gardenia jasminoides Gardenia
39. Gladiolus hortulanus Gladiolus
40. Gerbera jamesonii Gerbera Daisy
41. Gypsophila elegans Baby’s Breath
42. Heptapleurum arboricola Dwarf Schefflera
43. Hippeastrum hybrid Amaryllis
44. Hosta undulata Plantain lily, Hosta
45. Hoya carnosa Wax Plant
46. Hyacinthus orientalis Hyacinth
47. Hydrangea macrophylal Florist’s Hydrangea
48. Impatiens hybrid Impatiens
49. Iris xiphiuim Dutch Iris
50. Kalanchoe blossfeldiana Kalanchoe
51. Liatris spicata Liatris
52. Lilium longiflorum Trumpet Lily
53. Limonium sinuatum Statice
54. Lobularia maritime Sweet Alyssum
55. Maranta leuconeura Prayer Plant
56. Matthiola incana Flowering Stock
57. Narcissus psuedo-narcissus Daffodil
58. Nephrolepsis exaltata Boston Fern
59. Opuntia Opuntia Cactus
60. Paeonia Peony
61. Paphiopedelium Lady’s Slipper Orchid
62. Pelargonium domesticum Martha Wash.
Geranium
63. Pelargonium hortorum Zonal Geranium
64. Pelargonium peltatum Ivy Geranium
65. Peperomia argyreia Watermelon Peperomia
66. Peperomia caperata Emerald Ripple
Peperomia
67. Peperomia obtusifolia Variegated
Peperomia
68. Petunia hybrida Common Petunia
69. Philodendron scandens Heartleaf
Philodendron
70. Pilea cadieri Aluminum Plant
71. Pilea nummularifolia Creeping Charlie
72. Plectranthus australis Swedish Ivy
73. Rhododendron Florist’s Azalea
74. Rosa hybrid Hybrid Tea Rose
75. Rumorha adiantiformis Leatherleaf Fern
76. Saintpaulia ionantha African Violet
77. Salvia splendens Salvia
78. Sansevieria trifasciata Snake Plant
79. Schlumbergera bridgesii Christmas Cactus
80. Senecio hybridus Cineraria
81. Sinningia speciosa Gloxinia
82. Spathiphyllum clevelandii Peace Lily
83. Stephanotis floribunda Stephanotis
84. Strelitzia reginae Bird of Paradise
85. Tagetes species Marigold
86. Tolmiea menziesii Piggy-back Plant
87. Tulipa Tulip
88. Viola wittrockiana Pansy
89. Zebrina pendula Wandering Jew
90. Zinnia elegans Zinnia
Student Name:_________________________Chapter:__________________________
PEST & DISORDER ID
1_____________________________________________________________________
2. ____________________________________________________________________
3. ____________________________________________________________________
4. ____________________________________________________________________
5. ____________________________________________________________________
6. ____________________________________________________________________
7. ____________________________________________________________________
8. ____________________________________________________________________
9. ____________________________________________________________________
10. ___________________________________________________________________
OREGON FLORICULTURE PEST / DISORDER LIST
Nutritional & Environmental Disorder, Insects and Pests
1. Poor soil drainage
2. Snails
3. Insufficient water damage
4. Whiteflies
5. Too much light
6. Leaf Miner
7. Improper temperature
8. Mealybugs
9. Phosphorous deficiency
10. Spittlebug
Diseases
1. Powdery mildew
2. Root rot
3. Verticillium wilt
4. Rust damping off
5. Mosaic
6. Anthrancose
11. Overwatering damage
12. Slugs
13. Inadequate lighting
14. Aphids
15. Iron deficiency
16. Spider Mites
17. Nitrogen deficiency
18. Leafhopper
19. Salt damage
20. Scale
7. Leaf spot
8. Stem rot
9. Fusarium wilt
10. Rhizoctonia
11. Bacteria wilt
SECTION II
FOOD SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
PURPOSE
To stimulate learning activities in food science and technology related to the food industry and to assist students in
developing a good working knowledge of sound principles used in a team decision-making process.
OBJECTIVES
1. To encourage FFA members to gain an awareness of vocational and professional opportunities in the field
of food science and technology, marketing and management occupations.
2. To give FFA members the opportunity to experience group participation and leadership responsibilities in a
competitive food science and technology program.
3. To help FFA members develop technical competence and personal initiative in a food science and
technology occupation.
4. To provide opportunities for FFA members to participate in activities where they gain an appreciation for
cooperative effort in the food industry.
ELIGIBILITY
1. The student contestant must be a bona fide dues paying FFA member in good standing with the local
chapter, state association and the National Organization at the time of his or her participation.
2. The student contestant, at the time of his or her participation, must be: (l) a high school student. A
graduating senior is considered eligible to compete in state and national contests up to and including the
first National FFA Convention following high school graduation. (2) Enrolled in at least one agriculture
education course with a supervised experience program, the objective of which is the establishment in an
agricultural occupation. INCOMING FRESHMEN ARE INELIGIBLE TO PARTICIPATE, EXCEPT IN
STATE LIVESTOCK WHERE THEY COMPETE FOR INDIVIDUAL AWARDS ONLY.
3. If a member has competed in a National Event, they are no longer eligible to compete at the state level in
any event in which they compete at nationals.
The winning team in this CDE will be eligible to represent the state in the National Food Science Event held
at the time of the National FFA Convention.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. Chapters are limited to one team per chapter
2. The food science and technology career development event will consist of four activities, 1) an objective test,
2) a team product development project, 3) a practicum in food safety and quality, and 4) a practicum in
sensory evaluation.
3. This career development event will be a four-person team activity. All team members will participate in all
of the activities.
4. This career development event will involve 2400 total points per team. The team product development
project will be worth 400 points per team, the objective test will be worth 200 points and practicum will be
worth 300 points per member.
5. Should a tie occur in the overall team placing, the tie will be broken by the highest team product
development project score. If this score does not break the tie, then the highest number of total points
earned from the objective test (adding all four team member scores) will break the tie, a third tie breaker will
use the judges response to the Team Question period from the Team Product Development project, if it is
necessary. To identify the high individual for this event in case of a tie, the highest examination score will be
used as the first tie breaker, followed by the highest Food Safety and Quality practicum score, as the
second tie breaker.
6. Allergy Information: Food products used in this event may contain or come in contact with potential
allergens. Advisors must submit a special needs request form for participants with any allergies with
certification. The event committee will make all reasonable efforts to accommodate students with food
allergies.
EVENT FORMAT
TEAM PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT PROJECT
This project is a team activity. Each team will receive a marketing scenario describing a need for a new or
redesigned product that would appeal to a potential market segment. This scenario will contain a description of the
existing marketing situation, competition and potential target market segment to be served by the new product. It is
the task of the team to design a new or reformulated food product or reformulate an existing product.
The team will be responsible for understanding and using the following concepts:
 Formulation of product to meet specified market requirements
 New package design to reflect the developed product
 Nutritional label development
 Equipment used to formulate the product
 Address any potential quality control and assurance issues
Each team will be provided with package materials, ingredients, materials necessary for each ingredient group to
be included on the label.
The team will have thirty (30) minutes to respond to the marketing scenario and reformulate or develop a new
product and develop the front or principal display panel to reflect the new product and its market. After this time
period, each team member will be expected to participate in a ten (10) minute oral product development proposal.
In addition, there will be a five (5) minute question period in which each team member will be expected to answer a
question and one general question addressed to the team.
Total time involved for each team will be 45 minutes. Total number of points possible for this activity will be 400
points.
Possible Products Ready-to-Eat Breakfast Cereal
Breakfast Bars
Candy
Beverages (Sports Drinks)
Processed Fruit Snacks
Stir-Fried Vegetables
Sandwich (RTE)
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Product Development Presentation

Package Design .....................................................................100 points
Use, development and adaptation of nutritional label
Use and development of the ingredient statement on educational panel
Use of principle display panel to convey information

Oral Proposal .........................................................................200 points
How does the product meet market needs?
How does the product address target audience?
The presentation should address the following product concerns:
Economics
Equipment
Nutrition
Ethnicity
Quality Control

Formulation
Health
Response to judge’s questions ................................100 points
Time management in question response
Organizational ability
Total ............................................................................................400 points
Objective Test
The objective questions administered during the Food Science and Technology examination will be designed to
determine each team member’s understanding of the basic principles of food science and technology. It will
encompass the knowledge required of the team event and the two practicum’s, i.e. food safety and quality and
sensory evaluation, as well as test a participant’s knowledge of the equipment used to manufacture the theme
product and product nutritional analysis.
Team members will work individually to answer each of the 40 questions. Each team member should provide a
pencil. Each person will have fifty minutes to complete the examination. Each question will be worth 5 points for a
correct answer. The test will come from the last three years of national tests.
No programmable calculators will be allowed to be used during this career development event.
PRACTICUMS
Each team member will compete in four practicums. The practicums will be worth 300 points. Each participant must
bring a pencil and a clipboard for this portion of the event.
Food Safety and Quality Practicum
Customer Complaint Letter
Each participant will be given two representative consumer complaint letters received by a food processing
company. In fifteen (15) minutes the participant must determine if the complaint involves a food quality problem,
and then ascertain the cause of the quality defect and a possible solution. If the participant identifies that the letter
describes a food safety problem, he or she must determine whether the problem is biological, chemical or physical
in nature and its possible mitigation. Regardless of the problem each participant will write out his or her answer
using paper provided. Each letter will be worth 25 points with a total of 50 points.
Food Safety/Sanitation
Each participant will be given ten (10) photos of potential food safety and or sanitation problems. A numbered
list of problems will also be provided at the beginning of this practicum segment. The list will contain more potential
problems than the number of photographs. Identify the type of problem in the photo sheet by recording the number
from the list on a scantron sheet provided to each participant. Each participant will start at a station to view a
photograph and record an answer. After one minute, the participants will be told to move to the next station. This
will continue until each participant returns to his or her original station. Each photo will be worth 5 points each for a
total of 50 points.
Food Safety & Quality Practicum Scorecard
Customer Complaint Letter .........
50 points
Food Safety and Sanitation Problem Identification 50 points
Total Points ...............................
100 points
Sensory Evaluation
Each participant will be asked to identify ten different aromas from vials provided at each station and record the
answer on the sheet provided. A list of potential aromas will be provided to each person. Each station is worth 10
points.
Four different triangle tests will be conducted. Participants are expected to identify the different sample through
aroma, visual cues or textural differences. Answers will be given on the sheet provided. No list will be provided for
this segment of the practicum. Each sample is worth 25 points for a total possible of 100 points.
Each participant will be given one minute at each station before being told to move to a new station. When
each person returns to his or her original station this practicum is completed.
Food Safety and Sanitation Problem Indentification………..50 points
Customer Complaint Letter…………………………………….50 points
Aroma Identification……………………………………………100 points
Difference Testing ...................... …………………………….100 points
Total Points…………………………………………….………300 points
Reference Material:
Food Science, Safety and Nutrition - a special project from the National Council of Agricultural Education.
Delmar and Interstate texts from national list.
Food Processing Equipment List
Adhesive Applicator—applies bonding materials to labels, containers and cartons.
Aerator—incorporates air chemically or mechanically in various food products.
Air Compressor—supplies air under pressure for temperature control, agitation and lift equipment.
Air Curtain—provide air flow across doorways to reduce refrigerated air losses and control pests.
Aseptic Processing System—a continuous thermal sterilization process and aseptic packaging for preserving
foods.
Bar Code Printer/Applicator—a system of coding products for computer readout to improve inventory control,
pricing, and manufacturing schedules.
Batter & Breading Machines—to apply coatings of dough and bread crumbs to foods.
Blancher—immerses food in hot water or exposes them to live steam, hot gases, or microwave enzymes, set or fix
color, and remove air and undesirable odors.
Bowl Chopper—rotating bowl with sharp knives for cutting raw meat into smaller pieces or into ground emulsions.
Box Making Machinery—forms food cartons from various types of paper.
Can Closing and Sealing Machines— removes residual air from surface of foods filled into metal containers,
applies lid, and seals the lid to the container.
Capping Machine— removes residual air from surface of foods filled into bottles or jars, applies cap, and seals the
cap to the container.
Carton Handling Machine—(Forming, Filling and Closing)
Clean-in-Place Systems (CIP)—fluid cleaning materials are held in tanks and re-circulated under pressure
through pipelines around the plant or within a specific equipment system.
Coder, Dater and Imprinter—applies identifying numbers, letters, or marks to foods or containers to indicate to the
producer or consumer, the product date of manufacture and/or usage or freshness dates.
Conveyer—mechanical devices used to assist in the movement of ingredients, food products or packaging
supplies.
Cutting Machine, Dicer, Flaker, Slicer— reduces or changes size, volume, or shape of raw food materials.
Dough~Proofer—enclosed room or cabinet with controlled environment (temperature, humidity) used for final
fermentation step prior to baking to allow dough to warm up and accelerate production of carbon dioxide by
yeast (rising).
Dryer—use of forced hot air, dehydro-freezing or freeze-drying for removal of moisture from foods for purposes of
preservation, texture improvement, weight reduction, or cost savings.
Enrober—coats food products, generally by dipping or flowing liquid coating over the product (such as chocolate or
candy).
Evaporator—removes water from raw food materials as a first step to drying
Extractor/Presse—for separation of solids and liquids
Stuffer—device for holding quantities of meat emulsions (or other extrudable products) and pressurized extrusion
through a die into a finished food package.
Thermometer—instruments for measuring temperatures.
Food Laboratory Equipment List
Abbe refractometer—used to measure the refractive index of compounds; for example, used to measure the
soluble solids of juices.
Accelerated Shelf Life Chamber—chambers set at various temperatures to conduct accelerated shelf life testing.
Adhesive Bond Test Equipment—measures adhering strength of sealants or glues.
Autoclave—heated chamber for sterilization of equipment & microbiological media.
Automatic Colony Counter—for laser counting of mold colonies grown on Petri dishes.
Balance—analytical, top-loading device for measuring weight.
Brabender Amylograph—records changes in viscosity of starch under controlled temperatures and stirring used
in baking and food processing industries to measures starch characteristics.
Centrifuge—instrument that rotates at very high speeds allowing the separation of compounds.
Colony Counter—used to count mold colonies on a Petri dish.
Color Measuring Instruments (Laboratory or Portable)—color, an important attribute of foods, may be
measured with a variety of instruments:
Colored blocks or chips - used to compare with products.
Hunter color difference meter - provide standardized objective measurement of food color.
Spectrophotometers- (see separate listing)
High Pressure Liquid Chromatograph (HPLC)—measures level of the separation of mixtures into individual
components by passing a liquid or gas along a stationary material such as paper or gels. One example of its
use in the food industry is to determine flavor compounds in coffee.
Hot Plate—a flat portable electric heating unit.
Impulse Sealor—seals seasoning pouches or plastic bags for send out or sample storage
Incubators—heated chamber used for storage of Petri dishes & culture to grow microorganisms.
Impedance Monitoring System—rapid method for determining the number of microorganisms in a sample.
Kjeldahl Method—laboratory equipment and technique for determining nitrogen content of food samples (mostly
grains) to calculate the protein percentage.
Laboratory Glassware—a variety of sizes of beakers, tubes, pipettes, dishes and covers used for running tests
and other products.
Luminometer—instrument for instantaneously determining sanitation of food handling equipment.
Microscope—an optical instrument consisting of lenses for making enlarged images of minutes objects.
Petri Dish—glass or disposable plastic plates or dishes for growing microbiological cultures.
pH Meter—measure the hydrogen ion concentration of foods and determines if a food is acidic or basic. pH is an
important basic attribute of foods.
Pipette—glass or disposable plastic tubes for siphoning or adding small-measured amounts of liquids.
Refrigerator -Freezer—to store microbiological cultures and keep samples.
Rotap—sieve analysis of ingredients.
Safety Hood—to handle hazardous cultures and/or food samples usually containing an exhaust fan.
Salmonella Testing Kit—measures a pathogenic bacteria which causes food poisoning.
Scale—measures weights of ingredients for testing.
Shear Press—instrument that pushes a metal probe through a food sample, gives an indication of how tough a
food is.
Spectrophotometer—measures the light, energy absorption by food samples. This instrument is used of
determining such attributes as lactose in milk. Near-infrared spectroscopy provides quantitative determination of
moisture, fat, protein, and sugar contents of a wide variety of foods.
Spiral Plater—laboratory equipment for a rapid method of preparing Petri dishes to enumerate microorganisms in
foods.
Stomacher Blender—blender that utilizes sterile plastic bags & paddles to macerate a sample.
Testing Kit—self-contained units that include all the materials to test foods for either microorganisms (for example,
salmonella, E. coli), pesticides, or toxicants (alfatoxins).
Thermometer—basic instrument in the food laboratory used to measure the heat of a food sample. Various types
include liquid thermometers and thermocouples.
Titrator—are used to measure the concentration of components of a solution. For example, titration may be used
to measure the amount of malic acid in apple juice or the salt in seasonings.
Vacuum Oven—vacuumized chamber for drying samples for moisture analysis.
Water Activity Meter—measures water activity for shelf life testing.
Water Bath—for incubation or storage of melted media.
Sensory Evaluation – Aromas
1.
Cinnamon
2.
Peanut Butter
3.
Chocolate
4.
Maple
5.
Oregano
6.
Basil
7.
Lemon
8.
Lime
9.
Orange
10.
Vanilla
11.
Almond
12.
Smoke (liquid)
13.
Cherry
14.
Pine
15.
Onion
16.
Butter
17.
Menthol
18.
Grape
19.
Garlic
20.
Peppermint
21.
Clove
22.
Nutmeg
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
Ginger
Molasses
Wintergreen
Banana
Coconut
Lilac
Raspberry
Strawberry
Licorice (anise)
SECTION II
FORESTRY
PURPOSE
The State FFA Forestry Event is designed to stimulate interest among state FFA chapters in promoting technical
instruction in Oregon's number one business - Forestry; and to provide recognition to those who have
demonstrated skills and competencies as a result of forestry instruction.
OBJECTIVES
1. Ability to understand and use forestry terms.
2. Ability to promote an understanding of the economic impact of the forest environment and the forest
industry to the American economy.
3. Ability to recognize sustainability (multiple use) opportunities in the forests.
4. Ability to recognize environmental and social factors affecting the management of forests.
5. Ability to identify major species of trees of economic importance to the United States and Internationally.
6. Ability to identify hand tools, equipment and their uses in forestry management.
7. Ability to recognize and understand approved silvicultural practices in the United States.
8. Ability to identify forest disorders.
9. Ability to take a forest inventory.
10. Ability to utilize marketing management strategies.
11. Ability to recognize safety practices in forest management:
ELIGIBILITY
1. The student contestant must be a bona fide dues paying FFA member in good standing with the local
chapter, state association and the National Organization at the time of his or her participation.
2. The student contestant, at the time of his or her participation, must be: (l) a high school student. A
graduating senior is considered eligible to compete in state and national contests up to and including the
first National FFA Convention following high school graduation. (2) Enrolled in at least one agriculture
education course with a supervised experience program, the objective of which is the establishment in an
agricultural occupation. INCOMING FRESHMEN ARE INELIGIBLE TO PARTICIPATE, EXCEPT IN
STATE LIVESTOCK WHERE THEY COMPETE FOR INDIVIDUAL AWARDS ONLY.
3. If a member has competed in a National Event, they are no longer eligible to compete at the state level in
any event in which they compete at nationals.
The winning team in this CDE will be eligible to represent the state in the National Forestry Event held at
the time of the National FFA Convention.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. A chartered FFA chapter may enter two teams in the Forestry Event, with one team designated as the
official team. A team may consist of 5 eligible members. The score of the 3 high individuals will be used
to determine the team score. Anytime there are 2 members of the same team in any one event, they will
not ever be allowed to meet together or communicate during the event. There will be no communication
between any competitors during the events. Any infraction of this rule will be sufficient to eliminate the
contestant from the event. Members, of the same chapter, are allowed to talk during the group activity.
Contestants will not be required to wear FFA official dress during any portion of the event.
2. The CDE will be made up of 7 events: a written test, map reading and math problem, tree identification,
tool identification, compass and pacing, cruising, and timber stand improvement. Students will move
through the events on an every half-hour schedule. There will be 5 minutes allowed for contestants to
move between the events, and up to 5 minutes for the judges to review the rules. Thus, no less than 20
minutes will be allowed for the students to complete each event.
3. All contestants are expected to be prompt at their stations throughout the CDE. No provision will be made
for tardiness, and will most certainly cause late contestants to lose CDE points.
4. Contestants will be assigned to a "group leader" who will escort them from event to event. They are
expected to stay with their group leader during these movements.
5. Given the time of the year, all contestants should be prepared for adverse weather. The CDE will go on
despite the weather. They should have rain gear, warm clothes, and adequate footwear.
6. Contestants will provide their own clipboards, pencils, and calculators (non-programmable). Team
coaches should provide their teams with biltmore sticks, clinometers and diameter/loggers tape for the
cruising portion of the CDE, as well as hand compasses for the compass and pacing course. All
contestants must bring and wear hard hats.
7. SPECIFIC EVENT RULES
Event I: General Forestry Knowledge (100 points)
Fifty (50) objective type multiple choice questions will be selected, representing various areas of the forest
industry. Questions will come from the last three years of national tests. This phase of the CDE will test the
contestant's knowledge and understanding of basic principles of forestry.
Time:
Each contestant will be allowed at least 20 minutes to complete this phase of the CDE.
Scoring:
Each answer has a value of 2 points for a total maximum score of 100 points. Contestants
will mark the appropriate answer on a Scantron Sheet.
Event II: Math Problem (25 points) & Map Reading (50 points)
Ten (10) Map Reading and one (1) math problem questions be will be selected
Time:
Each contestant will be allowed at least 20 minutes to complete this phase of the CDE.
Scoring:
Each answer has a value of 2 points for a total maximum score of 100 points.
Event II: Forest Plant Identification (120 Points)
Thirty (30) specimens from the Tree ID list will be displayed for contestants to identify by common names. Each
specimen will be designated by a number. Contestants will be allowed to touch and smell the specimens, but
they will not be allowed to mutilate them.
Time:
Each contestant will be allowed at least 20 minutes to complete this phase.
Scoring:
Four (4) points will be given for each specimen that is correctly identified; for a total
maximum of 120 points.
Event III: Equipment Identification (120 points)
Thirty (30) pieces of equipment from the equipment list will be displayed for contestants to identify by technical
names. Each piece of equipment will be designated by a number. Contestants will not handle the exhibits. If a
contestant is found handling the exhibits, they will be disqualified from this event.
Time:
Each contestant will be allowed 20 minutes to complete this phase.
Scoring:
Four (4) points will be given for each piece of equipment identified correctly for a total of
120 points. All answers must be correct. No partial credit will be given.
Event IV: Timber cruising for Board Foot Volume (100 points)
Each contestant will measure five pre-numbered trees on a fractional acre PLOT for board foot volume. For each
tree, the contestant must record the DBH (Diameter at Breast Height), and the merchantable height to a diameter
of 8 inches. [The greater than 20" DBH merchantable top rule will not be used.] Diameters will be taken with the
Biltmore stick scale or diameter tape, and ODD numbered inches will be rounded down. Height will be taken with
the Merrit Hypsometer, clinometer, and will be rounded to the nearest 1/2 Log (based on a 16' Log). Contestants
must then calculate both the PLOT VOLUME, as well as the VOLUME PER ACRE. The fractional acre size will
be given at the CDE. A board foot table will also be issued at the CDE.
Time:
Contestants will be allowed 15 minutes to record DBH, height, and volume for each of the
trees; and an additional 5 minutes to calculate both the PLOT VOLUME, and the VOLUME
PER ACRE.
Scoring:
Five (5) points will be allowed for the correct DBH, 5 points for the correct height, and 5
points for the correct tree volume. Fifteen (15) points will be given for the correct PLOT
VOLUME; 10 points will be given for the correct VOLUME PER ACRE. Two (2) points will
be deducted for each 5 percent (+/-) from the correct measured volume.
Event V: Forest Management Evaluation - Timber Stand Improvement (TSI) (100 points)
Trees selected and designated for use in this part of the CDE may be all of one species or a mixture of species.
An area will be selected and identified by ribbons, paint, rope, etc. It will contain 25 trees that will represent a
timber stand that needs thinning or some TSI work. The trees will be flagged and numbered 1 to 25. If it happens
that an area selected and marked off has a few more than 25 trees, the trees not needed for this phase will not be
flagged. Students will be given a management plan or scenario for TSI.
All trees, with the exception of any unflagged trees, in the selected area will be considered as a forest
management site, and each tree will be scored by the contestants using one of the following options:
a.
Cut - Thin out; cut and harvest the tree.
b.
Leave - Tree should remain for a good sound reason.
c.
Deaden - Undesirable tree, not merchantable, or beneficial to wildlife, should be "deadened" or cut
down and left in woods.
Time:
Scoring:
Contestants will be given 20 minutes to make their decisions.
Four (4) points will be allowed for each correct decision up to a maximum total of 100
points.
Event VI: Compass Orienteering Practicum (100 points)
The contestant will use a hand compass and pacing to simulate the determination of property lines on a tract of
timber. The compass course will have 5 marked points. The student will start at any point and record the
compass reading and distance to the next point until they have completed all 5 stations.
Time:
Twenty (20) minutes will be provided for this portion of the test, or 4 minutes per "leg" of the
traverse.
Scoring:
A total of 100 points are possible. Twenty (20) points for each correct numbered site. Ten
(10) points for the correct bearing or azimuth, and 10 points for the correct distance. Each
"leg" is scored individually. Partial credit will be given with a deduction of 1 point for each
degree or foot the contestant is off the correct answer, but only up to 10 points for each leg.
Oregon FFA Forest Plant ID List
1. Bigleaf Maple
2. Black Cottonwood
3. Black Locust
4. Bracken Fern
5. California Black Oak
6. California Hazel
7. Canyon Live Oak
8. Cascara Buckthorn
9. Ceanothis
10. Douglas-fir
11. Dwarf Oregon Grape
12. Elder (Pacific, red, blueberry)
13. Engelmann/Sitka spruce
14. Evergreen Blackberry
15. Evergreen Huckleberry
16. Giant Sequoia
17. Golden Chinkapin
18. Hawthorn
19. Himalaya Blackberry
20. Incense Cedar
21. Jeffery Pine
22. Knobcone Pine
23. Lodgepole Pine
24. Manzanita
25. Mountain Hemlock
26. Mountain Mahogany
27. Ninebark
28. Noble Fir
29. Ocean Spray
30. Oregon Ash
31. Oregon Crab Apple
32. Oregon-Myrtle
33. Oregon White Oak
34. Pacific Dogwood
35. Pacific Madrone
36. Pacific Silver Fir
37. Pacific Yew
38. Ponderosa Pine
39. Port-Orford-Cedar
40. Quaking Aspen
41. Red Alder
42. Red Huckleberry
43. Redwood
44. Rhododendron
45. Salal
46. Salmonberry
47. Scotch Broom
48. Sugar Pine
49. Sword Fern
50. Tall Oregon Grape
51. Tan Oak
52. Thimble Berry
53. Vine Maple
54. Western Hemlock
55. Western Larch
56. Western Juniper
57. Western Redcedar
58. Western White Pine
59. Wild Cherry
60. White Fir/Grand Fir
61. Willow
Name:______________________
Chapter:______________________
A/B Team:______________________
Forestry Plant Identification
1) ______
2) ______
16) ______
3) ______
17) ______
4) ______
18) ______
5) ______
19) ______
6) ______
20) ______
7) ______
21) ______
8) ______
22) ______
9) ______
23) ______
10)
______
24) ______
11)
______
25) ______
12)
______
26) ______
13)
______
27) ______
14)
______
28) ______
15)
______
29) ______
30) ______
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
abney level
adjustable nozzle
air splint
anemometer
aspirating foam nozzle
azimuth Silva compass
back pack pump
band saw blade
bark gauge
Biltmore stick
brush hook
bull block
bull hook
butt rigging
calk boots
cant hook
cedar froe
cedar mallet
chain binder
chain saw
chain saw file guide
chaining pins
chipper chain
chisel chain
chisel file
circular saw blade
climber’s safety belt
clinometer
complete choker
cruiser’s axe
depth guage jointer
diameter tape
double bit swamping axe
drip torch
Dwyer wind meter
ear plugs
electronic data recorder
Faller’s axe
felling/bucking wedge
fire finder
fire pump
fire swatter
first aid kit
flagging
flint striker
foot valve
forester nozzle
Oregon FFA Forestry Tool ID
48 forestry fire hose
49 forestry shovel
50 fuel moisture scale
51 fuel sticks
52 fusee
53 gated wye
54 global positioning system
55 guillotine cable cutter
56 hard hat
57 haulback
58 hazel hoe
59 head lamp
high pressure booster
60 hose
61 hip canteen
62 hip chain
63 hog knife
64 hydrolic cable cutter
65 increment borer
66 increment hammer
67 Jacob’s staff
68 laser level
69 log branding hammer
70 log wrapper
71 logger’s tape
72 machete
73 mainline
74 marking chalk
75 marlin spike
76 McLeod
77 mechanical tree planter
78 molle
79 mop up wand
80 peavey
81 picaroon
82 pike pole
83 pin shackle
84 planer blade
85 plumb bob
86 pole climbing spurs
87 precision chain grinder
88 prism
89 Pulaski
90 quadrant Silva compass
91 rain gauge
92 range finder
93 reinhart
94 relaskop
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
roller nose bar
round file
safety chaps
Sandvik brush axe
scale stick
scrench
screw shackle
slider
sling psychrometer
snatch block
soft hammer
solid nose bar
spanner wrench
splitting maul
splitting wedge
sprocket nose bar
staff compass
stereoscope
straight stream nozzle
strap
strawline
strawline hook
stretcher
suction hose
suction screen
tatum
theodolite
tongs
topographic chain
transit
tree climbing spurs
tree jacks
tree marking gun
tree planting auger
tree planting bag
tree planting hoe
tree planting shovel
tree plate
tree pruning saw
tree scribe
Name:______________________
Chapter:______________________
A/B Team:______________________
Forestry Tool Identification
1) ______
2) ______
16) ______
3) ______
17) ______
4) ______
18) ______
5) ______
19) ______
6) ______
20) ______
7) ______
21) ______
8) ______
22) ______
9) ______
23) ______
10) ______
24) ______
11) ______
25) ______
12) ______
26) ______
13) ______
27) ______
14) ______
28) ______
15) ______
29) ______
30) ______
OREGON FFA
STATE FORESTRY CDE
COMPASS and PACING
Name
School
Team
COURSE LEG
AZIMUTH (degrees) DISTANCE (feet)
1 -----> 2
2 -----> 3
3 -----> 4
4 -----> 5
5 -----> 1
Declination set on 20E. Give Pacing - Round to nearest foot: 95.6 = 96 feet;
Azimuth to nearest degree. 95.4 = 95 feet
Aim compass at black dot below #.
SECTION III
FORESTRY SKILLS EVENT
ELIGIBILITY
1. The student contestant must be a bona fide dues paying FFA member in good standing with the local
chapter, state association and the National Organization at the time of his or her participation.
2. The student contestant, at the time of his or her participation, must be: (l) a high school student. A graduating
senior is considered eligible to compete in state and national contests up to and including the first National
FFA Convention following high school graduation. (2) Enrolled in at least one agriculture education course
with a supervised experience program, the objective of which is the establishment in an agricultural
occupation. INCOMING FRESHMEN ARE INELIGIBLE TO PARTICIPATE, EXCEPT IN STATE
LIVESTOCK WHERE THEY COMPETE FOR INDIVIDUAL AWARDS ONLY.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. The Forestry Skills Event will use the Forestry Board as an advisory board for the forestry skill event rules.
2. This event will be a two day event with First Aid, Demonstration Speech, and the Land Management Team
Event taking place on the first day and all other events on the 2nd day.
3. All participants must be authorized for entry by the local instructor. In order to ensure safety, any
participants that do not clearly demonstrate that they have the knowledge necessary for land log rolling,
chainsaw bucking, tree climbing, and Jack and Jill handsaw bucking will be immediately disqualified by the
judge of the event.
4. The number of entries allowed per school may vary with each area.
5. Contestants must meet the clothing and safety requirements as listed for each individual event. Also,
contestants are responsible for supplying their own pencils and other supplies as indicated.
6. Footwear Descriptions:
 Class 1 – Any type of shoe
 Class 2 - Leather work boot
 Class 3 - Work shoe with ankle support and traction sole, preferably leather
 Class 4 - Leather work boot with adequate heel for tree climbing
7. Supervision of students who attend the event will be the responsibility of each local instructor.
8. Judges will be issued a current copy of the rules of their event and be briefed a half an hour prior to the
event.
9. The Program Coordinator and/or other state staff will serve as the head scorekeepers.
10. Any events/situations not governed by these rules will be referred to the official ALA (American Lumberjack
Association) rules.
Judges
1. Give careful consideration to each rule. Each entry should be judged exactly in the same manner and under
equal conditions.
2. Know contestants by number only.
3. Total their own rating sheets and return them to the score keeper in an envelope provided, after judging is
completed. Judges will make sure that student name, school, and assigned number are listed on the rating
sheet.
4. Be responsible for keeping and returning all materials and results of judging (to be used for verifying a
grievance).
5. Identify the top six competitors.
STATE EVENT
A. CHOKERSETTING - OPEN & JILL
PURPOSE - The purpose of this event is to evaluate the ability of a student to correctly set a 3/4 inch
cat choker.
CLOTHING REQUIREMENT
Dress will be appropriate work clothes and work shoes with the additional protective clothing:
 Work gloves
 Class 2 footwear
PROCEDURE
1. Two logs will be placed approximately 50 feet apart.
2. The choker log should be 40-48 inches in diameter, while a smaller diameter log can be
used as a starting log.
3. Two hooks should be placed next to and close enough to the choker log so a set choker
eye can be put over the hook with relative ease.
RULES
1. Chokers will be furnished by the host school.
2. Each contestant will run twice, once on each side of the log.
3. The event will be started by the judge saying, "Timers ready, contestants ready, one, two,
GO!" There should be an even cadence. Time starts when the last foot leaves the log.
4. Each contestant will run to the opposite log; go over the log carrying the nubbin and push it
under the log, then, either running around the end of the log or going back over the log,
properly set the nubbin in the bell and place the eye in the hook and return to the starting
log.
5. The same two contestants will then run again, but will switch ends of the log.
6. The choker must be set properly in order to receive a score.
JUDGING
1. Two timers will be used, one at each end of the starting log.
2. Winners will be determined by the lowest SUM of the two times.
B. TREE CLIMBING - JACK & JILL
PURPOSE - The purpose of this event is to evaluate the student's ability to climb a tree using logger's
climbing gear.
CLOTHING REQUIREMENT
Dress will be appropriate work clothes and work shoes with the additional protective clothing:
 Work gloves
 Class 4 footwear
PROCEDURE
1. A tree approximately 30 feet high (above ground) and approximately 26 inches DBH will be
used.
2. A board or cable system firmly attached will prevent a student from throwing the rope over
the top.
3. A bell will be suspended from a board and located a maximum of 12 inches from the bole of
the tree at 30 feet in height above the ground for Jack Climbing. The bell or painted line will
be located at 20 feet height for Jill Climbing.
4. A safety belt, rope with a wire core (no snaps), and spurs will be used. Toe spurs are not
allowed. No additional climbing aids will be allowed (i.e., rigid "splits" tied to safety rope).
5. Each contestant will tie themselves in with a cat’s paw, without the assistance of outside
help or coaching. Upon failure to tie the cat’s paw correctly, contestants will be disqualified.
6. Each contestant should be checked by a qualified judge before climbing.
RULES
1. Each contestant will start with one spur hooked in the tree and the other spur on the
ground.
2. The host school will provide climbing gear. Each contestant may use his/her own if
preferred.
3. Event is open to three contestants (three jack, three jill) per school.
4. The contestant may ring the bell with any part of their body or climbing equipment
(excepting their hands). The contestant must keep both hands on the climbing rope at all
times. The contestant will be disqualified if either hand is removed from the rope.
5. Climbers on downhill descent will not exceed 5 feet per step. If speed descent is observed
by the judge, the contestant will be disqualified.
7. It is recommended that gaffs be shielded when transported.
JUDGING
1. Two timers will be used. If both times are accurately timed, the average will be used.
2. Time starts when the foot leaves the ground and ends when the contestant rings the bell.
3. Each contestant will have the opportunity to climb twice and must make the second climb
within two minutes.
4. Winners will be determined by the lowest single time of each contestant.
5. The event will be started by the judge saying, "Timers ready, contestants ready, one, two,
GO!" There should be an even cadence.
6. If a bell is not available, then time shall end when the climber’s rope crosses a painted line
located at the proper height.
C. CABLE SPLICING – OPEN AND JILL
PURPOSE - The purpose of this event is to evaluate the ability of a team of two students to correctly
splice a three-tuck logger's eye splice in a piece of wire rope.
CLOTHING REQUIREMENT
Dress will be appropriate work clothes and work shoes with the additional protective clothing:
 Work gloves
 Eye protection (safety glasses, goggles, etc.)
 Long sleeve work shirt or sweatshirt
 Bucking chaps required
 Class 2 or higher footwear
PROCEDURE
1. The wire rope will be 5/8 inch in diameter for Jack and Jack/Jill and 1/2 inch wire rope for
Jill, with a wire core being tucked as the 7th strand.
2. The wire rope will be spiked to a stump and ready for each team.
3. Tail will be 22” from the block.
RULES
1. Tools and wire rope will be used at each station.
2. Event is open to three teams (three jack, three jill, three jack and jill) per school.
3. A contestant may splice one time during the Conference/Field Day.
JUDGING
1. Two timers will be used at each station. If both times are accurately timed, the average will
be used.
2. All marlin spikes must be spiked to the stump before contest begins. Neither contestant
may have spikes when beginning.
3. The event is started with a "one, two, GO!" count. There should be an even cadence. Time
ends when the last spike is returned to the block.
D. CABLE SPLICING – OPEN AND JILL
PURPOSE - The purpose of this event is to evaluate the ability of a team of two students to correctly
splice a three-tuck logger's eye splice in a piece of wire rope.
CLOTHING REQUIREMENT
Dress will be appropriate work clothes and work shoes with the additional protective clothing:
 Work gloves
 Eye protection (safety glasses, goggles, etc.)
 Long sleeve work shirt or sweatshirt
 Bucking chaps required
 Class 2 or higher footwear
PROCEDURE
1. The wire rope will be 5/8 inch in diameter for Jack and Jack/Jill and 1/2 inch wire rope for
Jill, with a wire core being tucked as the 7th strand.
2. The wire rope will be spiked to a stump and ready for each team.
3. Tail will be 22” from the block.
RULES
1. Tools and wire rope will be used at each station.
2. Event is open to three teams (three jack, three jill, three jack and jill) per school.
3. A contestant may splice one time during the Conference/Field Day.
4. These rules will apply to all contestants.
JUDGING
1. Two timers will be used at each station. If both times are accurately timed, the average will
be used.
2. All marlin spikes must be spiked to the stump before contest begins. Neither contestant
may have spikes when beginning.
3. The event is started with a "one, two, GO!" count. There should be an even cadence. Time
ends when the last spike is returned to the block.
4. Judging will be based on time and quality of the splice.
5. The following scoring system will be used to determine winners:
a.
Time - The fastest 10 legal splices (those which are spliced correctly) will be
awarded points ranging from 10 to 1. The fastest time will be given 10 points; the second
fastest time 9 points; and so on.
b.
Quality - The judge will then rate the 10 fastest legal splices on quality, from
best to worst, using the criteria of tightness, loose strands, etc. The best splice will be given
10 points; the next best 9 points, and so on.
c.
Winners - The points for each splice will then be added together (time and
quality) to determine winners. In the case of a tie, the judge will award the highest place to
the splice of higher quality.
6. Contestants can only compete in one event. (i.e., jack, jill, or jack/jill.)
E. CROSS-CUT BUCKING – OPEN AND JILL
PURPOSE - The purpose of this event is to evaluate the skill of a team of two students using a
traditional peg and raker cross-cut saw.
CLOTHING REQUIREMENT
Dress will be appropriate work clothes and work shoes with the following additional protective
equipment:
 Gloves (optional)
 Bucking chaps
 Class 2 or higher footwear
 Oiler must wear all protective clothing as though he/she was bucking (including
chaps and footwear)
PROCEDURE
1. Individual schools may furnish their own saws. These saws cannot be used by any other
school without their permission.
2. The logs to be bucked will be peeler cores of approximately 20 inches in diameter.
3. Saws will be only traditional peg and raker bucking saws.
4. The oiler must be an AOFC member.
5. Contestants will start with saws already in the log to the depth of the saw teeth. A string
with a knot will be used to keep starting diameters equal (or other recommended
techniques).
6. If visible knot clusters, rot, etc., are present, they will be bucked out before a team
competes for time. No allowances will be made for hidden knots or defects.
RULES
1. Oil will be furnished by the host school. Schools may furnish their own if desired.
2. The contest is open to three teams per school (three each category).
3. Oiler shall not sit on the log!
4. All saws will be kept in a separate holding area. All saws will be moved from this area to
the competition area and back to the saw rack only by the designated saw handler.
5. These rules apply to all competition categories.
6. A contestant may buck only once at the Conference/Field Day.
JUDGING
1. Two timers will be used at each log. If both times are accurately timed, the average time
will be used.
2. Time starts when the judge says "Timers ready, contestants ready, one, two, Go!" There
should be an even cadence. Time stops when the lily pad falls free from the log.
3. The contestants with the fastest time win.
4. If lily pad breaks off with more than ¼” left to be cut, the cut will be finished by the bucking
team.
5. If the saw cuts out before the cut is finished due to an improper set in, the team will be
disqualified
F. DRY LAND LOG ROLLING - OPEN AND JILL
PURPOSE - The purpose of this event is to evaluate the ability of students to remain longer on a
spinning log than their opponents.
CLOTHING REQUIREMENT
Footwear will be the decision of the contestant.
PROCEDURE
1. The size of the peeler core will be approximately 16 inches in diameter and 8 feet in length.
2. The log will be mounted securely to brackets on the ground.
3. The surrounding area will be covered with wood chips to help minimize injury to those who
are rolled off the log.
4. Instructors must rank their log rollers so the host school may properly predetermine the
seeding of the brackets.
RULES
1. Pairs of contestants will roll until one has won two of three rolls. The first to win two rolls is
declared the winner of the match.
2. Contestants will check in for this event at the time of the event.
3. Each category is open to four contestants from each school (Four jack, four jill).
4. No practicing is allowed on the contest log prior to, or during, the event.
5. The last contestant to lose control of the log is the winner.
6. In cases where it cannot be determined who lost control first, ("too close to call"), the roll
will be rerun.
7. Each contestant must have the opportunity for a fair start (no advantage). Reruns will be
granted if the judge rules an advantage on the start.
JUDGING
1. At least two judges should be used, and they will determine the winner of each roll on the
log.
2. Finalists will be determined by double elimination bracket.
G. FIRST AID
PURPOSE - The purpose of this event is to evaluate the ability of a team of two students to perform
first aid procedures on a simulated injury.
PROCEDURE
1. There should be at least two different but equal challenging injury scenarios taking place
simultaneously.
2. The person in charge should see that the teams from the same school do not have the
same scenario.
3. Teams will be responsible to be ready when their turn comes.
4. The scenario will be 10 minutes in length, and judging will be the same for all teams.
5. Individuals may enter this event once.
6. Any person serving as a victim may only do so once at the Conference/Field Day.
7. Any person serving as a victim may not enter the CDE as a contestant.
RULES
1. Contest is open to two teams per school.
H. CHAIN SAW BUCKING
PURPOSE - The purpose of this event is to evaluate the skill of the student operating a chain saw.
CLOTHING REQUIREMENT
Dress will be appropriate work clothes with the additional protective clothing:
 Hard hat with eye screen or goggles
 Ear plugs or muffs
 Bucking chaps
 Class 3 or higher footwear
PROCEDURE
1. The logs to be bucked will be peeler cores of approximately 16 to 18 inch diameter.
2. The logs must be mounted on blocks to prevent the student from running the bar and chain
into the ground. The bottom of the log is not to exceed 15 inches above ground level.
3. Two vertical cuts will be made to meet at the center of the log within a 2 inch horizontal
zone. Failure of a contestant to stay within these marks or to make a complete lily pad will
result in disqualification.
4. If visible knot clusters, rot, etc., are present, these will be bucked out before a contestant
competes for time.
RULES
1. The host/industry will furnish at least two saws equal in all respects.
2. A professional will inspect and file saws when necessary and assure that all saws are
operating at peak efficiency.
3. CDE is open to three contestants per school.
4. The host school will furnish the safety equipment for this event.
JUDGING
1. Two timers will be used on each log. If both times are accurately timed, the average time
will be used.
2. All safety equipment must be approved by the judge before contestant is allowed to cut.
3. Time starts when any part of the saw or chain contacts wood and stops when the lily pad
falls from the log.
4. Recuts are only allowed upon a decision of the Rules Committee.
5. The fastest times will be declared winners.
6. In the case of a tie, a run-off will be used to break it for the top six places.
I. GROUND LOG SCALING
PURPOSE - The purpose of this event is to evaluate the skill of a student to determine the correct
species, diameter, length, and defect deductions of second-growth logs.
CLOTHING REQUIREMENT
Dress will be appropriate work clothes
 Class 2 footwear or higher
PROCEDURE
1. A load of approximately ten logs will be scattered on the ground.
2. Logs shall not exceed 40 feet in length.
3. The student will not be required to determine log grade.
4. A certified scaler is to be in charge of this event.
5. Logs will be numbered and a minimum of three different problem sets will be
established for scaling.
6. Students will scale approximately seven logs.
7. Deductions for defect will be made.
8. Individual log volumes will be found and total net volume for the "load" summed.
9. When possible, a list of species will be provided to schools prior to the contest.
RULES
1. Scribner Decimal "C" (West-side) log rule will be used.
2. Logger's tapes, scaling sticks, carpenter's tapes, volume tables, and scale sheets will be
provided by the host school.
3. There will be a 30 minute time limit for each contestant. Timer or timers will be provided to
judges.
4. No two students from the same school will have the same problem set while in the scaling
area at the same time.
5. CDE is not limited as to number of contestants per team.
6. Contestants conferring with one another will be disqualified.
JUDGING
1. Winners will be determined from the log scaler's prescale of the load of logs.
2. The following scoring system has been developed to determine winners:
a. Each log will have a maximum of 5 points possible:
1. Correct species identification
= 1 point
2. Correct gross diameter
= 1 point
3. Correct gross length
= 1 point
4. Correct net diameter
= 1 point
5. Correct net length
= 1 point
*6. Net volume - see chart
TOTAL 0 to 20 points
b. Points will also be given for total net volume, 0 to 20 points as per chart
below.
c. The student with the highest total points will be declared the winner. In the case of a
tie, the log scaler will choose a log to be the tie breaker.
* Students will determine individual log volumes to establish the Total Net
Volume. Scoring will be as follows:
Difference in Total Net Volume from judge's volume.
Feet
Points
An error of 0 - 100 BF
20
101 - 200
18
201 - 300
16
301 - 400
14
401 - 500
12
501 - 600
10
601 - 700
8
701 - 800
6
801 - 900
4
901 - 1000
2
above - 1000
0?
3. All ties will be broken by the judge.
J. FIRE HOSE LAY
PURPOSE - The purpose of this event is to evaluate the ability of a team of five students to pump
water from point A to points C1 and C2 by relaying through point B. See attached drawing.
CLOTHING REQUIREMENT
Dress will be appropriate work clothes and class 2 footwear; hard hat, eye protection and ear
protection for people working around the pump.
PROCEDURE
1. See attached drawing for suggested layout.
2. All necessary equipment will be stacked at point A except as indicated in item four below.
3. Suggested equipment will be:
1 spanner wrench
1 Portable fire pump -- 1 1/2 " discharge
1 gated wye valve
2 - 1 1/2" - 1" reducers
3 - 1 1/2" CJRL hoses
2 - 1" CJRL hoses
2 - 1" nozzles
1 ½” pigtail
2 stroke oil
1 suction hose
1 foot valve
1 bypass (recirculating)
1 portable tank
Participants will use either single or double rolled hoses; participant’s choice; participants
will roll their own hose.
4. Pumper at Point A, and a portable tank at Point B, will be in place on the course. The
pumper will be running during the event as needed. (See attached layout.)
5. Each school will be allowed two teams of five.
6. The course should be approximately 200 feet long.
7. All equipment will be furnished by the host school through the local protection agency and
in coordination with the State Department of Forestry, Salem, Oregon. No supplemental
items will be allowed.
RULES
1. Time begins when the judge says, "Timers ready, contestants ready, "one, two, GO!" Time
stops when a full stream from both nozzles is detected by the judge.
2. Contestants will roll out two lengths of 1 1/2-inch hose, connect it to the pumper, and pump
into the portable tank (one contestant at point A to activate pumper which will be running).
3. Portable pump will be located at portable tank.
4. Contestants will lay out one length of 1 1/2-inch hose, a Y with reducers, and two 1-inch
hoses with nozzle.
5. One contestant at the portable tank, after connecting hoses, will start the portable pump
and charge the lines, only after water is flowing from the pumper into the portable tank.
6. Two contestants at the nozzles will insure full stream operation.
7. Crew boss will locate as appropriate.
8. Teams will sign up for competition time.
JUDGING
1. A timer will be at the nozzles.
2. Winners will be determined by the lowest time.
K. ARBOR CLIMBING – OPEN & JILL
PURPOSE - The purpose of this event is to evaluate the ability of a student to ascend a tree using
traditional arbor climbing tools and techniques.
CLOTHING REQUIREMENT
Dress will be appropriate work clothes and gloves.
 Class 2 footwear
PROCEDURE
1. An appropriate healthy tree with branches between 20 and 30 feet will be used.
2. The rope will be placed over at least 2 dominate branches.
3. All knots will be tied for contestants to include: Bowline and taught line hitch (or Blake’s
hitch) with figure 8 stopper knot.
4. Equipment will be checked by qualified person before each contestant climbs.
RULES
1. The host school will furnish event equipment to include: Climbing harness, carabineer and
rope.
JUDGING
1. One timer will be used.
2. Contestants will start with both feet on the ground.
3. The event will be started by the judge saying, “Timers ready, contestants ready, one, two,
GO!”
4. Time will stop when the contestant reaches a predetermined location.
5. Students will be scored based on the fastest time.
6. Each student may only climb once.
L. DEMONSTRATION SPEECH
PURPOSE - To evaluate each contestant’s ability to demonstrate and explain an entry level skill used
in the forestry and/or natural resources industry.
EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
1. Supplied to the judges:
a. Timer
b. All necessary information and furnishings for judges
1. Supplied by the contestant:
a. All necessary materials and equipment needed for the demonstration.
SCOPE OF THE CONTEST
1. Contestants should prepare for the job skill demonstration by developing the following
abilities:
a. Prepare a 5-7 minute demonstration.
b. Understand and practice elements of informal conversation.
c. Demonstrate an effective and pleasing delivery style.
d. Pronounce words clearly and correctly.
e. Demonstrate good platform deportment and personal confidence.
f. Organize demonstration in a logical and coherent manner.
g. Learn to effectively vary voice in pitch, tone, tempo and volume.
2. The demonstration is a presentation of an occupation skill accompanied by a clear
explanation of the topic through the use of examples, experiments, displays or practical
operations. No note cards or other reference materials of any kind are permitted
(excepting information that is part of the demonstration display or presentation).
3. Any skill may be demonstrated, provided it is a skill related to the occupational program of
the contestant.
4. The demonstration shall be at least five minutes in length but should not exceed seven
minutes. Penalty: Five points will be deducted for each 30 seconds or fraction thereof
under five minutes or for each 30 seconds or fraction thereof over seven minutes.
5. Time limit: Time will be started when the demonstration begins. The timekeeper will signal
the speaker at 5 minutes, 6 minutes, and 6 minutes 30 seconds.
6. Contestants will be allowed three minutes to set up the demonstration and three minutes to
clear the demonstration room. Penalty: five points will be deducted for each 30 seconds or
fraction thereof over the three minute allowance.
7. An approximately 8’ X 12’ space with one 110 volt (15 amp) electrical outlet and one
approximately 30” X 96” table will be provided.
8. Any visual aids (signs, charts, transparencies, slides, diagrams) are to be prepared by
contestants. Professionally prepared visuals and audio materials may not be used. No
pressurized aerosol cans of any kind will be permitted, and no compressed air, gas or
flammable liquid may be used.
9. The demonstration is an individual performance; however, an assistant may be used to set
up and dismantle the demonstration.
10. One contestant per chapter, except if chapter membership exceeds 50 members, then
they may have a maximum of two.
ARRANGEMENT OF ROOMS
1. Assembly room – An area in which contestants will wait their turn to speak will be provided
(if available).
2. Presentation room – A room will be provided with a table facing the audience and judges.
M. LAND MANAGEMENT TEAM EVENT
School_______________________
Scoring Rubric for Management Contest
Each judge needs to give each sub section a score of 1 (needs work) – 10(excellent). Each section will have an
average score from the sub sections. The total of all three sections should be placed at the bottom of the page. The
teams overall score will be calculated by averaging the total score from each judge.
1) Did the students achieve the goals for the landowners? Overall Average Score ______
a. Recommendations? Score _________
b. Objectives of landowner met? Score ________
c. Relevant to the objectives. Score ________
d. Accuracy of information. Score _______
2) What processes were used to come up with the recommendation? Overall Average Score _____
a. Did all aspects of the management plan include the roles of the special interests? Score ________
i. Laws and Regulations
ii. Special Interest Values
b. Collection of information Score ____
c. Citation of sources Score _____
3) Was the presentation given in a professional manner? Overall Average Score _______
a. Dress (appropriate) Score _____
b. Completeness Score _____
c. Were all student members equally involved in the presentation?
Score __________
d. Easily Understood? (Eye contact, Enunciation, pronunciation, fluency). Score_______
e. Did the group’s visuals compliment the presentation? Score___________
f. Student’s response to panel question? Score___________
Total Score (add up the average scores for each section): ___________
SECTION II
HORSE EVALUATION
PURPOSE
The purpose of the State FFA Horse Evaluation and Selection Event is to 1) stimulate the study of, and interest in,
equine selection, management and production through the agricultural education curriculum, and 2) provide
recognition for those who have demonstrated skills and competencies as a result of instruction in equine science.
OBJECTIVES
1. To instill leadership and motivate learning in the classroom while developing student skills in cooperative
learning, observation, analysis and communication.
2. To develop and exercise competitive spirit in a team atmosphere.
3. To promote career choices by providing an opportunity for participants to become acquainted with
professionals within the industry.
4. To advance knowledge in selection and management of horses.
5. To develop the proficiency to communicate effectively in the terminology of the industry.
6. To provide the opportunity to evaluate, make a decision and justify those decisions on conformation traits and
performance of horses.
ELIGIBILITY
1. The student contestant must be a bona fide dues paying FFA member in good standing with the local
chapter, state association and the National Organization at the time of his or her participation.
2. The student contestant, at the time of his or her participation, must be: (l) a high school student. A graduating
senior is considered eligible to compete in state and national contests up to and including the first National
FFA Convention following high school graduation. (2) Enrolled in at least one agriculture education course
with a supervised experience program, the objective of which is the establishment in an agricultural
occupation. INCOMING FRESHMEN ARE INELIGIBLE TO PARTICIPATE, EXCEPT IN STATE
LIVESTOCK WHERE THEY COMPETE FOR INDIVIDUAL AWARDS ONLY.
3. If a member has competed in a National Event, they are no longer eligible to compete at the state level in any
event in which they compete at nationals.
The winning team in this CDE will be eligible to represent the state in the National Horse Evaluation Event
held at the time of the National FFA Convention.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. A chartered FFA chapter may enter one team in the Horse Evaluation CDE. A team may consist of 5 eligible
members. The score of the 3 high individuals will be used to determine the team score.
2. All attire and tack is legal in the selection classes.
3. Official FFA dress is required in the event. Black jeans are permissible. Hats are not acceptable.
There will be a total of six to eight classes judged- halter and performance events with two classes of reasons, one
reasons class in each area. Classes will be approximately 12-15 minutes in length. All classes will be worth 50
points. Oral reasons should not exceed two minutes in length.
Up to four halter classes will be judged. Halter classes may be represented by the following breeds and types:
Quarter Horse, Conformation Hunter, Appaloosa, Arabian, Paint and Morgan. All halter classes will be judged as
sound.
Up to four performance classes will be judged. Performance classes may include: Western Pleasure, Western
Riding (Pattern One), Reining, English Pleasure (Saddle Seat), Hunter Under Saddle (Hunt Seat), and Hunter Hack.
Performance classes will be judged as presented (unsoundness to be penalized accordingly). American Quarter
Horse Association reining patterns 1 or 2 will be used in the reining class as located in the current AQHA Handbook.
There will be two oral reasons classes selected from Western Pleasure, Reining, English Pleasure (Saddle Seat)
and Hunter Under Saddle (Hunt Seat).
REFERENCES
Official AQHA Handbook
SECTION II
JOB INTERVIEW
PURPOSE
The Oregon FFA Job Interview Career Development Event is designed for FFA members to develop, practice and
demonstrate skills needed in seeking employment in the agricultural industry. Each part of the event simulates “real
world” activities that will be used by real world employers.
OBJECTIVES
Participants in this career development event will become proficient in the following areas:
1. Develop documents supporting them as professional business men and women within the agricultural
industry
2. Understand how to articulate their strengths and abilities to potential employers
3. Gain and strengthen public speaking abilities
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. The contest will be held on the chapter, district, sectional, sub-state, and state levels. . Each district may
submit the top three (3) contestants to the sectional contest. The top three (3) sectional contest winners will
compete in the sub-state contest held at the State FFA Convention. The top six (6) contestants from the
sub-state contest will compete in the state contest at the State FFA Convention. No awards will be presented
at the sub-state contest.
2. The student contestant, at the time of his or her participation, must be: (l) a high school student. A graduating
senior is considered eligible to compete in state and national contests up to and including the first National
FFA Convention following high school graduation. (2) Enrolled in at least one agriculture education course
with a supervised experience program, the objective of which is the establishment in an agricultural
occupation.
3. The first place state winner shall have first right to represent Oregon at the National FFA Convention. A
member representing the state association may participate in the National Job Interview CDE only once.
4. All Job Interview CDE participants will be in official FFA dress.
5. Each participant’s cover letter, résumé and application will be the result of his or her own efforts.
6. Participants shall be ranked in numerical order on the basis of the final score to be determined by each judge
without consultation. The judges’ ranking of each participant then shall be added, and the winner will be that
participant whose total ranking is the lowest. Other placings will be determined in the same manner (low point
score method of selection).
EVENT FORMAT
A. EQUIPMENT
Students are allowed to bring the following items into the event:
• Writing Utensils
• Blank Paper
• Resume
• Cover Letter
• List of References
B. ACTIVITIES
1. The event is developed to help participants in their current job search (for SAE
projects, part-time and fulltime employment). Therefore, the cover letter, résumé and references submitted by
the participant must reflect their current skills and abilities and must be targeted to a job for which they would
like to apply. In other words, participants cannot develop a fictitious résumé for a fictitious job. Instead, they
are expected to target the résumé towards a real job that they can qualify.
Job Interview cover letter and resume must be uploaded to the FFA website two weeks prior to the Friday of
State Convention for manuscript scoring. Those missing the deadline will be penalized according the rules of
the CDE. All paperwork received more than 1 hour late will receive a 0. All Paperwork for the CDE’s listed
above will only be scored once and that score will follow the participant throughout the state CDE.
Each participant will submit the following no later than 2pm on Friday of State convention
delivered to the CDE Coordinator:
a.
Cover Letter (Points - 100)
1.
Fifteen copies of a single spaced 8 1/2” x 11” white bond paper letter of intent. The
paper is to be single sided only, typed with no more than ten characters per inch and
block justified.
2.
Letter is to be addressed to the Superintendent of the Career Development Event and
dated for the first day of the event.
b.
Résumé (Points - 175)
1.
Fifteen copies of a single spaced 8 1/2” x 11” white bond paper. The résumé is to be
single sided only, typed not to exceed two pages total. Suggested formats can be
found in the Greggs Manual.
2.
Résumé must be non-fictitious and based upon their work history.
3.
Students are to submit three letters of reference. (10 pts each)
2. At the State FFA Career Development Event the following will be completed:
a.
Application (Points - 50)
1. Students will complete a standard job application on-site, at 2pm on Friday of State
Convention.
b.
Personal Interview (Points - 450)
1. The preliminary round will consist of a 15 minute interview in front of a panel of judges.
2. Students participating in the final round will interview with three separate judges. Each
interview will last twenty minutes.
PRELIMINARY ROUNDS
Seating of the individuals in the preliminary round will be done by the use of the written cover letter and
resumescore. The number of indviduals in each flight will be determined prior seating. Order of presentation will be
drawn 30 minutes prior to the posted start time at the coach’s orientation.
TIEBREAKERS
Ties will be broken based on a follow-up telephone interview with the judges. A list will be posted near the interview
area indicating whether or not a follow-up interview will be required. The interview will take no more than 3 minutes.
POINT DEDUCTIONS
There will be a 10% reduction made to all cover letters and resumes not turned in on time.
If a contestant shows up more than 10 minutes late for the start of the CDE, they will be disqualified unless prior
arrangements have been made.
Any cover letters, resumes, and references that are more than 1 hour late will be receive a 0.
RESULTS TABULATION
1. Each personal interview judge will independently score each contestant using the provided scorecards.
2. Separate judges will score Resume, Cover Letter, and Applications to create a raw score to follow them
throughout the contest.
3. At the conclusion of the final interview the contest coordinator will provide a spreadsheet with resume, cover
letter, and application scores provided. Judges will then insert their personal interview scores and total the
scores.
4. Based on the total raw score, judges will rank the contestants.
5. With the CDE coordinator create an overall rank, based on the combination of judges rankings. Low score
wins.
Contestant
Personal
Interview
450
Resume
175
Cover
Letter
100
Application
50
Total
Raw
Score
Ranking
Job Interview
Name: __________________________________ Chapter: ______________________
Cover Letter
Composition
Correct format and stationary
Punctuation
Grammar
Spelling
General appearance
Composition Sub Total:
Content
Career goal specified
Proper qualifications
Content Sub Total:
Composition Sub Total:
Content Sub Total:
Grand Total:
Possible Points
10
10
10
10
10
50
Score
15
35
50
50
50
100
Job Interview
Name: ____________________________________Chapter: ________________________
Employment Application Scorecard
Possible Points
Overall impression
Legible
Neat
• Grammar
• Punctuation
Completed accordingly
Consistent with résumé
Grand Total:
5
10
10
10
15
50
Score
Job Interview
Name: ______________________________________ Chapter: ________________________
Personal Interview Scorecard
Appearance and courtesy
Greetings and introduction
Speech
• Grammar
• Vocabulary
• Volume
• Enunciation
Attitude and personality
• Forcefulness
• Poise
• Temperament
• Sincere
Ability to convince or impress
interviewer
• Persuasiveness
• Self-confidence
Knowledge and presentation of
abilities
• Educational experience
• Occupational experience
Reliability
• Frankness
• Consistency
• Accuracy
Poise
• Tact
• Discretion
• Questions asked of interviewer
Career Objective
• Degree to which the contestant
had determined career objective
Conclusion of interview
Grand Total:
Possible Points
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
450
Score
Job Interview
Name: ______________________________________ Chapter: ________________________
Résumé Scorecard
General Appearance
Possible Points
Presented in proper format
15
Pleasing to the eye
• Captures interest
• Layout
• Easily read
Grammar
• Punctuation
• Typing
• Spelling
General Appearance Sub Total:
40
20
75
Composition
Personal data
10
Career objective
10
Educational background
20
Work experience/skills
20
Special experiences, activities, honors
10
Letters of Recommendation (10pts
each)
30
Composition Sub Total:
100
Grand Total:
175
Score
Job Interview – For Tie Breaker
Name: _____________________________________
Chapter: ________________________
Telephone Interview Scorecard
Introduction
Initiative
Communicated Effectively
Exhibited Ambition and Efficiency
Diplomatic and courteous
Asked appropriate follow-up questions
Grand Total:
Possible Points
22
22
26
30
26
24
150
Score
SECTION II
LIVESTOCK EVALUATION
PURPOSE
The State FFA Livestock Evaluation CDE is designed as a practical method to increase knowledge in the selection of
livestock. It also measures the students’ ability to orally defend and discuss their decisions.
The state winning team in this activity will be eligible to represent the state in the National FFA CDE held at the time
of the National FFA Convention.
OBJECTIVES**
The objective of the National FFA Livestock Evaluation Career Development Event is to:
1. Understand and to interpret the value of performance data based on industry standards.
2. Measure students' knowledge in the following categories:
A. to make accurate observations of livestock.
B. to determine the desirable traits in animals.
C. to make logical decisions based on these observations.
D. to discuss and to defend their decisions for their placing.
E. to instill an appreciation for desirable selection, management and marketing techniques.
3. Develop the ability to select and market livestock that will satisfy consumer demands and
provide increased economic returns to producers as well as meet the needs of the industry.
4. Become proficient in communicating the terminology of the industry and the consumer.
5. Provide an opportunity for participants to associate with professionals in the industry.
6. Utilize current technology as it relates to the livestock industry.
ELIGIBILITY
1. The student contestant must be a bona fide dues paying FFA member in good standing with the local
chapter, state association and the National Organization at the time of his or her participation.
2. The student contestant, at the time of his or her participation, must be: (l) a high school student. A graduating
senior is considered eligible to compete in state and national contests up to and including the first National
FFA Convention following high school graduation. (2) Enrolled in at least one agriculture education course
with a supervised experience program, the objective of which is the establishment in an agricultural
occupation. INCOMING FRESHMEN ARE INELIGIBLE TO PARTICIPATE, EXCEPT IN STATE
LIVESTOCK WHERE THEY COMPETE FOR INDIVIDUAL AWARDS ONLY.
3. A beginning/novice member will defined as a 7th, 8th, 9th, or 1st year 10th grader until they have competed in a
sectional or state CDE in the CDE of which is in question.
4. If a member has competed in a National Event, they are no longer eligible to compete at the state level in any
event in which they compete at nationals.
The winning team in this CDE will be eligible to represent the state in the National Livestock Evaluation Event
held at the time of the National FFA Convention.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. A chartered FFA chapter may enter two teams in the Advanced Livestock Evaluation CDE and two teams in
the Beginning Livestock Evaluation CDE, with one team designated as the official team in each CDE. A
team may consist of five eligible members. The top 4 individual scores on a team will be used to determine
the team score.
2. Three sets of oral reasons will be designated by the division superintendent at the beginning of the CDE,
each on a different species, one breeding and one market, and one performance data set. Reasons will be
given after all classes have been placed. Two minutes will be allowed the contestant for each set of
reasons. The reason judges will work with the official judges when the reason class is judged. Oral reasons
will be graded on the basis of 50 points for a perfect score. The scores made on reasons will be added to
the individual placing score to determine the total individual score.
3.
Either one beef, sheep or swine female selection class will be included. Contestants will be required to
select the best four animals from eight, using visual appraisal and performance data. Performance data will
be provided either orally or visually.
4.
One class of breeding beef, sheep or swine will be evaluated with performance data provided for each
animal, this data will be used in the final placing of the class. This class will also be one of the three oral
reasons classes.
5.
Contestants will be allowed 12 minutes for each class. Two minutes will be allowed for passing time.
6.
The General Livestock Evaluation CDE Superintendent will have the authority to determine which classes
will be handled. Officials cannot touch animals that contestants are not allowed to handle.
7.
Contestants will be permitted to view the animals from all angles. The Livestock Evaluation CDE
Superintendent will arrange for rear view, side view, and close-up inspection of all classes in a systematic
manner.
8.
Animals will be numbered 1, 2, 3, and 4, left to right, as viewed from the rear.
9.
The Hormel system will be used for the official scoring except for reasons, selection and grading as per
National CDE Rules.
10. The Livestock Evaluation CDE Superintendent will designate a tie-breaking class.
11. The group leader will initial the correct response on the student's marks on the scorecard if a change is
necessary.
12. Livestock classes shall consist of:
** 1 of the Breeding classes shall have performance data and be one of the reasons classes
*Beginning competitors will answer a series of questions in place of the Oral Reasons classes.
2014:
1 class breeding ewes
1 class market lambs
1 class breeding gilts
1 class market hogs
1 class breeding heifers
1 class market cattle
1 class of market goats
1 class heifer selection (8 head)
*3 sets of oral reasons
2015:
1 class breeding ewes
1 class market lambs
1 class breeding gilts
1 class market hogs
1 class breeding heifers
1 class market cattle
1 class of market goats
1 class ewe selection (8 head)
*3 sets of oral reasons
2016:
1 class breeding ewes
1 class market lambs
1 class breeding gilts
1 class market hogs
1 class breeding heifers
1 class market cattle
1 class market goats
1 class gilt selection (8 head)
*3 sets of oral reasons
PROBLEM SOLVING (50 POINTS)
The problem-solving component of the event is a team activity for advanced teams only, requiring all members of
the team to work individually to complete the test. This will be a 50 point 25 question problem-solving test with
multiple-choice responses over livestock science selection, management and production. The questions will
come from the last three years of national tests. Time allowed will be one hour. Score earned will be recorded on
the individual scores. (Value per team is equal to 200 points.)
SECTION II
MARKETING PLAN
PURPOSE
The State FFA Marketing Plan Career Development Event is designed to help students develop practical skills in
the marketing process through the development and presentation of a marketing plan. Students research and
present a marketing plan for an agricultural product, supply or service. It is intended as a competitive activity
involving a team of three persons working for a local community agribusiness to support the FFA's outreach
mission.
OBJECTIVES
1. To develop an understanding of the marketing plan process.
2. To provide an activity to focus student and community attention on the agrimarketing curriculum.
3. To allow students to explore and prepare for possible careers in agrimarketing.
4. To help develop partnerships and improve relations with agricultural industries, local FFA chapters and
the general public.
ELIGIBILITY
1. The student contestant must be a bona fide dues paying FFA member in good standing with the local
chapter, state association and the National Organization at the time of his or her participation.
2. The student contestant, at the time of his or her participation, must be: (l) a high school student. A
graduating senior is considered eligible to compete in state and national contests up to and including
the first National FFA Convention following high school graduation. (2) Enrolled in at least one
agriculture education course with a supervised experience program, the objective of which is the
establishment in an agricultural occupation. INCOMING FRESHMEN ARE INELIGIBLE TO
PARTICIPATE, EXCEPT IN STATE LIVESTOCK WHERE THEY COMPETE FOR INDIVIDUAL
AWARDS ONLY.
3. If a member has competed in a National Event, they are no longer eligible to compete at the state level
in any event in which they compete at nationals.
The winning team in this CDE will be eligible to represent the state in the National Marketing Event held at
the time of the National FFA Convention.
DESCRIPTION
A chartered chapter may enter one team in the Marketing Plan CDE.
Local chapters may involve the entire chapter, a specific agriculture class or a three-person team. The intent is to
have a three-person team present the results of primary research involving the local community in providing a
reasoned and logical solution to a marketing problem. Understanding of the marketing process is manifested in
the marketing plan, which is presented in a five-to eight-page document and a live presentation before qualified
judges. Though only three individuals are on a team, any number of students may assist with the primary and
secondary research.
PROJECT OUTLINE/RESEARCH RESULTS (25 POINTS)
A. Select a local community agricultural business and decide on the product, supply or service for the marketing
plan.
B. Emphasis should be placed on the "value added" concept using marketing techniques to increase the value of
existing products, supplies or services.
C. The project outline should include the following aspects of the marketing process.
1. Analysis of market-- "Where are we now?" "Why were we hired?"
2.
3.
4.
5.
a. Buyer profile and behavior
b. Competition's strengths and weaknesses
c. Your product's/firm's strengths and weaknesses
d. Sales trends and forecasts
Business proposition-- "Where are we going?"
a. Key planning assumptions (cite sources of information)
b. Target market
c. Measurable and attainable objectives
d. Strategy statement
Action plan-- "How and when do we get there?"
a. Product positioning
b. Price
c. Place
d. Promotion
Evaluation-- "Did we do it?"
a. Achievements
b. Recommendations for future action
Projected budget-- "How much did we sell?" "How much did it cost?" And "What do we have left?"
a. Sales revenue
b. Cost of goods sold
c. Marketing plan costs
d. Earnings
WRITTEN PLAN PROCEDURES
1. Marketing Plan project outline must be uploaded to the FFA website two weeks prior to the Friday of State
Convention for manuscript scoring. Those missing the deadline will be penalized according the rules of
the CDE. All paperwork received more than 1 hour late will receive a 0. All Paperwork for the CDE’s
listed above will only be scored once and that score will follow the participant throughout the state CDE.
2. Five copies of the project outline must be submitted to the convention headquarters no later than
2pm on Friday of convention. All paperwork receive more than 1 hour late will receive a 0.
3. The project outline will not exceed eight pages in length (excluding the survey(s) and title page).
4. The project outline must be double-spaced typed or word processor copies on 81/2" x 11" white paper with
cover page that gives the project title, team name, state and date. The format should use one-inch
margins and ten characters per inch. Do not bind. Place a single staple in the upper left corner.
Manuscripts not meeting these guidelines will be penalized.
5. Written expression is important. Attention should be given to language, general appearance, structure
and format.
SCORING THE WRITTEN PLAN
1. PRELIMINARY ROUNDS: Seating of the teams in the preliminary round will be done by the use of the
teams written plan score. The number of teams in each flight will be determined prior seating. Teams
canceling out of the event may require an adjustment of the number of teams in a flight; and under the
direction of the Career Devolvement Event Coordinator. Team order of presentation will be drawn 30
minutes prior to the posted start time at the coach’s orientation.
2. SIDELINE COACHING: Coaches / advisors are not allowed to coach, prompt or give direction to the
student in any form once their team’s presentation has started.
3. COACH INTERACTION WITH JUDGES: Coaches / advisors are not to interact with judges prior to,
during or following the event. If the advisor / coach is allowed to attend the Judges Briefing (only if the
Event Superintendent has a team) interaction can occur during the Judges Briefing one hour prior to the
posted start time. Any violation of this could result in forfeiture of team placing and future involvement.
Any questions can be brought to the Event Superintendent for answer from the judges.
4. COACHES ORIENTATION: Coach / advisors are expected to be in attendance to a coaching orientation
30 minutes prior to the posted start time. The seating and location of the judges in the event room will be
determined at this time. Coaches are accountable for any information given and decisions made at the
orientation meeting.
5. JUDGES: A minimum of three competent and unbiased judges will be provided. The will be instructed
not to take sides on the issues. The superintendent of this CDE will adequately prepare the judges before
the event competition.
 In the instance that the Event Superintendent has a team in the event. All advisors may
attend the judges briefing one hour prior to the posted start time.
STANDARD BRIEFING FOR JUDGES ARE AS FOLLOWS:
o Smile get the students to relax.
o
If you smell blood (a student is lost or does not know the topic). Do not go in for the kill. This is a learning
experience. Score them accordingly but DO NOT MAKE A MOCKERY OF THE STUDENT!
o
Scripts and Note Cards are DISCOURAGED! With the exception of reading quote, a specific law or
regulation.
o
Don’t judge apples to oranges. Judge apples to apples. I.E. depth of knowledge in the given issues and
mastery of that issue.
o
Follow the score card.
o
Draw question off of the Portfolio, Presentation and Current state of the Issue.
o
Judges may ask questions of all individuals of the presenting team. Each individual is encouraged to
respond to at least one question from the judges.
o
The topic and concept is student based research. Do they know what they are talking about or are
they actors reading a script?
o
Judges be quick in asking your questions. The student only get five minutes for questions. If you the
judge is taking their time to explain your question the students lose response time.
o
Refer to the score card. Your scores are your scores. You will not share your scores with any
advisors, coaches or other judges. Once judging is complete rank the teams in order of finish first
through last. You will then combine your ranking of the teams with the other judges to come up with
the overall rank in order of finish. Low score wins.
o
Consistency is the most important aspect of your judging.
o
Judges will provide a Judges Feedback in the form of positive praise or constructive criticism to aid
the Coach / Advisor in student’s evaluation and instruction.
WRITTEN PLAN (30 POINTS)
The maximum score on the written plan is 30 points. Five areas are considered in scoring the written plan, as
follows:
WRITTEN PLAN
SCORECARD
“Value Added”
Concept used
Market Analysis
Business Proposal
Action Plan
Evaluation
Budget
TOTAL POINTS
Possible Points
2
8
4
8
4
4
30
PRESENTATION (70 POINTS)
A. A live presentation not exceeding 15 minutes duration should be planned and given. A warning will be
planned and given. A warning will be given after 12 minutes. The presentation will be followed by up to five
minutes of "clarifying" questions, with at least one question for each member of the team. Five points will be
deducted from the final score for each minute, or fraction thereof, over 15 minutes for the presentation.
B. The focus of the presentation should be to the top management of an agribusiness or farm. The team should
assume the role of marketing consultants, as found in industry. The team will inform the judges of their role in
the team's presentation.
C. Visual aids shall not be limited.
D. Scoring will be based on how effectively visual aids are used, not how elaborate they are.
E. The following equipment will be provided at the CDE site:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Two tripod easels (24" x 36")
One overhead projector and screen
One podium
Table and three chairs
F. The evaluation criteria will consist of the five parts of the marketing plan (marketing analysis, business
proposition, action plan, evaluation and budget), use of primary research and the effectiveness of the
presentation.
G. The question-and-answer session will be used to ask questions clarifying points in the presentation and to
determine student involvement in the preparation of CDE materials. At least one question will be directed to
each member of the team.
SCORING THE PRESENTATION
The maximum score on the presentation is 70 points
PRESENTATION SCORECARD
Possible Points
Marketing Process
28
(Understanding and clear presentation of the five parts of the marketing plan.)
Primary Research
18
(Involvement in solving a local community-oriented agribusiness marketing problem.)
Effectiveness of the Presentation
12
(Organization, professionalism, effectiveness of visuals and adherence to guidelines.)
Questions and Answers
12
TOTAL POINTS
70
TIME ALLOWANCE
The maximum time allowed for the presentation is 15 minutes. The timekeeper shall be responsible for keeping
an accurate record of time. Five points are to be deducted from the final score for each minute, or major fraction
(>30 sec.) thereof, that a presentation runs over 15 minutes.
EVENT RULES AND FORMAT
A. Judges
1.
Judges will be selected to represent a mix of industry, education and communication, if possible.
They should have some understanding of the marketing planning process.
2.
The judges will give a written evaluation after the finals and scoring are completed.
3.
A timekeeper should be designated among the three judges.
B. Room Arrangement
1. Only the designated resources are to be provided, and no other resources will be used.
2. Official FFA dress is required.
RESULT TABULATION
1. Individual judges will score manuscripts/portfolio with a raw score. If there are multiple judges, raw scores
will be averaged and the raw score will be used to formulate seeding for preliminary rounds, and will be
carried throughout the finals as well.
2. Presentation judges will judge each presentation/forum independently to formulate a raw score.
3. At the conclusion of the final presentation/forum, the contest coordinator will provide raw scores of
manuscript/portfolio.
4. Judges will combine their score, with portfolio score to create their own total score, and personal ranking.
5. With the CDE coordinator create an overall rank, based on the combination of judges rankings. Low score
wins.
Oregon FFA Marketing Plan Scorecard
Marketing Plan
“Value added”
Concept Used
Market
Analysis
Business
Proposal
Action Plan
Evaluation
Budget
TOTAL
Possible
Points
2
Team
Team
Team
Team
Team
Team
Team
Team
Team
Team
Team
Team
8
4
8
4
4
30
Presentation
Marketing
Process
Primary
Research
Effectiveness
of the
Presentation
Questions &
Answers
TOTAL
Possible
Points
28
18
12
12
70
NOTES:
 Marketing Process – Clear understanding and presentation of the five parts of the marketing plan.
 Primary Research – Involvement in solving a local community-oriented agribusiness marketing program.
 Effectiveness of the Presentation – Organization, professionalism, effectiveness of visual aids and
adherence to guidelines.
 Questions & Answers – Responses to questions posed by judges. Most, if not all, team members should
participate.
TEAM
TOTALS
100
SECTION II
MEATS EVALUATION & TECHNOLOGY
PURPOSE
The purpose of the Oregon FFA Association Meats Evaluation and Technology Career Development Event is for
students interested in the meat animal industry to become knowledgeable in evaluating meat types and to
develop awareness that will help them become more informed producers and consumers.
OBJECTIVES
1. To develop employment skills for students who are interested in exploring or pursuing career opportunities
in the meat animal industry.
2. To assist the local agriculture instructor in motivating students to become knowledgeable consumers of
meat and meat animal products and/or involved in the industry of meat animal marketing and
merchandising.
3. To encourage the development of broader analytical skills, critical thinking strategies and an understanding
of appropriate meat terminology for high school students.
4. To develop the ability to evaluate meat animal products in order to optimize economic returns to producers
and industry as well as to meet the needs of the consumer.
5. To develop good cooperation and communication skills in working together to accomplish a goal.
ELIGIBILITY
1. The student contestant must be a bona fide dues paying FFA member in good standing with the local
chapter, state association and the National Organization at the time of his or her participation.
2. The student contestant, at the time of his or her participation, must be: (l) a high school student. A
graduating senior is considered eligible to compete in state and national contests up to and including the
first National FFA Convention following high school graduation. (2) Enrolled in at least one agriculture
education course with a supervised experience program, the objective of which is the establishment in an
agricultural occupation. INCOMING FRESHMEN ARE INELIGIBLE TO PARTICIPATE, EXCEPT IN
STATE LIVESTOCK WHERE THEY COMPETE FOR INDIVIDUAL AWARDS ONLY.
3. If a member has competed in a National Event, they are no longer eligible to compete at the state level in
any event in which they compete at nationals.
The winning team in this CDE will be eligible to represent the state in the National Meats Event held at the
time of the National FFA Convention.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. A chartered FFA chapter may enter two teams in the Meats Event, with one team designated as the
official team. A team may consist of 5 eligible members. The score of the 3 high individuals will be used
to determine the team score.
2. Contestants will report for instructions at the time and place designated by the State FFA Event
Coordinator.
3. Retail Meat Cuts Identification - Students will identify 30 retail cuts of meat. The cuts will be divided into
three classes of 10 cuts per class. Students will be given one minute to identify each cut according to the
"Meat Identification Card," in Bulletin #4. Refer to "Primal/Retail Cuts Coding" in Bulletin #4 for further
information. Only the cuts listed are eligible to be used in this CDE. Students will be given one point for
correct species identification; two points for correct prime cut identification and three points for correct
retail trade name.
4. Beef Quality and Yield Grading - Contestants will quality and yield grade five beef small end rib steaks
or beef carcasses ribbed between the 12th & 13th ribs. Ten minutes will be allowed for each class. Form 5
will be used for these classes.
Quality Grading - The student will be given the carcass maturity score and then will determine a marbling
score based on USDA standards and then give the quality grade. The possible quality grades and a
corresponding letter are listed at the bottom of Form 5. The student should write the name and number
under the column titled "Quality Grade."
Yield Grading - Using Form 5 and small end rib steaks or beef carcasses ribbed between the 12th & 13th
ribs, students will be given carcass weights and Kidney, Pelvic and Heart Fat which is given for each
"carcass". Students will determine Ribeye size, fat thickness and calculate the Yield Grade. After
completing these steps, the student should write in the final "Yield Grade" and corresponding letter found
under "Yield Grade" at the bottom of "Form 5." Only the final yield will be graded.
5. Evaluation - Six of the following classes will be selected for students to place:
a. Two classes of retail cuts - beef, pork, or lamb.
b. Four class of four wholesale cuts - beef, pork or lamb
Ten minutes will be allowed to place each class. Under Rules of the CDE6. Team Activity - From the wholesale/retail classes above, 2 will be selected for the written questions team
activity class. There will be 10 questions worth 5 points per question.
Sample question: Which Pork Shoulder has the greatest amount of seam fat?
7. Event Scoring: The State Meats CDE will be scored as follows:
Section A: ....................... Retail Meat Cut Identification
Section B: ............................................ Quality Grading
............................................................... Yield Grading
Section C: ................ Placing of four wholesale classes
Section D: ......................... Placing of two retail classes
Team Activity ..............................................................
TOTAL EVENT ............................................................
180 points
50 points
50 points
200 points
100 points
50 points
630 points
8. Contestants and official judges are to make their placing and identifications without handling the meat
9. Other than the official cards for the CDE, contestants will also be allowed to have blank paper. No
mechanical aid such as a measuring device or light can be used in arriving at a decision.
Non-programmable calculators may be used in the CDE.
10. The group leader will initial the correct response on the student's marks on the scorecard if a change is
necessary.
11. Each contestant must bring their own frock & helmet.
REFERENCES
Meat Evaluation Handbook, copies of wall size charts of beef, pork, and lamb, a set of full color slides of retail
meat cuts and the Meat Board Guide to Identifying Meat Cuts are available from National Cattlemen's Beef
Association 444 N. Michigan Avenue, Chicago, IL 60611. Fax # - 800-368-3136
U.S. standards for grades of meat, the rib eye grids are available from Livestock and Seed Division, MS, USDA,
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20250.
Preliminary Yield Grade Ruler: NASCO, Ft. Atkinson, Wisconsin 53538.
Yellow Pages, for Section E of the CDE: America Meat Institute, PO Box 3556, Washington, D.C. 20007.
Ribeye Grid I.D. AS-34, Iowa State University, Cooperative Extension Service, Ames, Iowa 60010.
Name:
_________________ Chapter: ________________________________
Carcass Yield Grading
Carcas
s No.
PYG
Est.
Adj.
Carcas
s
Weight
Require
d REA
Rib Eye Area
Est.
Adj.
%KPH
Est.
Adj.
FYG
1
2
3
4
5
6
Yield Grade 1(YG1)
High – 1.00-1.33
Avg. – 1.34-1.66
Low – 1.67-1.99
Yield Grade 2(YG2)
High – 2.00-2.33
Avg. – 2.34-2.66
Low – 2.67-2.99
Yield Grade 3(YG3)
High – 3.00-3.33
Avg. – 3.34-3.66
Low – 3.67-3.99
Yield Grade 4(YG4)
High – 4.00-4.33
Avg. – 4.34-4.66
Low – 4.67-4.99
Yield Grade 5(YG5)
High – 5.00-5.33
Avg. – 5.34-5.66
Low – 5.67-5.99
Place yield grade and corresponding letter (H-High, A-Avg., L-Low) under the column marked Final Yield Grade (FYG). Ten points are
allowed for the correct grading of each carcass. A deduction of two points will be made for a one-third grade above or below the official
grade; five points will be deducted for two-thirds grade above or below the official grade; eight points will be deducted for one full grade
above or below the official grade; ten points will be deducted for more than one full grade above or below the official grade. Perfect score
will be sixty points.
Carcass Quality Grading
Carcass
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Age
Bone Lean
Marbling
Quality
Grade
Prime High
Prime Ave.
Prime Low
Choice High
Choice Avg.
Choice Low
Select High Commercial High
Select Low
Commercial Ave.
Standard High Commercial Low
Standard Avg. Utility High
Standard Low Utility Avg.
Utility Low
Place the grade in the space for “Quality Grade.” Ten points
are allowed for the correct grading of each carcass. A
deduction of two points will be made for a one-third grade
above or below the official grade; five points will be deducted
for two-thirds grade above or below the official grade; eight points will be deducted for one full grade above or
below the official grade; ten points will be deducted for more than one full grade above or below the official grade.
Perfect score will be sixty points.
Canner and Cutter grade will not be used in this event. Since maturity is a
factor between Standard and Commercial grades, carcasses are not included in
the event which are close to border-line of maturity between these grades.
There is not a Commercial for the carcasses from young animals, ; therefore,
the spaces given to “Commercial” are not considered when scoring the
carcasses from young animals.
SECTION II
NURSERY-LANDSCAPE
PURPOSE
The purpose of the Nursery-Landscape Event is to provide recognition to students who have shown proficiency in
the area of nursery practices and landscaping through vocational agriculture instruction.
OBJECTIVES**
1. Nursery/Landscape Principles: To apply nursery and landscape principles and practices as they impact
residential, commercial, public and recreational applications.
2. Plant Materials: To demonstrate the ability to identify, select and utilize nursery and landscape plants
(interior/exterior), landscape materials and turf grasses commonly used in the United States.
3. Plant Disorders: To demonstrate the ability to identify unhealthy plant conditions due to pests,
nutritional/physiological disorders and mechanical/chemical injury.
4. Cultural Practices: To demonstrate knowledge of the principles and skills involved in propagation, growth
requirements, growing techniques, harvesting, sustainability, marketing and maintenance of interior and
exterior landscape plants and turf grasses.
5. Design and Construction: To demonstrate knowledge of the principles and techniques of landscape design
and construction.
6. Supplies and Equipment: To demonstrate the ability to identify, select, use and maintain appropriate
supplies and equipment for nursery and landscape operations, including equipment and procedures in
mechanization and automation.
7. Safety: To demonstrate knowledge of safety practices in nursery and landscape operations.
8. Interpersonal Relations: To demonstrate skills in oral and written business communications.
9. Marketing: To demonstrate an understanding of marketing principles as well as proper sales and service
skills.
10. Records and Reports: To demonstrate the ability to prepare accurate and legible records and reports and
to interpret business documents.
ELIGIBILITY
1. The student contestant must be a bona fide dues paying FFA member in good standing with the local
chapter, state association and the National Organization at the time of his or her participation.
2. The student contestant, at the time of his or her participation, must be: (l) a high school student. A
graduating senior is considered eligible to compete in state and national contests up to and including the
first National FFA Convention following high school graduation. (2) Enrolled in at least one agriculture
education course with a supervised experience program, the objective of which is the establishment in an
agricultural occupation. INCOMING FRESHMEN ARE INELIGIBLE TO PARTICIPATE, EXCEPT IN
STATE LIVESTOCK WHERE THEY COMPETE FOR INDIVIDUAL AWARDS ONLY.
3. If a member has competed in a National Event, they are no longer eligible to compete at the state level in
any event in which they compete at nationals.
The winning team in this CDE will be eligible to represent the state in the National Nursery-Landscape Event
held at the time of the National FFA Convention.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. A chartered FFA chapter may enter two teams in the Nursery-Landscape Event, with one team designated
as the official team. A team may consist of 5 eligible members. The score of the 3 high individuals will be
used to determine the team score.
2. All equipment, tools, supplies, and other materials will be furnished for the CDE, unless otherwise
specified in these instructions.
3. Students or attending schools must provide their own # 2 pencils, clip boards and non-programmable
calculator.
4. All reference to plants will come from the "Oregon Nursery Plant Identification List".
5. The CDE will consist of four sections. The sections are:
Identification of Plant Material, Tools and Pest / Disorders.
General Knowledge Test
Practicum
Team Activity
6. The group leader will initial the correct response on the student's marks on the scorecard if a change is
necessary.
7. Contestants may not handle any CDE specimens or plant material.
8. The location or nursery from which plants for the plant identification will be used require a 30 Day site
quarantine. Applies to state CDE only.
9. Advisor will have the right to verify all Questions, Tests and Keys prior to total scoring. Any question or
problem questions will be adjusted prior to contestant placing. If an Advisor has the desire to verify the
Questions, Tests and Keys this should be done prior to the posted CDE start time.
10. All Career Development Event scoring sheets and keys will be given to the respective school following
awards.
11. Awards will not be given out until appeals are heard and reviewed.
12. Appeals must be given prior to awards.
13. Appeals committee will be advisor of teams present, CDE judges (if present) and CDE host.
SECTION I - IDENTIFICATION OF NURSERY MATERIALS
A. Plant Identification. 50 Plants @ 5 points = 250 Points.
Fifty specimens from the "Oregon Nursery Plant Identification List" will be displayed for contestants to identify by
technical and common names. Each specimen will be designated by a number and be alive and growing or
removed from growing tissue the day of the CDE.
When contestants have identified the plant specimen, the respective number from the plant list is to be marked on
the score card. Each contestant will be provided with a copy of the plant list at the CDE. Five points will be
awarded for each specimen correctly identified. Each contestant will be allowed 50 minutes to complete this
phase of the CDE.
No plant may be touched or handled in any way.
B. Tool Identification: 10 Tools @ 5 points = 50 Points.
Ten common nursery and landscape tools selected from the "Oregon Nursery Tool Identification List".
When contestants have identified each tool, the respective number from the tool list is to be marked on the score
card. Each contestant will be provided with a copy of the tool list at the CDE. Five points will be awarded for
each tool correctly identified.
No tools may be touched or handled in any way.
C. Pest and Disorders Identification: 10 Specimen @ 5 points = 50 Points.
Ten Pest and Disorders common in nursery and landscape selected from the "Oregon Nursery Pest and
Disorders Identification List".
When contestants have identified each Pest and or Disorder, the respective number from the Pest and Disorders
list is to be marked on the score card. Each contestant will be provided with a copy of the Pest and Disorder list
at the CDE. Five points will be awarded for each specimens correctly identified.
No specimen may be touched or handled in any way.
Tool, Pest & Disorders Identification
1. aerifier
2. anvil blade pruner
3. architect’s scale
4. bow saw
5. brick paver
6. broadcast spreader
7. burlap
8. compressed air sprayer
9. dust mask
10. edger
11. edging material
12. engineers scale
13. erosion netting
14. fertilizer tablet
15. galvanized pipe
16. garden rake
17. grafting band
18. granular fertilizer
19. gravity drop spreader
20. hedge shears
21. hoe
22. hose-end repair rifting coupler
23. hose-end washer
24. impulse sprinkler
25. leaf rake
26. Loppers
27. mattock
28. mist nozzle
29. landscape fabric
30. nursery spade
31. oscillating sprinkler
32. pole pruner
33. polyethylene film
34. PVC pipe
35. post-hole digger
36. power blower
37. pruning saw
38. reel mower
39. resin-coated fertilizer
40. respirator
41. rotary mower
42. rototiller
43. round point shovel
44. scoop shovel
45. shade fabric
46. sharpening stone
47. siphon proportioner
48. soaker hose
49. soil auger
50. soil sampling tube
51. solenoid valve
52. square/flat shovel
53. string trimmer
54. thatch rake
55. time clock
56. tree caliper measuring device
57. tree wrap
58. trowel
59. T-square
60. waterbreaker
SECTION II - GENERAL KNOWLEDGE (250 points per student)
50 Questions @ 5 points = 250 Points.
Fifty objective multiple-choice questions will be prepared on topics reflecting subject areas in the CDE objectives.
All questions will come from the last three years of national tests. This CDE phase will evaluate the contestant's
knowledge and understanding of basic horticultural principles in producing, marketing, landscaping principles,
using and maintaining nursery plants and turf. Contestants are allowed 50 minutes to complete this phase. Each
answer has a value of five points. All questions in regards plants and plant material will be plants that are listed on
the "Oregon Nursery Plant Identification List". All questions in regards to specific pest and tools will be items
listed on the “Oregon Nursery Pest Identification List" and "Oregon Nursery Tool Identification List" respectively.
SECTION II - PRACTICUM (200 points per student)
A. LANDSCAPE DRAWING: 10 Questions = 100 Points
This Practicum section is designed to evaluate contestant knowledge of any ability in the following areas;
Evaluating a landscape design
Reading a landscape drawing
Measuring and calculating materials needed to execute a landscape plan
Evaluating factors that affect profitability of a landscape business.
There will be 10 questions with four listed answers each. Contestant will select the best answer for each
question. A landscape drawing and scratch paper will be provided to the participants. The questions may
include such area as determining how the form and size of specified for a certain plant, the cost of fencing,
the number of patio pavers required, the area of sod to be installed, the volume of mulch required and the
labor cost to install a ground cover bed. In regards to the practicum questions no more than one question
can use the same or common questions\answer. So only one question can build upon a previous
question. IE: Needing a correct answer on question # 1 to get a correct answer on question # 2.
B. PROBLEM SOLVING 10 Question = 100 Points
A problem solving activity of 10 questions. These questions will be selected from the interpersonal
relations such as verbal or written customer assistance, nursery practices such as propagation, letter
writing, equipment maintenance, detecting and troubleshooting problems. For more detail refer to the
National Career Development Event Manual Phases IV - VII.
SECTION II - TEAM ACTIVITY (200 points)
200 Team Points
This Practicum involves all members of the team working together toward accomplishing a team assignment. It is
designed to evaluate individual and group contribution in coordination and cooperation of knowledge, evaluation
and decision making. The team activity has two parts, described below.
Team Preparation 15 minutes - The team member’s work as a group in evaluation of one or more landscape
drawings provided, as in the following examples:
A landscape plan either new or renovated is provided that includes, planting plan, hardscape, patio and etc.
Students will;
Develop an irrigation system.
Establish landscape maintenance plan.
Each of the components will be evaluated and are to be described verbally.
One or two landscape plans of the same property will be provided for evaluation in order to make a verbal
comparative description and recommendation on which plan is preferred by the team.
The team will have 15 Minutes for preparation. Blank paper will be provided for making any desired notes. A
judge will be observing and scoring during this time but not interacting with the team. If needed, the team may
ask the judge basic questions about the plan, drawings or assignment. All material needed will be provided.
Team Presentation 10 minutes - Each of the team members will share the allotted time in making a verbal
presentation to a judge, based on decisions made during preparation. It is up to the team to determine how the
allotted time is to be shared. The 10 minutes should be shared evenly. For the examples above this might be
conducted as follows.
Each team member separately described one of the plan components (Plants, irrigation or maintenance).
Positive and negative qualities of Plan A are described by a team member, repeated for Plan B by another, and
team recommendation provided by another team member.
The team will have 10 Minutes to share for individual presentation, interaction with the judge and each other.
Division of the time and organization of the presentation is at the team’s discretion. The judge may ask questions
of the presenter or other team members during this time. While this practicum emphasizes teamwork and
description of the landscape plans without an Ag sales component, it may be beneficial to consider the judge as a
landscape business client.
Refer to the Team Activity Score Card.
OREGON NURSERY/LANDSCAPE PESTS AND DISORDER IDENTIFICATION
148
Purslane
DISEASES
149
Quackgrass
101
Anthracnose
150
Thistle
102
Apple Scab
103
Black Spot
104
Botrytis
105
Brown Rot/Blossom Blight
106
Canker
107
Crown Gall
108
Fire Blight
109
Powdery Mildew
110
Red Thread
111
Root Rot
112
Shot Hole Fungus
PESTS
113
Aphid
114
Borer
115
Cut Worms
116
Leaf Hopper
117
Leaf Miner
118
Mealybug / Adelgids
119
Mole / Rodents
120
Nematodes / Damage
121
Root Weevil
122
Scale
123
Slug
124
Snail
125
Spider Mite
126
Whitefly
Physiological Problems
127
Frost / Freeze / Leaf Scorch
128
Chemical Injury
129
Cultural Injury
130
Iron Deficiency
131
Mower Injury
132
Nitrogen Deficiency
Weeds
133
Annual Bluegrass
134
Chickweed
135
Clover
136
Crabgrass
137
Dandelion
138
Dock
139
Fireweed
140
Groundsel
141
Henbit
142
Morning Glory
143
Nutsedge
144
Oxalis
145
Pigweed
146
Lantain
147
Prostrate Knotweed
OREGON NURSERY LANDSCAPE PLANT IDENTIFICATION LIST
# BOTANICAL NAME / COMMON NAME
# BOTANICAL NAME / COMMON NAME
101 Abelia x grandiflora / Glossy Abelia
102 Acer circinatum / Vine Maple
103 Acer palmatum cv. / Japanese Maple
104 Acer platanoides cv. / Norway Maple
105 Acer rubrum cv. / Red Maple
106 Ajuga reptans cv. / Carpet Bugle
107 Aquilegia x hybrida cv. / Columbine
108 Arctostaphylos uva-ursi / Bearberry, Kinnikinnick
109 Astilbe hybrid cv. / Astilbe
110 Berberis thunbergii cv. / Japanese Barberry
111 Betula pendula cv. / White Birch
112 Buxus sempervirens / Common Boxwood
113 Calluna vulgaris cv. / Heather
114 Camellia japonica cv. / Camellia
115 Cedrus atlantica ‘Glauca’ cv. / Blue Atlas Cedar
116 Cedrus deodara c.v. / Deodar Cedar
117 Cercis canadensis cv. / Redbud
118 Chamaecyparis obtusa cv. / Hinoki Cypress
119 Chrysanthemum x superbum cv. / Shasta Daisy
120 Clematis all cv./ Clematis
121 Cornus florida cv. / Flowering Dogwood
122 Cornus stolonifera cv. / Red Osier Dogwood
123 Cotoneaster dammeri / Dammeri Cotoneaster
124 Crataegus phaenopyrum / Washington Hawthorn
125 Daphne odora / Winter Daphne
126 Euonymus alatus / Winged Euonymus
127 Euonymus fortunei cv. / Wintercreeper
128 Fagus sylvatica cv. / European Beech
129 Fatsia japonica / Japanese Aralia
130 Festuca cv. / Fescue
131 Forsythia x intermedia cv. / Border Forsythia
132 Fraxinus americana cv. / White Ash
133 Gaultheria shallon / Salal
134 Ginkgo biloba / Ginkgo, Maidenhair Tree
135 Gleditsia tricanthos inermis cv. / Thornless
Honeylocust
136 Hedera helix cv. / English Ivy
137 Hemerocallis species cv. / Daylily
138 Hosta species / Hosta, Plantain Lily
139 Hydrangea macrophylla cv. / Big Leaf Hydrangea
140 Hypericum calycinum / St. Johnswort
141 Ilex aquifolium cv. / English Holly
142 Ilex cornuta / Chinese Holly
143 Ilex crenata cv. / Japanese Holly
144 Ilex opaca / American Holly
145 Iris species all cv. / Iris
146 Juniperus chinensis cv. / Chinese Juniper
147 Juniperus horizontalis cv. / Creeping Juniper
148 Juniperus virginiana ‘Skyrocket’ / Skyrocket
Juniper
149 Kalmia latifolia / Mountain Laurel
150 Laburnum watereri / Goldenchain Tree
151 Lagerstroemia indica cv. / Crape Myrtle
152 Ligustrum japonicum cv. / Japanese Privet
153 Liquidambar styraciflua / Sweet Gum
154 Liriodendron tulipifera / Tulip Tree
155 Lolium perrene / Perennial Ryegrass
156 Lonicera japonica ‘Halliana’ / Japanese
Honeysuckle
157 Magnolia grandiflora / Southern Magnolia
158 Magnolia soulangiana cv. / Chinese (Saucer)
Magnolia
159 Magnolia stellata / Star Magnolia
160 Mahonia aquifolium cv. / Oregon Grape
161 Mahonia nervosa / Longleaf Mahonia
162 Malus species cv. / Flowering Crabapple
163 Nandina domestica / Heavenly Bamboo
164 Narcissus pseudo-narcissus / Daffodil
165 Pachysandra terminalis / Japanese Spurge
166 Paeonia hybrid cv. / Peony
167 Parthenocisus tricuspidata / Boston Ivy
168 Photinia fraseri / Fraser Photinia
169 Picea abies ‘Nidiformis’ / Birds Nest Spruce
170 Picea abies all cv. / Norway Spruce
171 Picea glauca ‘Conica’ / Alberta Spruce
172 Picea pungens cv. / Colorado (Blue) Spruce
173 Pieris japonica / Lily of the Valley Shrub,
Japanese Andromeda
174 Pinus contorta / Shore Pine
175 Pinus mugo cv./ Mugho Pine
176 Pinus nigra / Austrian Pine
177 Pinus strobus cv. / Eastern White Pine
178 Pinus sylvestris / Scotch Pine
179 Pinus thunbergiana / Japanese Black Pine
180 Platanus x acerifolia / London Planetree
181 Platycladus orientalis cv. / Oriental Arborvitae
182 Poa praetensis cv. / Kentucky Bluegrass
183 Polystichum munitum / Sword Fern
184 Potentilla fruticosa cv. / Shrubby Cinquefoil,
Potentilla
185 Prunus cerasifera cv. / Flowering Plum
186 Prunus laurocerasus / English Laurel
187 Prunus laurocerasus ‘Otto Luyken’ / Otto Luyken
Laurel
188 Prunus serrulata cv. / Japanese Flowering Cherry
189 Pseudotsuga menziesii / Douglas Fir
190 Pyracantha coccinea / Firethorn
191 Pyrus calleryana / Callery Pear (Flowering Pear)
192 Quercus palustris / Pin Oak
193 Quercus rubra / Red Oak
194 Rhododendron hybrid / Exbury (Deciduous) Azalea
195 Rhododendron species / Evergreen Azalea
196 Rhododendron species / Rhododendron
197 Rosa x cv. / Hybrid Tea Rose
198 Skimmia japonica / Japanese Skimmia
199 Sorbus aucuparia / European Mountain Ash
200 Spiraea species cv. / Spiraea
201 Syringa vulgaris cv. / Lilac
202 Taxus cuspidata / Upright Japanese Yew
203 Taxus x media cv. / Anglojap (Hick’s Yew)
204 Thuja occidentalis cv. / American Arborvitae
205 Tilia cordata cv. / Little-Leaf Linden
206 Tsuga canadensis / Canadian Hemlock
207 Tulipa cv. / Tulip
208 Viburnum x burkwoodii / Burkwood Viburnum
209 Viburnum davidii / David Viburnum
210 Vinca minor / Periwinkle
211 Wisteria sinensis / Chinese Wisteria
212 Yucca filamentosa / Adam’s Needle, Yucca
Knaylor 8/13/98
OREGON NURSERY / LANDSCAPE SCORING
Section
#
Section I
Activity
Individual
Points
Top Three
Scores
Team
Points
Identification
A - Plants
B - Tools
C - Pest and
Disorders
250
50
50
X 3 = 750
X 3 = 150
X 3 = 150
750
150
150
Section II
General Knowledge Test
250
X 3 = 750
750
SECTIO
N II
Practicum
100
100
X 3 = 300
X 3 = 300
300
300
A - Landscape
Drawing
B - Problem Solving
SECTIO
N II
Team Activity
200
Total
800
2600
Student Name:_________________________Chapter:__________________________
TOOL ID
1_____________________________________________________________________
2. ____________________________________________________________________
3. ____________________________________________________________________
4. ____________________________________________________________________
5. ____________________________________________________________________
6. ____________________________________________________________________
7. ____________________________________________________________________
8. ____________________________________________________________________
9. ____________________________________________________________________
10. ___________________________________________________________________
Student Name:_________________________Chapter:__________________________
PEST & DISORDER ID
1_____________________________________________________________________
2. ____________________________________________________________________
3. ____________________________________________________________________
4. ____________________________________________________________________
5. ____________________________________________________________________
6. ____________________________________________________________________
7. ____________________________________________________________________
8. ____________________________________________________________________
9. ____________________________________________________________________
10. ___________________________________________________________________
Student Name:_________________________Chapter:__________________________
PLANT ID
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
CHAPTER
TEAM ACTIVITY SCORECARD
Possible
Points
PREPARATION
Team Leadership roles established/evident
10
Project assignment & goal defined
10
Member responsibilities were outlined and defined
10
Members effective in individual tasks
20
Members were supportive of each other
20
Members interact in a positive/constructive way
20
Agreement reached on individual evaluations
10
Presentation plan developed (who does what/when)
10
PRESENTATION
Positive voice, grammar, eye contact
10
Effective Organization of information
10
Communication of information
10
Demonstrates knowledge of subject
10
Effective team interaction during presentation
10
Appropriate participation from each team member
10
Effective total team presentation
20
Team Assignments fulfilled
10
TOTAL POINTS
200
Team
Points
SECTION II
PARLIAMENTARY PROCEDURE
PURPOSE
The purpose of the Parliamentary Procedure Event is to encourage proficient participation in the conduct of the
business of an organization.
OBJECTIVES**
Students will be able to:
A. Use parliamentary procedure to conduct an orderly and efficient meeting.
B. Demonstrate knowledge of parliamentary law.
C. Present a logical, realistic and convincing debate on motions.
D. Record complete and accurate minutes.
E. Utilize parliamentary resources to solve problems of organizational management and operations.
ELIGIBILITY
1. The winning team in the advanced event will represent Oregon at the National Parliamentary Procedure
Event held during the National FFA Convention.
2. The student contestant, at the time of his or her participation, must be: (l) a high school student. A
graduating senior is considered eligible to compete in state and national contests up to and including the
first National FFA Convention following high school graduation. (2) Enrolled in at least one agriculture
education course with a supervised experience program, the objective of which is the establishment in an
agricultural occupation.
3. A beginning member will defined as a 7th, 8th, 9th, or 1st year 10th grader until they have competed in a
sectional or state CDE in the CDE of which is in question. The beginning event will follow the same rules
and regulations as the advanced event.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. A team will consist of six chapter officers (they may or may not be regular chapter officers).
2. District, Sectional & State levels of Creed Speaking, Beginning Public Speaking, Sophomore Public
Speaking, Advanced Prepared Public Speaking, Extemporaneous Public Speaking, Beginning
Parliamentary Procedure, and Advanced Parliamentary Procedure events will be open to the public.
3. Each set of officers will conduct the meeting for 12 minutes, with time to begin when the Chair calls for the
first discussion on the initial motion. While one set of officers is in the "chairs" the other three teams
competing in the CDE will act as floor members. Officers in the chairs may not make motions or debate.
An impartial person shall be appointed as timer.
4. Officers shall represent the same office throughout the CDE and shall be seated with the chairman at the
rear of the team and other officers in order from rear to front.
5. Roberts' Rules of Order, Revised Edition, shall be the final authority on parliamentary procedure except
where it is in conflict with the FFA CDE Manual.
6. No member may yield the floor to any other member.
7. The only item allowed on the floor for the CDE will be a writing utensil, provided topic sheet, and a clean
clipboard. Secretary’s letterhead and extra paper for the chairman shall be placed at the judges table
while teams are on the floor. The letterhead and extra paper must be turned in a the end of the teams turn
in the chair position.
8. Team secretaries will be required to keep minutes of the meeting, on official letterhead, while their team is
in charge. Any member may call upon the secretary to read a motion at any time during the CDE. Each
secretary is to submit their minutes to the judges three (3) minutes after the session is closed.
9. Should any member of any competing team communicate with his/her advisor, use a book, or other
parliamentary help from the opening of the CDE to the closing of the final session, offending person(s)
shall be penalized be receiving a zero for the entire event, thus also receiving a -15. No talking is allowed
by team members during the CDE sessions, with the exception of the secretary and the chairman during
their time in the chair. Talking among team members ONLY in the time between rotations ONLY is
allowed.
10.
A definite rotation to begin at far left (left to right from the presiding officer) will be followed for all main and
subsidiary motions and their discussion. Incidental motions will be taken wherever they occur, and the
rotation will continue where it left off. (It is optional for the chairman to keep a record sheet to help keep
track of the rotation and pending motion.)
11. For incidental motions to gain points, they must do one of the following:
a. Advance business in the proper form.
b. Protect the rights of the members.
12.
Each parliamentary team will draw for the order in which they will preside and participate as floor
members. State rotation chart will be as follows:
Chairman
Row 1
Row 2
Row 3
1
2
3
4
2
3
4
1
3
4
1
2
4
1
2
3
13. A set of the same 20 "topics for discussion" will be furnished to each member in the CDE at the beginning
of the CDE. The words "not" and "should not" will not be part of the topics for discussion. Main motions
should relate directly to the topics but need not use the same wording. All topics for discussion are to be
considered as hypothetical, and the delegation is to deal with them as such. The reading of the topic for
discussion, which will be selected at random, will be done by the secretary "in the chair."
14. The "topics for discussion" will be formulated from topics annually submitted to the state advisor by district
FFA advisors and distributed to every FFA chapter. These topics distributed by the state advisor will be
used for district, sectional and state contests. Each district advisor will submit on or before July Executive
Committee Meeting, to the state advisor, a list of 20 topics. The topics are to deal with (a) The FFA, (b)
Current Events Related to Agriculture, (c) Production Agriculture, (d) Agribusiness, and (e) Agricultural
Legislation. No topic to be used more than two years in a row.
15. The district, sectional, and state contests will use the topics for discussion that are supplied by the state
office. Local chapters may use any topics they wish for their chapter contests.
16. At the district, sectional and state contests the 20 numbered "topics for discussion" should be prepared
ahead of time. Enough copies should be available for all team contestants plus judges. A container will
be available in which individual folded slips of paper that have been numbered from l to 20, are to be
placed. The secretary "in the chair" will draw a number upon direction of the president "in the chair" to
select the topic of discussion. Numbered topic areas will be used only once during a CDE.
17. When the chairman of the team "in the chairs" is ready to call for new business, he/she may say: "...as
there is no old business to come before the meeting, we will proceed at once into new business which is
consideration of the 'topics for discussion.' Will the secretary please select at random and read the
number of the first topic for discussion." When a motion on the first topic for discussion has been finalized
(passed, failed, refer/comment, postpone, etc.) the chairman will ask the secretary to select at random and
read the number of the second topic for discussion and so forth.
18. The only time "floor members" can participate is when the presiding officer calls for new business.
19. Before the "floor member" or an officer is allowed to speak, he/she must stand to be recognized by the
presiding officer. Alternate provisions must be made for physically handicapped members.
20. No team member can make more than one motion or subsidiary motion until another person has been
recognized. A member cannot move a subsidiary motion after discussion without obtaining the floor
again. If a member moved to lay on the table and it passes, the maker of the motion has first priority to
the floor for a new motion.
21. The timer will notify each set of officers in charge when the 12-minute business session is finished by
stating: "All motions have been moved and seconded and previous question on all pending business has
passed." The chairperson will then dispose of all current business on the floor in an orderly manner. Floor
members only will participate (not "team in the chair"). Only the voting and adjournment is permitted
following the timers announcement.
STRATAGEM
The CDE is to operate in the atmosphere or circumstance of the State FFA Convention. Each team of officers,
when taking the chairs, will consider themselves as the state officers operating a business session at the State
Convention. Other team members taking part in the CDE should be considered as official chapter delegates at
the convention taking part in the business session. Each time a team turns the "chairs" over to another team, the
first business session of the new State Convention is started and thus situations cannot be carried over from one
team's handling of a business session to another. The topics which generate action in each session are to be
considered as hypothetical -- topics which might logically or properly be handled by the State FFA Convention or
delegate body. The outcome will not be binding on the association in actuality but should be treated by the
competing teams as though the action could be made when it is within the scope of the FFA. Topics not directly
under the jurisdiction of the Oregon FFA Association should be moved as "The Oregon FFA Association goes on
record as supporting/opposing the topic for discussion."
PROCEDURES DURING THE TIME EACH SET OF OFFICERS IS IN CHARGE
1. Opening and closing ceremonies will not be given by competing teams.
2. Reading of minutes, treasurer's report, orders of the day, committee reports, and unfinished business will
be dispensed with during the CDE.
3. Business procedure and time starts when presiding officer calls for discussion on the initial motion.
4. Permissible motions:
a. Main motion
b. Amendments and amendments to amendments
c. Commit or refer (only to committees appointed by chair or named in referral)
d. Postpone definitely or indefinitely (not to include special order of the day)
e. Lay on or take from table (take from the table can only be used in sessions when business is laid
on the table)
f. Previous question
g. Point of order
h. Question of privilege
i. Appeal from decision of chair. To be limited to one debate for maker of motion and the chairman
j. Point of information
k. Point of parliamentary inquiry
l. Call for division of the house
m. Reconsider
n. Divide the Question
5. Directions for using scorecard:
a. One sheet is used for every session, and after all sessions each team's points are tabulated on
one sheet to arrive at winners.
b. Main motions are awarded 0-2 points based on originality and clarity in the speakers stating of the
main motion.
c. Amendments to the main motion, amendments to the amendment, and postpone indefinitely are
given 0-2 points based on originality and clarity.
d. Other subsidiary motions and their pending amendments are given 0-1 points. Previous question
motions are given 0-3 points.
e. Incidental motions are given 0-1 points based on judges' opinion of logical and proper use.
f. Discussion:
1. Main motion discussion is given 0-5 points.
2. Discussion on postpone indefinitely, amendments to the main motion, and amendment to
the amendment on the main motion are given 0-5 points.
3. Discussion on other subsidiary motions and debatable incidental motions are given 0-2
points.
g. Parliamentary errors, time wasting maneuvers, and unsportsmanlike conduct are to be penalized a
minus 1-3 points according to degree of seriousness.
h. There shall be given 0-6 points for official dress. (One point for each team member in official
dress.)
i. A minus 5 points is scored for each team member who does not gain one net points for their team
during the time they are on the floor during the whole CDE.
j. Teams with less than 6 members shall not win and every team with an empty chair will receive a
30 point deduction.
STATE EVENT
1. Scoring judges for the state event shall consist of the four second place sectional CDE advisors and one
district advisor selected by the State Staff to serve as referee, head judge.
2.
It shall be the responsibility of the district advisors to notify the State Advisor 14 days prior to the State
Convention of the second place sectional team and other teams and their placing in the sectional CDE.
3.
One timer shall be appointed by the State Advisor.
4.
Notifying and policing of rule violations will be done by the CDE coordinator to the judges before final
scoring.
JUDGES' INSTRUCTIONS
1. The judges shall appoint one of their members to act as referee. If confusion should occur as to the
proper procedures to follow with any motions or business, he/she will notify the chairman of the chapter to
make the decision regardless of whether it is right or wrong, and proceed with the meeting. (If there
should be an error in the chairman's decision, the judges should note the error.)
2. The timer will notify each set of officers in charge when the 12 minutes are completed.
3. After all sets of officers have competed, the judges will have the right to quiz the officers of each team
relative to parliamentary procedures. (Suggested as tie breaker. One question can be asked of one
officer determined by drawing and question(s) to be determined before the drawing.)
4. Each judge may select a recorder to assist in keeping participation records.
TEAM IN CHAIR
Chairman (possible 20 points)
Secretary (possible 8 points)
Official Dress (possible 6 points)
TOTAL POINTS
CHAIRMAN TO BE SCORED ON THE FOLLOWING:
a. Absence of parliamentary errors .................................................5 points
b. Proper administration of parliamentary errors by members .........5 points
c. Method used for correct and orderly dispensing
of business at hand .........................................................5 points
d. Leadership - stage presence, voice, self-confidence,
politeness and fairness ........................................................5 points
SECRETARY'S MINUTES (possible 8)
Minutes must be in paragraph form (not outline or "notes" form). The secretary's minutes will be scored upon
legibility, punctuation, spelling, and clarity, and must include official letterhead, time and date, place, chairman
name, and secretary's signature. These will be worth 4 points.
Action taken on motion (passed, refer, postpone) will be worth another 4 points.
SCORECARD FOR JUDGING FFA PARLIAMENTARY PROCEDURE CDE
CHAPTER IN CHAIR
_________________________
CHAPTER
_________________
P
V
S
T
R
S
P
V
S
T
R
S
P
V
S
T
R S
Originality in
Main Motion 0-2 pts
Main Motion
Discussions 0-5 pts
Postpone Indefinitely
Amendments to the
Amendment 0-1 pts
Amendments to Main
Motion 0-2 points
Discussion on
Postpone Indefinitely
Amendments to Main
Motion, and
Amendment to the
Amendment 0-5 pts
Other Subsidiary
Motions and their
Pending
Amendments 0-1 pts
Discussion on Other
Subsidiary Motions
and Debatable
Incidental Motions
0-2 points
Incidental Motions
0-1 points
Previous Question
0-3 points
Parli Errors, Time
Wasting Maneuvers,
Unsportsmanlike
Conduct
Minus 1-3 points
Individual Positive
Points
Individual Negative
Points
INDIVIDUAL TOTAL
TOTAL TEAM
POINTS
Minus 5 points for every team member who does not earn 1 net point for their team during the whole CDE.
*Privileged motions receive no points.
Suggested Interpretation of the Parli Pro Scorecard






Originality in Main Motion – is to offer a creative solution to the problem, more than simply restating the
topic with” I move” in front.
5 point discussion – should be articulate, well thought out, and state facts relating to the topic.
Subsidiary motions and their discussion – should be relevant to the main motion, not just a strategy for
points. They should help move business in the forward direction and discussion should strengthen
argument for the pending motion.
Amendments to subsidiary motions – again should not be time-wasting or for points only. They should
have a definite purpose in moving business forward. For example: if judges feel that there is no real
productive reason for an amendment to a referral to a committee, then it should receive a 0 in points.
Incidental motions – should not be given any points if they are arbitrarily made for no real purpose. Can
by appropriately to question the chairman, clarify Roberts Rules of Order, or to clarify discussion points.
Previous Question – 0 points: discussion has just started, member clearly has nothing else to say; 1 or 2
pts: discussion might be getting repetitive but there is probably subsidiary motions that could be made to
strengthen the motion; 3 pts: discussion is redundant, perhaps the teams or chairman are confused, and
the session is spiraling downward, and the discussion should be stopped.
Heirarchy
Privileged Motions
Question of Privilege
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Only on - vote
Yes
Majority
Two-Thirds
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Majority
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Majority
Majority
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Majority
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Majority
Point of Order
No
No
No
No
Parliamentary
Inquiry
No
No
No
No
Appeal
Yes
Yesonce
No
Yes
Yes
Point of Information
No
No
No
No
No-chair
decides
No
No
No
No
revoting
Yes
No
Yes
No
Majority
Yes
*
No
No
Majority
Majority
No
2
1
Main
Main Motion
5
4
3
Vote ?
No-chair
decides
No
Subsidiary Motions
Lay on the Table
Previous Question
Postpone to a
Definite Time
Refer to a
Committee
Amend
Postpone
Indefinitely
7
6
Oregon FFA Parli Pro Motions
Second Debate Amend
?
?
?
Reconsiderable
Incidental Motions
Division of the
House
Division of the
Question
Reconsider
Motion that brings
a question back
before the
assembly
Take From the
Table
Yes
No
No
*This depends on whether the reconsidered motion is debatable.
No-chair
decides
No-chair
decides
SECTION III
PORTFOLIO - Beginning & Advanced
The portfolio Contest will allow the student to show case the accomplishments of the FFA member in a real world
format. The portfolio will be a visual documentation that the student will be able to use in real life.
General requirements:
All pages will be the equivalent of 8 ½ X 11 single-sided.
Single cover page and tabs/dividers will not be included in page count. Divider pages shall remain blank and
tabs can be identified.
Portfolio Components:
SAE Documentation – One to two page summary of SAE experience.
FFA Activities – Five page limit. Potentially including but not limited to Contest, leadership development,
community activities, awards and recognition.
Non-FFA Activities – Five page limit. Potentially including but not limited to non-FFA and/or Career
enhancement activities. Example: 4-H, community involvement, church groups, other professional technical
organizations, sports, and other activities.
Academics – Five page limit. Potentially including but not limited to awards and recognition. Examples:
Academic Skills Sets, work samples and certificates, transcripts, certifications, academic certificates and tests.
Other – Three page limit.
Portfolio Design:
The portfolio should be organized in a neat, easy to read/view format Electronic presentations will be limited to 21
slides, using either power point or windows media format with the cd disk being turned in at registration. The
portfolio committee will be provided a laptop to evaluate electronic portfolios by the state staff, equipped with
power point and windows media software. The committee will evaluate the content, completeness and relevancy
of the portfolio, not the quality of the presentation. Music will not be allowed as part of the presentation.
Each District will be allowed to enter one Beginning and one Advance Portfolio.
Beginning Portfolio Contest is open to Freshmen and Sophomores. Advanced Portfolio Contest is open to Junior,
Senior or second time competitors.
FFA Portfolio Contest Scorecard
Pts
Item
Full Points
20
20-15
SAE Summary
Portfolio has pertinent and
accurate summary of the
SAE experience to include;
net worth statement, hours,
income and expenses,
inventory and other relevant
information.
30
30-25
FFA Activities
Portfolio has pertinent
examples/documentation of
FFA Activities. Potentially
including but not limited to;
CDE, Leadership
Development, Community
Activities, Awards & Degree
Recognition.
20
Non FFA
20
Academics
10
Other
20-15
Portfolio has pertinent
examples/documentation of
non-FFA and/or career
enhancement activities.
20-15
Portfolio has pertinent
examples/documentation of
academics. Potentially
including but not limited to;
awards and recognition.
10-8
Portfolio has
examples/documentation of
pertinent information
Middle Points
14-5
Portfolio has a vague
summary of the SAE
experience to include; net
worth statement, hours,
income and expenses,
inventory and other
pertinent information.
24-6
Portfolio has debatably
relevant
examples/documentation
of FFA Activities.
Potentially including but
not limited to; CDE,
Leadership Development,
Community Activities,
Awards & Degree
Recognition.
14-5
Portfolio has debatably
relevant
examples/documentation
of non-FFA and/or career
enhancement activities.
14-5
Portfolio has debatably
relevant
examples/documentation
of academics. Potentially
including but not limited
to; awards and
recognition.
7-3
Portfolio has debatably
relevant
examples/documentation
of pertinent information.
Low/No Points
4-0
Portfolio is severely
missing or has
irrelevant summary of
the SAE experience
5-0
Portfolio is severely
missing or has
irrelevant
examples/documentati
on of FFA Activities.
4-0
Portfolio is missing or
has irrelevant
examples/documentati
on of non-FFA and/or
career enhancement
activities.
4-0
Portfolio is missing or
has irrelevant
examples/documentati
on of academics.
2-0
Portfolio is missing or
has irrelevant
examples/documentati
on of pertinent
information.
SECTION II
POULTRY EVALUATION
The Oregon FFA State Poultry Career Development Event follows the rules and guidelines of the National Event
published by National FFA.
SECTION II
PREPARED PUBLIC SPEAKING
PURPOSE
This event is designed to develop leadership abilities by providing participation in agricultural public speaking
activities and stimulating interest in leadership and citizenship. Preliminary contests are of a local, district,
sectional, state, and regional character and are held under the auspices of the FFA unit concerned. These
preliminary events culminate in the national CDE held at the time of the FFA National Convention.
OBJECTIVES
Participants in this career development event will become proficient in the following areas:
1. Develop specific knowledge about a particular and concerning agricultural topic
2. Learn how to effectively research for credible sources and information
3. Articulate thoughts and ideas pertaining to agriculture for public understanding
4. Develop public speaking skills for crowds of various sizes
5. Effectively respond to inquiries about that particular agricultural topic
ELIGIBILITY
1. The student contestant, at the time of his or her participation, must be: (l) a high school student. A
graduating senior is considered eligible to compete in state and national contests up to and including the
first National FFA Convention following high school graduation. (2) Enrolled in at least one agriculture
education course with a supervised experience program, the objective of which is the establishment in an
agricultural occupation.
2. A member representing a state association in sub-regional, regional, or national contests is ineligible to
compete in future Public Speaking Contests.
3. The state winner will represent Oregon in the National CDE.
4. A contestant is eligible at the sectional and state level to enter the Extemporaneous Public Speaking,
Creed Speaking, Beginning Public Speaking, Sophomore Public Speaking, or the Public Speaking events,
but only in one.
5. In the event that a contestant is first or second in more than one of the above contests at the district level,
the contestant must decide at the conclusion of the last CDE he/she competes in which area he/she
wishes to advance in. The decision must be made the day of the last CDE, and the district advisor notified
so that the third place contestant may have the opportunity to advance.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. EACH CONTESTANT'S SPEECH IS TO BE THE RESULT OF THEIR OWN RESEARCH AND
COMPOSITION. Training in both composition and delivery is limited to the facilities of the school from
which the contestant comes, but facts and working data may be secured from any source.
2. District, Sectional & State levels of Creed Speaking, Beginning Public Speaking, Sophomore Public
Speaking, Advanced Prepared Public Speaking, Extemporaneous Public Speaking, Beginning
Parliamentary Procedure, and Advanced Parliamentary Procedure events will be open to the public.
3. Contestants who have won the right to compete in a sectional CDE must also file with the hosting district
advisor:
a. One original and five double-spaced typewritten copies of the speech on 8-1/2" x 11" paper.
b. There will be a 50 point penalty for late or insufficient number of manuscripts.
4. Contestants who have won the right to compete in a state CDE must upload their manuscript to the FFA
website two weeks prior to the Friday of State Convention for manuscript scoring and questions
formulation.
5. Contestants who have won the right to compete in a state CDE must also file with the CDE Coordinator
through their Agriculture Instructor by 2pm Friday of State Convention:
a. One original and twelve double-spaced typewritten copies of the speech on 8-1/2" x 11" paper.
b. A signed statement of originality of research and composition on form provided. (State CDE)
c. There will be a 50 point penalty for late or insufficient number of manuscripts. All paperwork
received more than 1 hour late will receive a 0.
6. A bibliography must be included as part of the public speaker's manuscript and direct quotes from any
other source of information must be marked in quotes on the manuscript and be identified in the
bibliography. This applies to all contests above the chapter level. Failure to comply will result in
disqualification.
7. Once all public speaking awards have been presented, no changes in the placing or awards may occur.
The only exception is if plagiarism has occurred.
8. Participants must wear official FFA dress in the state event. Twenty (20) points will be deducted from the
total score for those who fail to meet this requirement.
9. Official judges shall disqualify a contestant if they speak on a non-agricultural subject. Contestants may
choose any current subject for their speeches which is of an agricultural character (nature) which may
include: Agriscience and technology, agribusiness, agrimarketing, international agricultural relations, and
agricultural communications.
10. Each speech shall be a minimum of six (6) minutes in length and a maximum of eight (8) minutes. Each
contestant will be allowed five (5) minutes additional time in which they will be asked questions relating to
their speech. Deductions of 20 points per minute, or major fraction thereof, will be made from the score of
each judge for speeches under six minutes or over eight minutes in length. (To prevent being penalized, a
contestant must speak over five minutes, 30 seconds, and under eight minutes, 30 seconds.) (Major
fraction = 30 seconds or more.)
11. Contestants shall draw for places on the program. The program chairman shall then introduce each
contestant by name only, in order of drawing, and announce the speech title if desired by contestant.
12. A timekeeper shall be designated who will record the time used by each contestant in delivering their
speech, noting over or under time, if any, for which deductions will be made.
13. When the contestants have finished speaking, each judge will total their score on composition and delivery
for each contestant. The timekeeper's record will be used in computing the final score for each contestant.
Contestants should be ranked in numerical order on basis of final score to be determined by each judge,
first without consultation with each other. The high and low rankings of each contestant will be
disregarded. The remaining judges ranking of each contestant should be added, and the winner will be
the contestant whose total ranking is the lowest.
14. Speeches are to be presented without aid of audio or visual materials except podium and/or microphones.
15. The state winner is to present his or her speech at the annual Oregon State Grange Convention as long
as the Oregon State Grange remains the state’s sponsor of this Career Development Event.
STATE EVENT
1. Scoring judges for the state event shall consist of five qualified persons selected by the State CDE
Coordinator or their designee.
2. It shall be the responsibility of the District Advisors to notify the State Office 14 days prior to the State
Convention of the first and second place individuals and other individual placings in the sectional event.
3. Judges shall also serve as questioners who read the manuscripts, formulate questions, and question each
participant. Questions shall pertain directly to the speaker's subject. Questions containing two or more
parts should be avoided.
4. The official timer will stand, be noticed by speaker and then sit with one minute remaining in the speech
length. The official timer will also call time at the end of the question period and the speaker will stop
immediately.
5. Score cards are designed to be a guide and state level judges are not required to use it.
6. The full allotted questions period will be used.
7. A written critique by the judges will be prepared for each state contestant and made available to them
following the CDE.
DISTRICT & SECTIONAL EVENTS
District and sectional events shall follow the format and/or regulations as established for the state event.
However, the five judge ranking rule applies only to state contests. It is up to the discretion of district advisors
whether or not to use this rule at district and sectional contests. It shall be the responsibility of the district advisor,
or local advisor in charge, to conduct the CDE.
SCORING
Manuscript Scorecard (200 points)
Manuscript Content – 100 points
1. Topic is important and appropriate (50 points)
a. Current topic of interest – 25 points
b. Topic is relevant and within the scope of identified subjects – 25 points
2. Suitability of material used (50 points)
a. Validity of resources – 25 points
b. Accuracy of content – 25 points
Manuscript Composition – 100 points
1. Organization and development of content (40 points)
a. Logical order and unity of thought – 20 points
b. Accomplishment of purpose – 20 points
2. Grammatical accuracy (35 points)
a. Spelling/grammar – 35 points
3. Manuscript written according to event format rule #1 (25 points)
a. Double-spaced, 8"x11" white bond paper, 1" margins in body of paper – 5 points
b. 12 point Arial or sans serif font; cover page with title, name, state and year – 5 points
c. APA style for references and bibliography – 15 points
Presentation Scorecard (800 points)
Oral Communication – 300 points
1. Examples – 50 points
2. Speaking without hesitation – 50 points
3. Tone – 50 points
4. Being detailed-oriented – 50 points
5. Command of audience – 50 points
6. Connecting and articulating facts and issues – 50 points
Non-verbal Communication – 200 points
1. Attention (eye contact) – 50 points
2. Mannerisms – 50 points
3. Gestures – 50 points
4. Well poised – 50 points
Response to Questions – 300 points
1. Speaking unrehearsed – 50 points
2. Command of questions – 250 points
JUDGES' INSTRUCTIONS
1.
There will be five judges for each state CDE. When all contestants have finished speaking, each judge
will total the score on each contestant. The timekeeper’s record will be used in computing the final score
for each contestant. The judges score sheets will rank the contestants in numerical order on the basis of
the final score without consultation with each other. The high and low ranking of each contestant will be
disregarded. The remaining judges ranking of each contestant will be added and the winner will be that
contestant whose total ranking is the lowest. In case of a tie, that individual who has the highest grand
total shall have the prior ratings.
2.
It is vital that the scoring judges conduct a brief orientation session prior to judging the CDE, in order that
they might judge the CDE in a more consistent manner. The following items should be discussed and
agreed upon prior to the CDE:
3.
The score sheet should be studied so all judges understand how it works. Review score sheet terms and
explanation of score sheet points. Copies of the national "Explanation of Score Sheet Points" should be
attached to all score sheets.
4.
Agree on how the score process should proceed. It is suggested that the first speaker be scored with
leeway for both higher and lower scores. Succeeding speakers should then be scored on a comparative
basis to the previous speaker(s).
5.
The judges numerical placings (1st-2nd-3rd, etc.) will be added to reach the final placing.
6.
Agree on how to resolve tie placings and make uniform deductions on official dress.
7.
Agree on where scoring judges will be seated. It is suggested that the judges spread out through the
audience so as not to influence one another and to better observe the speaker.
8.
Event Coordinator will arrange a meeting with contestants prior to the CDE.
9.
Judges will supply written critiques to each speaker.
10.
SIDELINE COACHING: Coaches / advisors are not allowed to coach, prompt or give direction to the
student in any form once their team’s presentation has started.
11.
COACH INTERACTION WITH JUDGES: Coaches / advisors are not to interact with judges prior to, during
or following the event. If the advisor / coach is allowed to attend the Judges Briefing (only if the Event
Superintendent has a team) interaction can occur during the Judges Briefing one hour prior to the posted
start time. Any violation of this could result in forfeiture of team placing and future involvement. Any
questions can be brought to the Event Superintendent for answer from the judges.
12.
COACHES ORIENTATION: Coach / advisors are expected to be in attendance to a coaching orientation
30 minutes prior to the posted start time. The seating and location of the judges in the event room will be
determined at this time. Coaches are accountable for any information given and decisions made at the
orientation meeting.
13.
JUDGES: A minimum of three competent and unbiased judges will be provided. The will be instructed not
to take sides on the issues. The superintendent of this CDE will adequately prepare the judges before the
event competition.

In the instance that the Event Superintendent has a team in the event. All advisors may
attend the judges briefing one hour prior to the posted start time.
STANDARD BRIEFING FOR JUDGES ARE AS FOLLOWS:
o Smile get the students to relax.
o
If you smell blood (a student is lost or loses their place). Do not go in for the kill. This is a learning
experience. Score them accordingly but DO NOT MAKE A MOCKERY OF THE STUDENT!
o
Scripts and Note Cards are DISCOURAGED! With the exception of reading quote, a specific law or
regulation.
o
Don’t judge apples to oranges. Judge apples to apples. I.E. depth of knowledge in the given issues and
mastery of that issue.
o
Don’t take sides on the given issue, keep an open mind.
o
o
Follow the score card.
Judges be quick in asking your questions. The student only get five minutes for questions. If you the judge is
taking their time to explain your question the students lose response time.
o
Refer to the score card. Your scores are your scores. You will not share your scores with any advisors,
coaches or other judges. Once judging is complete rank the teams in order of finish first through last. You
will then combine your ranking of the teams with the other judges to come up with the overall rank in order
of finish. Low score wins.
o
Consistency is the most important aspect of your judging.
o
Judges will provide a Judges Feedback in the form of positive praise or constructive criticism to aid the Coach
/ Advisor in student’s evaluation and instruction.
RESULTS TABULATION
1. Individual judges will score manuscripts to develop a raw score. If there are multiple judges, raw scores
will be averaged and a rank will be created.
2. Speaking judges will judge each speech independently to formulate a raw score, using the scorecard as a
guide.
3. At the conclusion of speeches each judge will formulate their own ranking.
4. These ranks will be provided to the coordinator who will weight them at a 2.5.
5. That ranking will then be added to the manuscript ranking to form a total ranking.
6. With the CDE coordinator create an overall rank, based on the combination of judges rankings. Low score
wins.
If there is a tie, ranked individuals are each given the better ranking, the next ranking is skipped and begins at
the next available rank.
To find the grand total ranking you are adding column A and B. The lowest score wins.
Contestant
Judge1
Judge2
Judge3
Judge4
Judge5
A
Total
B
X2.5
M-Rank
Total
Name: _______________________________Chapter:__________________________________
Instructions
1. Judges are requested to prepare three brief questions for each speech. Questions shall pertain directly to the
speakers' subject. Questions with two or more parts should be avoided.
2. Questions should be prepared prior to the CDE, in the space provided below, and brought to the CDE in
complete and legible form.
3. Please phrase opinion questions carefully (How do you feel about ---, what is your opinion of ---, etc.), as
scoring judges must grade on the basis of logic, facts, and soundness of answers.
4. Each contestant is allowed five minutes for questions. The full five minutes should be used. The questioners
(3) shall rotate in presenting their questions.
QUESTION l.
JUDGE'S COMMENT:
QUESTION 2.
JUDGE'S COMMENT:
QUESTION 3.
JUDGE'S COMMENT:
This form to be used for winners that will be
competing in the State Event
CERTIFICATION FORM
FOR
FFA PREPARED PUBLIC SPEAKING CONTESTANTS
I hereby certify that my speech entitled “
“
is the result of my own effort and ability. It is understood that I am encouraged to utilize all available training
facilities of my local school in developing my speaking abilities, and that I may obtain facts and working data from
any source. However, in securing information as direct quotes or phrases, specific dates, figures or other
materials, such must be marked in "quotes" in manuscript and are identified in the bibliography at the end of the
manuscript. Failure to do so represents plagiarism and will automatically disqualify me as a contestant.
Signature of Contestant
Date
APPROVED:
Agricultural Science & Technology Instructor
Chapter
Date
SECTION II
SOIL EVALUATION
PURPOSE
To develop proficiency in the accurate recognition, comparison and evaluation of soil characteristics as they apply
to land use and management.
OBJECTIVES
Participants in this career development event will become proficient in the following areas:
1. Be able to accurately identify soil characteristics
2. Understand how soil plays a role in land use and management
3. Understand how soil plays a role in the environment
4. Develop analytical skills in the comparison of different soil samples
5. Develop reasoning skills for effective and accurate evaluation
ELIGIBILITY
1. The student contestant must be a bona fide dues paying FFA member in good standing with the local
chapter, state association and the National Organization at the time of his or her participation.
2. The student contestant, at the time of his or her participation, must be: (l) a high school student. A
graduating senior is considered eligible to compete in state and national contests up to and including the
first National FFA Convention following high school graduation. (2) Enrolled in at least one agriculture
education course with a supervised experience program, the objective of which is the establishment in an
agricultural occupation. INCOMING FRESHMEN ARE INELIGIBLE TO PARTICIPATE, EXCEPT IN
STATE LIVESTOCK WHERE THEY COMPETE FOR INDIVIDUAL AWARDS ONLY.
3. Any FFA member who has previously been on the state winning team and competed at the national level
is no longer eligible to compete at the state level. If team members do not participate at the national level,
they will remain eligible for future contests.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. A chartered FFA chapter may enter 2 teams. Team competition is limited to one four (4) member team
with top three (3) scores from each pit used to determine team score. Alternates are permitted and will
judge separate from the teams.
2.
District competition has no bearing on eligibility for state competition.
3.
Three soil pits will be evaluated using the Oregon Soil Judging Scorecard.
4.
A fourth soil pit will be used by the official judges for orientation and interpretation to local soil conditions
only. Practice scorecard will be collected before the CDE begins.
5.
No advisors will be allowed in the pits until after all cards have been turned in at the end of the contest,
and there would be absolutely no talking between advisors & students until every card has been turned
in.
NATIONAL EVENT
1. National rules allow a state to enter up to five (5) teams in the International Land Pasture and Range
Judging Event held each spring.
2. Team members who have previously participated in a national CDE are ineligible to participate at state
and national levels as team members.
SECTION II
SOPHOMORE PREPARED PUBLIC SPEAKING
PURPOSE
This event is designed to develop leadership abilities by providing participation in agricultural public speaking
activities and stimulating interest in leadership and citizenship. Preliminary contests are of a local, district, and
sectional character and are held under the auspices of the FFA unit concerned. These preliminary events
culminate in the state CDE held at the time of the FFA State Convention.
OBJECTIVES
Participants in this career development event will become proficient in the following areas:
1. Develop specific knowledge about a particular and concerning agricultural topic
2. Learn how to effectively research for credible sources and information
3. Articulate thoughts and ideas pertaining to agriculture for public understanding
4. Develop public speaking skills for crowds of various sizes
5. Effectively respond to inquiries about that particular agricultural topic
ELIGIBILITY
1. This event is open only to sophomore (10th grade) students who are enrolled in a state approved
agriculture education course during the current year and are of sophomore standing either as a first or
second year FFA member. Contestants must be active members of a chartered FFA chapter in good
standing with the State Association and the National Organization.
2. A contestant is eligible at the sectional, and state level to enter the Extemporaneous Public Speaking,
Creed Speaking, Beginning Public Speaking, Sophomore Public Speaking, or the Public Speaking events,
but only in one.
3. In the event that a contestant is first or second in more than one of the above events at the district level,
the contestant must decide at the conclusion of the last event he/she competes in which area he/she
wishes to advance in. The decision must be made the day of the last CDE, and the district advisor notified
so that the third place contestant may have the opportunity to advance.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. EACH CONTESTANT'S SPEECH IS TO BE THE RESULT OF THEIR OWN RESEARCH AND
COMPOSITION. It is expected that the contestant will take advantage of all available training facilities in
their local school in developing their speaking ability. Facts and working data may be secured from any
source.
2. District, Sectional & State levels of Creed Speaking, Beginning Public Speaking, Sophomore Public
Speaking, Advanced Prepared Public Speaking, Extemporaneous Public Speaking, Beginning
Parliamentary Procedure, and Advanced Parliamentary Procedure events will be open to the public.
3. Contestants who have won the right to compete in a sectional CDE must also file with the hosting district
advisor:
a. One original and five double-spaced typewritten copies of the speech on 8-1/2" x 11" paper.
b. There will be a 50 point penalty for late or insufficient number of manuscripts.
4. Contestants who have won the right to compete in a state CDE must upload their manuscript to the FFA
website two weeks prior to the Friday of State Convention for manuscript scoring and questions
formulation.
5. Contestants who have won the right to compete in a state CDE must also file with the CDE Coordinator
through their Agriculture Instructor by 8am Saturday of State Convention:
a. One original and twelve double-spaced typewritten copies of the speech on 8-1/2" x 11" paper.
b. A signed statement of originality of research and composition on form provided. (State CDE)
c. There will be a 50 point penalty for late or insufficient number of manuscripts. All paperwork
received more than 1 hour late will receive a 0.
6. A bibliography must be included as part of the public speaker's manuscript and direct quotes from any
other source of information must be marked in quotes on the manuscript and be identified in the
bibliography. This applies to all contests above the chapter level. Failure to comply will result in
disqualification.
7. Once all public speaking awards have been presented, no changes in the placing or awards may occur.
The only exception is if plagiarism has occurred.
8. Participants must wear official FFA dress in the state event. Twenty (20) points will be deducted from the
total score for those who fail to meet this requirement.
9. Official judges shall disqualify a contestant if they speak on a non-agricultural subject. Contestants may
choose any current subject for their speeches which is of an agricultural character (nature) which may
include: Agriscience and technology, agribusiness, agrimarketing, international agricultural relations, and
agricultural communications.
10. Each speech shall be a minimum of four (4) minutes in length and a maximum of six (6) minutes. Each
contestant will be allowed four (4) minutes additional time in which they will be asked questions relating to
their speech. Deductions of 20 points per minute, or major fraction thereof, will be made from the score of
each judge for speeches under 4 minutes or over 6 minutes in length. (To prevent being penalized, a
contestant must speak over 3 minutes 30 seconds, and under 6 minutes 30 seconds.) (Major fraction = 30
seconds or more.)
11. Contestants shall draw for places on the program. The program chairman shall then introduce each
contestant by name only, in order of drawing, and announce the speech title if desired by contestant.
12. A timekeeper shall be designated who will record the time used by each contestant in delivering their
speech, noting over or under time, if any, for which deductions will be made.
13. When the contestants have finished speaking, each judge will total their score on composition and delivery
for each contestant. The timekeeper's record will be used in computing the final score for each contestant.
Contestants shall be ranked in numerical order on basis of the final score to be determined by each judge
without consultation. The judges' ranking of each contestant then shall be added and the winner will be
that contestant whose total of rankings is the lowest. Other placings shall be determined in the same
manner. (Low point score method of selection.) In case of a tie, that individual who has the highest grand
total score shall have prior rating.
14. Speeches are to be presented without aid of audio or visual materials except podium and/or microphones.
STATE EVENT
1. Scoring judges for the state event shall consist of five qualified persons selected by the State CDE
Coordinator or their designee.
2. It shall be the responsibility of the District Advisors to notify the State Office 14 days prior to the State
Convention of the first and second place individuals and other individual placings in the sectional event.
3. Judges shall also serve as questioners who read the manuscripts, formulate questions, and question each
participant. Questions shall pertain directly to the speaker's subject. Questions containing two or more
parts should be avoided.
4. The official timer will stand, be noticed by speaker and then sit with one minute remaining in the speech
length. The official timer will also call time at the end of the question period and the speaker will stop
immediately.
5. Score cards are designed to be a guide and state level judges are not required to use it.
6. The full allotted questions period will be used.
7. A written critique by the judges will be prepared for each state contestant and made available to them
following the CDE.
DISTRICT & SECTIONAL EVENTS
District and sectional events shall follow the format and/or regulations as established for the state event.
However, the five judge ranking rule applies only to state contests. It is up to the discretion of district advisors
whether or not to use this rule at district and sectional contests. It shall be the responsibility of the district advisor,
or local advisor in charge, to conduct the CDE.
SCORING
Manuscript Scorecard (200 points)
Manuscript Content – 100 points
1. Topic is important and appropriate (50 points)
a. Current topic of interest – 25 points
b. Topic is relevant and within the scope of identified subjects – 25 points
2. Suitability of material used (50 points)
a. Validity of resources – 25 points
b. Accuracy of content – 25 points
Manuscript Composition – 100 points
1. Organization and development of content (40 points)
a. Logical order and unity of thought – 20 points
b. Accomplishment of purpose – 20 points
2. Grammatical accuracy (35 points)
a. Spelling/grammar – 35 points
3. Manuscript written according to event format rule #1 (25 points)
a. Double-spaced, 8"x11" white bond paper, 1" margins in body of paper – 5 points
b. 12 point Arial or sans serif font; cover page with title, name, state and year – 5 points
c. APA style for references and bibliography – 15 points
Presentation Scorecard (800 points)
Oral Communication – 300 points
1. Examples – 50 points
2. Speaking without hesitation – 50 points
3. Tone – 50 points
4. Being detailed-oriented – 50 points
5. Command of audience – 50 points
6. Connecting and articulating facts and issues – 50 points
Non-verbal Communication – 200 points
1. Attention (eye contact) – 50 points
2. Mannerisms – 50 points
3. Gestures – 50 points
4. Well poised – 50 points
Response to Questions – 300 points
1. Speaking unrehearsed – 50 points
2. Command of questions – 250 points
JUDGES' INSTRUCTIONS
1. There will be five judges for each state CDE. When all contestants have finished speaking, each judge
will total the score on each contestant. The timekeeper’s record will be used in computing the final score
for each contestant. The judges score sheets will rank the contestants in numerical order on the basis of
the final score without consultation with each other. The high and low ranking of each contestant will be
disregarded. The remaining judges ranking of each contestant will be added and the winner will be that
contestant whose total ranking is the lowest. In case of a tie, that individual who has the highest grand
total shall have the prior ratings.
2. It is vital that the scoring judges conduct a brief orientation session prior to judging the CDE, in order that
they might judge the CDE in a more consistent manner. The following items should be discussed and
agreed upon prior to the CDE:
3. The score sheet should be studied so all judges understand how it works. Review score sheet terms and
explanation of score sheet points. Copies of the national "Explanation of Score Sheet Points" should be
attached to all score sheets.
4. Agree on how the score process should proceed. It is suggested that the first speaker be scored with
leeway for both higher and lower scores. Succeeding speakers should then be scored on a comparative
basis to the previous speaker(s).
5. The judges numerical placings (1st-2nd-3rd, etc.) will be added to reach the final placing.
6. Agree on how to resolve tie placings and make uniform deductions on official dress.
7. Agree on where scoring judges will be seated. It is suggested that the judges spread out through the
audience so as not to influence one another and to better observe the speaker.
8. Event Coordinator will arrange a meeting with contestants prior to the CDE.
9. Judges will supply written critiques to each speaker.
10. SIDELINE COACHING: Coaches / advisors are not allowed to coach, prompt or give direction to the
student in any form once their team’s presentation has started.
11. COACH INTERACTION WITH JUDGES: Coaches / advisors are not to interact with judges prior to, during
or following the event. If the advisor / coach is allowed to attend the Judges Briefing (only if the Event
Superintendent has a team) interaction can occur during the Judges Briefing one hour prior to the posted
start time. Any violation of this could result in forfeiture of team placing and future involvement. Any
questions can be brought to the Event Superintendent for answer from the judges.
12. COACHES ORIENTATION: Coach / advisors are expected to be in attendance to a coaching orientation
30 minutes prior to the posted start time. The seating and location of the judges in the event room will be
determined at this time. Coaches are accountable for any information given and decisions made at the
orientation meeting.
13. JUDGES: A minimum of three competent and unbiased judges will be provided. The will be instructed not
to take sides on the issues. The superintendent of this CDE will adequately prepare the judges before the
event competition.

In the instance that the Event Superintendent has a team in the event. All advisors may
attend the judges briefing one hour prior to the posted start time.
STANDARD BRIEFING FOR JUDGES ARE AS FOLLOWS:
o Smile get the students to relax.
o If you smell blood (a student is lost or loses their place). Do not go in for the kill. This is a learning
experience. Score them accordingly but DO NOT MAKE A MOCKERY OF THE STUDENT!
o Scripts and Note Cards are DISCOURAGED! With the exception of reading quote, a specific law or
regulation.
o Don’t judge apples to oranges. Judge apples to apples. I.E. depth of knowledge in the given issues and
mastery of that issue.
o Don’t take sides on the given issue, keep an open mind.
o Follow the score card.
o Judges be quick in asking your questions. The student only get four minutes for questions. If you the
judge is taking their time to explain your question the students lose response time.
o Refer to the score card. Your scores are your scores. You will not share your scores with any advisors,
coaches or other judges. Once judging is complete rank the teams in order of finish first through
last. You will then combine your ranking of the teams with the other judges to come up with the
overall rank in order of finish. Low score wins.
o Consistency is the most important aspect of your judging.
o Judges will provide a Judges Feedback in the form of positive praise or constructive criticism to aid the
Coach / Advisor in student’s evaluation and instruction.
RESULTS TABULATION
1. Individual judges will score manuscripts to develop a raw score. If there are multiple judges, raw scores
will be averaged and a rank will be created.
2. Speaking judges will judge each speech independently to formulate a raw score, using the scorecard as a
guide.
3. At the conclusion of speeches each judge will formulate their own ranking.
4. These ranks will be provided to the coordinator who will weight them at a 2.5.
5. That ranking will then be added to the manuscript ranking to form a total ranking.
6. With the CDE coordinator create an overall rank, based on the combination of judges rankings. Low score
wins.
If there is a tie, ranked individuals are each given the better ranking, the next ranking is skipped and begins at
the next available rank.
To find the grand total ranking you are adding column A and B. The lowest score wins.
Contestant
Judge1
Judge2
Judge3
Judge4
Judge5
A
Total
B
X2.5
M-Rank
Total
Name: _______________________________Chapter:__________________________________
Instructions
1. Judges are requested to prepare three brief questions for each speech. Questions shall pertain directly to the
speakers' subject. Questions with two or more parts should be avoided.
2. Questions should be prepared prior to the CDE, in the space provided below, and brought to the CDE in
complete and legible form.
3. Please phrase opinion questions carefully (How do you feel about ---, what is your opinion of ---, etc.), as
scoring judges must grade on the basis of logic, facts, and soundness of answers.
4. Each contestant is allowed five minutes for questions. The full five minutes should be used. The questioners
(3) shall rotate in presenting their questions.
QUESTION l.
JUDGE'S COMMENT:
QUESTION 2.
JUDGE'S COMMENT:
QUESTION 3.
JUDGE'S COMMENT:
This form to be used for winners that will be
competing in the State Event
CERTIFICATION FORM
FOR
FFA SOPHOMORE PREPARED PUBLIC SPEAKING CONTESTANTS
I hereby certify that my speech entitled “
“
is the result of my own effort and ability. It is understood that I am encouraged to utilize all available training
facilities of my local school in developing my speaking abilities, and that I may obtain facts and working data from
any source. However, in securing information as direct quotes or phrases, specific dates, figures or other
materials, such must be marked in "quotes" in manuscript and are identified in the bibliography at the end of the
manuscript. Failure to do so represents plagiarism and will automatically disqualify me as a contestant.
Signature of Contestant
Date
APPROVED:
Agricultural Science & Technology Instructor
Chapter
Date
SECTION II
TRACTOR OPERATORS CONTEST
PURPOSE
The FFA Tractor Operator's Contest is designed to develop an understanding of tractor operation and safety.
FFA members will demonstrate their knowledge of equipment safety as well as their skill in proper operation of
equipment.
OBJECTIVES
Through this career development event, participants will become proficient in the following:
1. Learning how to effectively operate heavy machinery
2. Develop a better understanding of safety procedures
3. Acquire technical and physical knowledge on tractor operation
4. Gain responsibility for themselves, others involved, and the environment
ELIGIBILITY
1. The student contestant must be a bona fide dues paying FFA member in good standing with the local
chapter, state association and the National Organization at the time of his or her participation.
2. The student contestant, at the time of his or her participation, must be: (l) a high school student. A
graduating senior is considered eligible to compete in state and national contests up to and including the
first National FFA Convention following high school graduation. (2) Enrolled in at least one agriculture
education course with a supervised experience program, the objective of which is the establishment in an
agricultural occupation. INCOMING FRESHMEN ARE INELIGIBLE TO PARTICIPATE, EXCEPT IN
STATE LIVESTOCK WHERE THEY COMPETE FOR INDIVIDUAL AWARDS ONLY.
3. Participation in the State Contest will be by FFA districts. Each district may enter one contestant for every
three chapters, or major portion thereof, in the district. In districts holding more than 1 county Contest, at
least 1 representative from each Contest may compete at the state Contest.
4. It is recommended that chapters and districts conduct elimination contests as early as possible to select
individuals to represent their district in the state event. If a district Contest cannot be held, the district
contestants may be selected in keeping with the policy of the district.
5. The contestant must be at least 15 years of age, have completed at least one year of agriculture and have
been regularly enrolled in a agriculture class during the school year. Previous first place state overall
Contest winners are not eligible to participate.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. Participants are to be in official dress, with the exception that brown or black work shoes/boots will be
allowed.
2. A dress code point penalty will be assessed for the wearing of hats or athletic type shoes.
3. Contestants will take a written test prior to the operation phase of the Contest. The test score will be
included with the contestant's operation scores in determining the winners.
4. Contestants are to bring a clipboard.
5. The FFA Program Guide for the Tractor Operator's Contest is sent out in May. Refer to this guide for
further information for local and state contests.
SPONSOR
The sponsor of the FFA Tractor Operator's Contest is the Oregon Farm Bureau Federation Young Farmer and
Rancher Committee.
SUPPORT
It is recommended that district advisors contact local members of the Young Farmers and Ranchers Committee to
help conduct and assist at the local tractor operators contests.
SECTION II
VETERINARY SCIENCE
PURPOSE
The purpose of the veterinary science career development event is to promote college and career
readiness by providing opportunities to develop technical knowledge and demonstrate practical skills in
the field of veterinary science.
OBJECTIVE
1. Participants will demonstrate professional ethics, decision-making, communication and problem-solving
skills.
2. Participants will demonstrate technical competency with small and large animals in the areas of:
1. Anatomy and physiology
2. Clinical procedures
3. Identification
4. Health and safety
5. Medical terminology
AGRICULTURE, FOOD AND NATURAL RESOURCES (AFNR) CAREER CLUSTER CONTENT STANDARDS
With the recommendation of the National FFA Board of Directors, all national FFA programs have
incorporated these standards to guide the direction and content of program materials and activities. Refer
to Appendix A in this chapter of the handbook for a complete list of the measurable activities that
participants will carry out in this event. For details about the incorporation of AFNR standards, refer to the
Introduction chapter of the CDE handbook.
EVENT RULES
1. Each FFA chapter will be able to compete with one team consisting of five members with the top four
members’ scores counting toward total team score.
2. Dress code: Participants will wear FFA Official Dress for the event.
3. Tools and Equipment:
a. Contestants may have the following equipment: pens, pencils, calculators, and clipboards. Paper will be
provided by the contest coordinator.
b. Contest coordinator will provide the specific tools and equipment
needed to complete practicums.
c. Due to sanitation reasons, some items that may be needed in the event
(such as stethoscopes)
will need to be provided by the participant or their chapter. Teams will be provided a list of specific
items needed for a specific year based on the event activities.
4. Any participant in possession of an electronic device in the event area is subject to disqualification.
EVENT FORMAT
A. Individual Activities
1. Written Exam - 100 points
The objective exam is designed to determine team members’ broad understanding of the
veterinary science field. The written exam will consist of 50 questions, consisting of questions
from the last three years of national veterinary science exams. (Test materials for the 2014
State Veterinary Science exam will be based off of the last two years of national exams.)
****Temporary
2. Scenario Questions - 50 points
The questions associated with the scenarios will allow students to utilize critical thinking and
problem-solving skills. Thirty minutes total will be allowed to complete the scenario question.
Participants will be given one scenario based on the topic rotation listed below. This state CDE
will follow the topic rotation list outlined by the National FFA Veterinary Science CDE.
 2013 and 2017: Clinical/wellness
 2014: Communication/client education
 2015: Behavior/husbandry
 2016: Future of veterinary profession and welfare/ethics
Sample Scenario Question:
Write a persuasive letter on the issue below to portray your point of view using the provided
resource.
In 2006 a nationwide ruling was established banning the slaughter of horses. Since the ruling
there have been serious growing concerns with the welfare and high number of
unwanted/neglected horses in the United States. Currently several states are considering
reversing the 2006 ban. What are the pros and cons of the original ban and the proposal to
reverse it?
Resource:http://www.avma.org/issues/animal_welfare/unwanted_horses_faq.asp
3. Identification - 150 points total
Participants will identify equipment, parasites and breeds/species for a total of 100 points (2
points per item). Fifty minutes will be given for this activity. Identification lists are located at the
end of this handbook, provided by the National FFA Veterinary Science CDE.
a. Equipment – 50 points
Participants will identify ten pieces of equipment (actual equipment and photos).
Items will be selected as follows:
 2014 – Equipment and materials #100-141
 2015 – Equipment and materials #142 – 183
 2016 – Equipment and materials #184- 227
 Rotation will start over every three years.
b. Parasites – 50 points
Participants will identify ten parasites (specimen and photos) and/or be able to
explain/identify the stages of life cycles of selected parasites.
c. Breeds – 50 points
Participants will identify 10 breeds of animals (photos). Rotation of animal breed
identification will be as follows:
 2014 – #400-475 (All dogs)
 2015 – #500-566 (cats, rabbits, birds, small mammals, reptiles, poultry, and other)
 2016 - #600-654 (dairy cattle, beef cattle, swine, horse, goat, and sheep)
4. Practicums - 150 points total
a. Math Applications Practicum – 50 points (5 points/question)
There will be ten questions and participants will have 50 minutes to
complete
the entire math application practicum. Questions may include
conversions,
dose calculations, dilutions, cost calculations and invoices.
Example:
Sophie, a golden retriever, and her owner have just moved from out-of-state and are
reestablishing veterinarian relations at your clinic. Sophie’s owner has provided you
with her health records from their previous veterinarian. Sophie had been prescribed
a diet plan by the previous veterinarian and had been coming into the clinic for
weekly weight checks. Sophie’s owner would like to continue the weekly checks with
you. You weigh Sophie and record her weight as 19 kg. The owner would like you to
tell her how much weight Sophie has lost. Sophie’s last recorded weight was 43.2
lb. How many pounds did Sophie lose since the last weighing? ANSWER: Sophie
has lost 1.4 lb. since the last recorded weighing.
b. Handling and Restraining Practicum – 50 points (25 points each)
Participants will be given four handling/restraint activities to complete (25 points
each). Fifteen to thirty minutes will be allotted for this section depending on the
activities selected each year. Participants are expected to talk through the handling
and restraining steps to a judge as they are being scored. Judges may speak and
ask questions to the participant at the end of each activity, if time allows. All
handling and restraining scorecards can be found at the end of this handbook.
c. Clinical Procedure Practicum – 50 points (25 points each)
Participants will be given four clinical procedure activities to complete (25 points
each). Fifteen to thirty minutes will be allotted for this section depending on the
activities selected each year. Participants are expected to talk through the clinical
procedure steps to a judge as they are being scored. Judges may speak and ask
questions to the participant at the end of each activity, if time allows. All clinical
procedure scorecards can be found at the end of this handbook.
B. Team Activity - 300 points
Teams will conduct research using local veterinarians and veterinary resources based on the
annual topic. In a 15 minute presentation, teams will demonstrate the different roles of the
veterinary team, as well as explain steps and procedures for the veterinary process to the judges.
Judges will be allotted five minutes of question/answer time after each presentation. The potential
roles to be addressed in the team activity are listed below. Teams need to determine
what roles are most important to demonstrate based on the annual topic. Veterinary team roles
may include, but are not limited to:
 Veterinary technician
 Veterinarian
 Veterinary assistant
 Receptionist
 Farm manager
 Owner/client
 Kennel/stable assistant
The presentation can be creative in nature and teams may include props, but all contestants must
remain in official dress and must be able to set up in 5 minutes and tear down in 3 minutes.
PowerPoint presentations will not be utilized in the team activity. Advisors will not be allowed to
assist during any portion of the team activity. See team activity rubric at the end of this handbook.
Rubric from the National CDE Event will be used, but points will be cut in half.
Annual team activity topics to be followed from the National CDE Event:
 2013: Adult feline wellness visit
 2014: Horse with equine colic
 2015: Senior dog wellness visit
 2016: Cow with salmonellosis
 2017: Dairy goat with caprine arthritis encephalitis (CAE)
EVENT SCORING
Individual Points
Written Exam (2 pts/question)
100
Scenario Questions
50
Identification
150
Math Application Practicum
100
Handling and Restraining Practicum (25 pts/activity)
50
Clinical Procedures Practicum (25 pts/activity)
50
Team Activity
Maximum Total Points:
500
Team Points
400
200
600
400
200
200
300
2300
TIEBREAKERS
A. Team tiebreakers will be settled in the following order:
1. Combined individual practicum total score
2. Combined individual written exam total score
B. Individuals tiebreakers will be settled in the following order:
1. Combined practicum score
2. Written exam score
AWARDS
Awards will be presented to individuals and teams based upon their rankings at the awards ceremony.
RESOURCES
Please refer to the National FFA Veterinary Science CDE handbook.